Acura 2018 MDX Owner's Manual 699 Pages

advertisement

Ask Al about Acura 2018 MDX Owner's Manual

Chatbot has read manual and is ready to answer your questions.

Manual
Acura 2018 MDX Owner's Manual | Manualzz
2018
OWNER’S MANUAL
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
0 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
3 WARNING
California Proposition 65 Warning
Operating, servicing and maintaining a
passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle can
expose you to chemicals including engine
exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, and
lead, which are known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. To minimize
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not
idle the engine except as necessary, service
your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and
wear gloves or wash your hands frequently
when servicing your vehicle. For more
information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is
uploaded to Acura upon vehicle start up.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
1 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a NOTICE symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgment.
Software End User License Agreement
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by
the End User License Agreement in Owner’s Manual, and which
contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User
License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your
use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services,
functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of
the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and
conditions of the End User License Agreement.
You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software
by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at American Honda
Motor Co., Inc. Honda Automobile Customer Services Mail Stop
100-5E-8F, 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746.
Privacy Notice
This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage
this setting, visit www.acuralink.com/vehicle-data-choices.
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:
3DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.
3WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.
3CAUTION
You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow
instructions.
● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
2 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Contents
This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.
This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.
2 Safe Driving P. 27
For Safe Driving P. 28
Seat Belts P. 33
Airbags P. 41
2 Instrument Panel P. 77
Indicators P. 78
Gauges and Multi-Information Display (MID) P. 119
2 Controls P. 137
Clock P. 138
Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 139
Opening and Closing the Moonroof P. 168
Adjusting the Seats P. 192
2 Features P. 231
Audio System P. 232
Audio System Basic Operation P. 239
Rear Entertainment System (RES) * P. 335 Customized Features P. 358
Compass * P. 443
2 Driving P. 445
Before Driving P. 446
Parking Your Vehicle P. 545
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions P. 571
Towing a Trailer P. 452
Multi-View Rear Camera * P. 556
2 Maintenance P. 573
Before Performing Maintenance P. 574
Maintenance MinderTM P. 577
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 598
Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care * P. 615
2 Handling the Unexpected P. 625
Tools P. 626
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 653
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate P. 668
If a Tire Goes Flat P. 627
Fuses P. 658
Refueling P. 669
2 Information P. 671
Specifications P. 672
Emissions Testing P. 678
Identification Numbers P. 674
Warranty Coverages P. 680
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
3 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Contents
Quick Reference Guide
Child Safety P. 56
Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 74
Opening and Closing the Tailgate P. 155
Security System P. 163
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 169
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 206
Opening and Closing the Windows P. 166
Adjusting the Mirrors P. 189
Climate Control System P. 219
Audio Error Messages P. 308
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver P. 390
General Information on the Audio System P. 316
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 393
AcuraLink® * P. 435
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 463
Surround View Camera System * P. 558
When Driving P. 465
Refueling P. 568
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 581
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 602
Climate Control System Maintenance P. 617
Engine Does Not Start P. 646
Emergency Towing P. 666
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 675
Authorized Manuals P. 682
Braking P. 528
Replacing Light Bulbs P. 593
Battery P. 611
Remote Transmitter Care P. 613
Cleaning P. 618
Accessories and Modifications P. 623
Jump Starting P. 649
Overheating P. 651
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 667
Reporting Safety Defects P. 677
Client Service Information P. 683
P. 4
Safety Labels P. 75
Safe Driving
P. 27
Instrument Panel
P. 77
Controls
P. 137
Features
P. 231
Driving
P. 445
Maintenance
P. 573
Handling the Unexpected
P. 625
Information
P. 671
Index
P. 687
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
4 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
Quick Reference Guide
❙
❙ System Indicators (P78)
❙ Gauges (P119)
❙ Multi-Information Display
(MID) (P120)
(Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)
System OFF) Button (P518)
❙ Parking Sensor System Button * (P548)
❙ Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) OFF Button (P539)
❙ Headlight Washer Button * (P183)
❙ Heated Windshield Button * (P185)
❙ Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)
Button (P506)
❙ Automatic Brake Hold Button (P532)
❙ Electric Parking Brake Switch (P528)
❙ Information Screen (P244)
❙ Navigation System *
() See the Navigation System Manual
❙ Hazard Warning Button
❙ On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM (P240)
❙ Audio System (P232)
❙ Climate Control System (P219)
❙ Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button (P185)
❙
(Surround View Camera) Button *
(P559)
❙ ENGINE START/STOP Button (P169)
❙ Steering Wheel Adjustments (P188)
4
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
5 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
❙ Audio Remote Controls (P237)
❙ Brightness Control (P184)
❙ Paddle Shifter (Shift up) (P479)
❙ Wipers/Washers (P180)
Quick Reference Guide
❙ Headlights/Turn Signals (P172, 173)
❙ Fog Lights * (P176)
❙ Paddle Shifter (Shift down) (P479)
❙ Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) Buttons (P489)
❙ Multi-function Steering-wheel Controls
(P120)
❙ TRIP Button (P121)
❙ Interval Button (P498)
❙ Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button
(P511)
❙ Horn (Press an area around
.)
❙ Heated Steering Wheel Button * (P216)
❙ Voice Control Buttons * (P251)
❙ Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System Voice Control Buttons (P393)
* Not available on all models
5
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
6 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Visual Index
Quick Reference Guide
❙ Power Window Switches (P166)
❙ Power Door Lock Master Switch (P153)
❙ Door Mirror Controls (P190)
❙ Memory Buttons (P187)
❙ SET Button (P187)
❙ Power Tailgate Button (P158)
❙ Fuel Fill Door Release Button
(P569)
❙ Rearview Mirror (P189)
❙ Driver’s Front Airbag (P44)
❙ Auto Idle Stop OFF Button * (P481)
❙ Dynamic Mode Button (P486)
❙ Passenger’s Front Airbag (P44)
❙ Shift Button
Electronic Gear Selector (P472)
❙ Glove Box (P208)
❙ Passenger’s Side Interior Fuse
Box (P663)
❙ Hood Release Handle (P582)
❙ Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box (P661)
❙ Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box * (P662)
6
❙ Accessory Power Socket (P213)
❙ Accessory Power Socket * (P213)
❙ Auxiliary Input Jack (P236)
❙ USB Ports (P233)
❙ AC Power Outlet * (P214)
❙ Driver’s Knee Airbag (P48)
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
7 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
❙ Seat Belts (P36)
❙ Sun Visors
❙ Vanity Mirrors
❙ Moonroof Switch (P168)
❙ Map Lights (P207)
❙ Sunglasses Holder (P216)
❙ Side Airbags (P50)
Quick Reference Guide
❙ Accessory Power Socket (P214)
❙ Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor * (P38)
❙ Side Curtain Airbags (P52)
❙ Grab Handle
❙ Coat Hook (P215)
❙ Rear Entertainment System * (P335)
❙ Front Seat (P192)
❙ USB Ports * (P234)/HDMITM Port * (P337)
❙ Second Row Seat (P194)
Models with rear console compartment
❙ USB Ports * (P235)
❙ Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P66)
❙ Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P66)
❙ LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P61)
❙ Third Row Seat (P203)
❙ Cargo Area Light (P207)
* Not available on all models
7
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
8 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Visual Index
Quick Reference Guide
❙ Maintenance Under the Hood (P581)
❙ Windshield Wipers (P180, 598)
❙ Power Door Mirrors (P190)
❙ Side Turn Signal Lights (P172, 593)
❙ Door Lock/Unlock Control (P142)
❙ Headlights (P173, 593)
❙ Side Marker Lights (P173, 593)
❙ Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights (P172, 593)
❙ Tires (P602, 627)
❙ Fog Lights * (P176, 593)
❙ How to Refuel (P569)
❙ High-Mount Brake Light (P597)
❙ Opening/Closing the Tailgate (P162)
❙ Rear Wiper (P182)
❙ Tailgate Outer Handle (P162)
❙ Multi-View Rear Camera * (P556)
❙ Back-Up Lights (P596)
❙ Brake Light and Rear Turn Signal Lights
(P594)
❙ Rear Side Marker Lights (P595)
❙ Taillights (P595)
8
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
9 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Auto Idle Stop Function *
At
Automatic transmission
Engine status
Deceleration
Stop the vehicle and depress the brake pedal.
Stop
U.S.
Keep the brake pedal
depressed.
Quick Reference Guide
To improve fuel economy, the engine stops and then restarts as detailed below. When Auto Idle Stop is on, the Auto Idle Stop indicator
(green) comes on. (P480)
On
Canada
With the automatic brake hold system activated,
you can release the brake pedal when the
indicator comes on.
Off
Start-up
Release the brake pedal.
With the automatic brake hold system activated,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Restarting
* Not available on all models
9
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
10 ページ
2018年3月23日
Safe Driving
金曜日
午後7時53分
(P27)
Quick Reference Guide
Airbags (P41)
● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety (P56)
● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard (P74)
● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon
monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon
monoxide gas can accumulate.
Seat Belts (P33)
Before Driving Checklist (P32)
● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
● Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.
● Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.
10
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
11 ページ
2018年3月23日
Instrument Panel
金曜日
午後7時53分
(P77)
System Indicators
Blind spot information
(BSI) Indicator *
Speed-sensitive Electric
Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator
System Indicators
MID
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
Indicator
Tachometer
Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
Speedometer
Electric Parking Brake
System Indicator
U.S.
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp
Electric Parking Brake
Indicator
Canada
Auto Idle Stop System
Indicator (Amber) */
Auto Idle Stop
Indicator (Green) *
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
SH-AWD Indicator *
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Indicator
Vehicle Stability Assist
(VSA®) System
Indicator
VSA® OFF Indicator
Immobilizer System
Indicator
Keyless Access System
Indicator
Charging System
Indicator
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
System Message
Indicator
Automatic Brake Hold
System Indicator
U.S.
Canada
Automatic Brake Hold
Indicator
Quick Reference Guide
Gauges (P119)/Multi-Information Display (MID) (P120)/System Indicators (P78)
Temperature
Gauge
Security System Alarm Indicator
Gear Position Indicator
System Indicators
Collision Mitigation Braking
SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator
Road Departure Mitigation
(RDM) Indicator
Fuel
Gauge
M (sequential mode) Indicator/
Sequential Mode Gear Selection
Indicator
U.S.
Brake System
Indicator (Red)
Canada
Lights Indicators
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator
U.S.
Brake System
Indicator (Amber)
Canada
Fog Light Indicator *
Low Fuel Indicator
Auto High-Beam
Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
* Not available on all models
11
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
12 ページ
Controls
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
(P137)
Quick Reference Guide
Clock (P138)
ENGINE START/STOP
Button (P169)
Press the button to change the vehicle’s
power mode.
a
Enter the Clock Adjustment screen.
2 Adjusting the Clock (P138)
b
Rotate
.
to change hour, then move
c
Rotate
press
.
to change minute, then
Turn Signals (P172)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Lights (P173)
Light Control Switches
Models with navigation system
The navigation system receives signals from
GPS satellites, updating the clock
automatically.
High Beam
Low Beam
Flashing
12
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
13 ページ
2018年3月23日
Wipers and Washers
(P180)
午後7時53分
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
AUTO should always be turned OFF before
the following situations in order to prevent
severe damage to the wiper system:
● Cleaning the windshield
● Driving through a car wash
● No rain present
Unlocking the Front
Doors from the Inside
(P152)
● Pull either front door inner handle to
unlock and open it at the same time.
Steering Wheel (P188)
● To adjust, push and hold the adjustment
switch to move the steering wheel to the
desired position.
Quick Reference Guide
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
MIST
OFF
AUTO*1: Wiper speed varies
automatically
INT*2: Low speed with
intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
金曜日
Tailgate (P162, 157)
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
Adjustment Ring
(- : Low Sensitivity*1
: Lower speed, fewer sweeps*2
(+ : High Sensitivity*1
: Higher speed, more sweeps*2
*1:Models with automatic intermittent
wipers
*2:Models without automatic intermittent
wipers
Tailgate Outer Handle
● Press the tailgate outer handle to unlock
and open the tailgate when you carry the
keyless access remote.
● Press the power tailgate button on the
driver’s door or the remote transmitter to
open and close the power tailgate.
13
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
14 ページ
2018年3月23日
Power Door Mirrors
(P190)
Quick Reference Guide
● With the power mode in ON, move the
selector switch to L or R.
● Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
● Press the fold button * to fold the door
mirrors.
Fold Button *
Selector Switch
金曜日
午後7時53分
Power Windows (P166)
● With the power mode in ON, open and
close the power windows.
● If the power window lock button is in the
off position, each passenger’s window
can be opened and closed with its own
switch.
● If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator is on), each
passenger’s window switch is disabled.
Power Window Lock Button
Adjustment Switch
Window Switch
14
Indicator
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
15 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Climate Control System (P219)
Rear Climate Control (P229)
Fan Control Icon
A/C (Air
Conditioning) and
SYNC
(Synchronization)
Icon
Vent Mode
Control Icon
Driver’s Side
Temperature Icon
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Switch
(On/Off) Button
AUTO Button
(Windshield Defroster) Button
On Demand
Multi-Use
DisplayTM
● Press the AUTO button to activate the
rear climate control system.
● Press the
button to turn the system
on or off.
Rear Temperature
Control Buttons
/
(Fan Control)
Button
Recirculation/
Fresh Air Mode
Icon
REAR (Rear Climate
Control) Icon
Passenger’s Side
Temperature Icon
Quick Reference Guide
● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
● Press the
button to turn the system on or off.
● Press the
button or select the Front
icon to defrost the windshield.
Passenger’s Side
Temperature
Control Switch
AUTO Button
Air flows from dashboard vents.
(On/Off)
Button
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents.
Mode Control Button
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from the rear console vents.
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
Air flow from the rear console
vents and floor vents.
Air flows from the rear floor vents.
* Not available on all models
15
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
16 ページ
Features
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
(P231)
Quick Reference Guide
Audio System (P239) For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual
Information Screen
CD Slot
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Source
Front/Rear *
VOL/
(Volume/Power) Knob
(Tune Up) Icon*1
Audio Menu
(CD Eject) Button
(Information) Icon
(Tune Down) Icon*1
Preset Icons*1
PHONE Button
NAV Button *
Tune*1
Stations*1
HD Radio List *, *1
SCAN*1
Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU
Button)
INFO Button
SMARTPHONE Button
BACK Button
SETTINGS Button
(Day/Night) Button
*1:Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.
16
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
17 ページ
2018年3月23日
Models with rear entertainment system
Disc Slot
金曜日
午後7時53分
Audio Remote Controls
(P237)
Quick Reference Guide
Left Selector Wheel
REAR
Button
(Power)
(Eject) Button
SOURCE Button
● SOURCE Button
Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/
SiriusXM®/CD/Rear DVD */HDD */USB/iPod/
Apple CarPlay/Android Auto/Bluetooth®
Audio/Pandora® */AUX.
● Left Selector Wheel
Roll to adjust the volume up/down.
Radio:Move to a side to change the
preset station.
Move to a side and hold to select
the next or previous strong station.
CD/HDD */USB device:
Move to a side to skip to the
beginning of the next song or
return to the beginning of the
current song.
Move to a side and hold to change
a folder.
* Not available on all models
17
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
Driving
18 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
(P445)
Quick Reference Guide
Automatic Transmission (P472)
● Always depress the brake pedal before selecting (P or changing the gear position from (P .
● Select (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.
Gear selection
Gear Position Indicator
The gear position indicator and the
shift button indicator indicate the
current gear selection.
Shift Button
Indicator
Gear Position Indicator
18
Park
Press the (P button.
Used when parking or before
turn off or start the engine.
Transmission is locked.
Drive
Press the D/S button.
Used for normal driving.
Sequential shift mode can be used
temporarily.
Reverse
Pull back the (R button.
Used when reversing.
Neutral
Press the (N button.
Transmission is not locked.
S Position
Press the D/S button twice.
Sequential shift mode can be used.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
19 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Paddle Shifters (P479)
● Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual
transmission (1st through 9th). This is useful for engine braking.
● The transmission will shift back to
automatic mode once the system
detects that the vehicle is cruising.
Gear Position Indicator
M Indicator
Selected Gear Number
Shift Down (Paddle Shifter
When the transmission is in (S
● Holds the selected gear, and the
M (sequential mode) indicator
comes on.
● The sequential mode gear
selection is shown in the
instrument panel.
Quick Reference Guide
When the transmission is in (D
Shift Up (+
Paddle Shifter
19
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
20 ページ
2018年3月23日
VSA® On and Off (P518)
Quick Reference Guide
● The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system
helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering, and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
● VSA® comes on automatically every time
you start the engine.
● To partially disable or fully restore VSA®
function, press and hold the button until
you hear a beep.
CMBSTM On and Off
20
午後7時53分
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire
Fill Assist (P524, 657)
● The TPMS monitors tire pressure.
● TPMS is turned on automatically every time you start the engine.
● TPMS fill assist provides audible and visual guidance during tire pressure adjustment.
Refueling (P568)
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or
higher recommended
Fuel tank capacity: 19.5 US gal (73.8 liters)
a
Press the fuel fill door
release button.
b
After refueling, wait for
about five seconds
before removing the
filler nozzle.
(P539)
● When a possible collision is likely
unavoidable, the CMBSTM can help you to
reduce the vehicle speed and the severity
of the collision.
● The CMBSTM is turned on every time you
start the engine.
● To turn the CMBSTM on or off, press and
hold the button until you hear a beep.
金曜日
Wait for five seconds
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
21 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
AcuraWatchTM
The camera is located
behind the rearview
mirror.
Front Sensor
Camera
Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) (P489)
Collision Mitigation
Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) (P536)
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and
a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected
vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and
stop your vehicle, without you having to
keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
Can assist you when there is a possibility of
your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The
CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as
to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is
deemed unavoidable.
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM) System
Quick Reference Guide
AcuraWatchTM is a driver support system
which employs the use of two distinctly
different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor
located in the front grille and a front sensor
camera mounted to the interior side of the
windshield, behind the rear view mirror.
(P504)
Radar Sensor
The radar sensor is in
the front grille.
Alerts and helps to assist you when the
system detects a possibility of your vehicle
unintentionally crossing over detected lane
markings and/or leaving the roadway
altogether.
Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS) (P509)
Provides steering input to help keep the
vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the
vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
21
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
22 ページ
2018年3月23日
Maintenance
午後7時53分
(P573)
Quick Reference Guide
Under the Hood (P581)
● Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer
fluid. Add when necessary.
● Check brake fluid.
● Check the battery condition monthly.
a
Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the
dashboard.
b
Locate the hood latch lever, push it to the side, and then
raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you
can release the lever.
c
22
金曜日
When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly
locked in place.
Wiper Blades (P598)
● Replace blades if they leave streaks
across the windshield.
Tires (P602)
Lights (P593)
● Inspect tires and wheels regularly.
● Check tire pressures regularly.
● Install snow tires for winter
driving.
● Inspect all lights regularly.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
23 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Handling the Unexpected
(P625)
Engine Won’t Start (P646)
Overheating (P651)
Vehicles with tire repair kit
● If the battery is dead, jump start using a
booster battery.
● Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the engine cool down.
● Park in a safe location and repair the flat
tire using the tire repair kit.
Vehicles with compact spare tire
● Park in a safe location and replace the
flat tire with the compact spare tire
located under the cargo area.
Indicators Come On (P653)
Blown Fuse (P658)
Emergency Towing (P666)
● Identify the indicator and consult the
owner’s manual.
● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.
● Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.
Quick Reference Guide
Flat Tire (P627)
23
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
24 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
What to Do If
Quick Reference Guide
Canadian models
The power mode does not
change from VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) to ACCESSORY.
Why?
Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?
●
●
The steering wheel may be locked.
Move the steering wheel left and right
after pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button.
This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P534)
24
The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?
Check if the childproof lock is in the
lock position. If so, open the rear
door with the outside door handle.
To cancel this function, slide the
lever up to the unlock position.
Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
25 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
The beeper sounds when:
● The power mode is in ACCESSORY.
● The exterior lights are left on.
● Auto Idle Stop * is in operation.
Why does a beeper sound
when I walk away from the
vehicle after I close the
door?
The beeper sounds if you move outside the walk away auto lock
operating range before the door completely closes.
Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are
not wearing their seat belts.
Pulling the electric parking
brake switch does not
release the parking brake.
Why?
Pull the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal
depressed.
I’m seeing an amber
indicator of a tire with an
exclamation point. What is
that?
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention.
Check tire pressure.
2 Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock) (P144)
Quick Reference Guide
Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver’s door?
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks (P657)
* Not available on all models
25
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
Quick Reference Guide
26
26 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Depressing the accelerator
pedal does not release the
parking brake
automatically. Why?
●
Why does the gear position
automatically change to (P
when I open the driver’s
door to check for parking
space lines when
reversing?
●
Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
Unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 91 or higher is
recommended.
Is it possible to use
unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 87 or lower on
this vehicle?
Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or
higher is recommended.
Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic
knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine
performance.
Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to
engine damage.
●
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
Check if the transmission is in (P or (N . If so, select any other
position.
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
Close the driver’s door and manually change the gear
position.
u When opening the driver’s door (P475)
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
27 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions.............. 28
Important Handling Information......... 30
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 31
Safety Checklist ................................. 32
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts ........................ 33
Fastening a Seat Belt .......................... 36
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 40
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 41
Types of Airbags ................................ 44
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 44
Driver’s Knee Airbag .......................... 48
Side Airbags....................................... 50
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 52
Airbag System Indicators.................... 53
Airbag Care ....................................... 55
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 56
Safety of Infants and Small Children .. 58
Safety of Larger Children ................... 72
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 74
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 75
27
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
28 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle’s safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions
■ Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
■ Restrain all children
Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.
■ Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.
■ Don’t drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don’t drink and drive, and don’t let your friends drink and drive, either.
28
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
29 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions
■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely
■ Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
Safe Driving
Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.
■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
■ Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle
Children left unattended in the vehicle may be injured if they activate one or more
of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the vehicle to move, resulting in a crash
in which the children and/or another person(s) can be injured or killed. Also,
depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of the interior may reach
extreme levels, which can result in injury or death.
Even if the climate control system is on, never leave children in the vehicle
unattended as the climate control system can shut off at any time.
29
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
30 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Handling Information
Important Handling Information
Safe Driving
30
Your vehicle has higher ground clearance than a passenger vehicle designed for use
only on pavement. Higher ground clearance has many advantages for off-highway
driving. It allows you to travel over bumps, obstacles, and rough terrain. It also
provides good visibility so you can anticipate problems earlier.
These advantages come at some cost. Because your vehicle is taller and rides higher
off the ground, it has a higher center gravity making it more susceptible to tipping
or roll over if you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher
rollover rate than other types of vehicles. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. As a reminder,
make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.
1Important Handling Information
For information on how to reduce the risk of rollover,
read:
2 Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
P. 470
2 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 463
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
31 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
10
9
1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
10
6
11
7
9
7
11
12
8
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Knee Airbag
Side Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Door Locks
Seat Belt Tensioners
Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
Safe Driving
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.
31
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
32 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist
Safety Checklist
Safe Driving
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors and the tailgate are
closed and locked. Locking the doors and the tailgate helps prevent an occupant
from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door or the
tailgate.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 151
• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 192
• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 198
• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 36
• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child’s age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 56
32
1Safety Checklist
If the door and/or tailgate open message appears on
the multi-information display (MID), a door and/or
the tailgate is not completely closed. Close all doors
and the tailgate tightly until the message disappears.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
33 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers
■ Lap/shoulder seat belts
All six or seven seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with
emergency locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely
while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the
retractor locks to restrain your body.
The front passenger’s, second row and third row seat belts also have a lockable
retractor for use with child seats.
1About Your Seat Belts
3 WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Safe Driving
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.
If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in
place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt,
then extend it slowly.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 66
Continued
33
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
34 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
■ Proper use of seat belts
1About Your Seat Belts
Safe Driving
Follow these guidelines for proper use:
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the
belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
■ Seat Belt Reminder
1Seat Belt Reminder
The seat belt system includes an indicator on
the instrument panel to remind the driver or a
front passenger or both to fasten their seat
belts.
If you set the power mode to ON and a seat
belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound and
the indicator will blink. After a few seconds,
the beeper will stop and the indicator will
come on and remain illuminated until the seat
belt is fastened.
34
If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after
the power mode is set to ON.
When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound.
The indicator also may not come on and the beeper
may not sound when the occupant is not heavy
enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants
(e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved
to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will
injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
35 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
■ Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The tensioners automatically tighten the front
seat belts during a moderate-to-severe frontal
collision, sometimes even if the collision is not
severe enough to inflate the front airbags or
the driver’s knee airbag.
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
Safe Driving
The front seats are equipped with automatic
seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
35
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
36 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 192
Safe Driving
Pull out slowly.
Correct
Seated
Posture.
Buckle
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
Latch
Plate
36
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
37 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
■ Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
1Fastening a Seat Belt
3 WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.
Safe Driving
Lap belt
as low as
possible
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and
then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly
stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing
door.
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter
occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
holding the release button.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests
across the center of your chest and over
Push
your shoulder.
Continued
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
anchor position is secure.
37
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
38 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Models with second row bench seat
■ Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
Safe Driving
1. Pull out the seat belt’s small latch plate and
the latch plate from each holding slot in the
ceiling.
Small Latch Plate
1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
3 WARNING
Using the seat belt with the detachable
anchor unlatched increases the chance of
serious injury or death in a crash.
Before using the seat belt, make sure the
detachable anchor is correctly latched.
Latch Plate
Small Latch Plate
2. Line up the triangle marks on the small
latch plate and anchor buckle. Make sure
the seat belt is not twisted. Attach the belt
to the anchor buckle.
To unlatch the detachable anchor, insert the latch
plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle.
Latch Plate
Anchor Buckle
Latch
Plate
Buckle
38
3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle.
Properly fasten the seat belt the same way
you fasten the lap/shoulder seat belt.
Small Latch Plate
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
39 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
■ Advice for Pregnant Women
Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
• When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
• When sitting in the front passenger’s seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.
Safe Driving
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.
39
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
40 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
Safe Driving
• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
• Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract
easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.
40
1Seat Belt Inspection
3 WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
41 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Airbags
Airbag System Components
11
10
9
8
Safe Driving
9
6
13
7
9
9
6
12
9
Continued
41
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
42 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
The front, driver’s knee, front side, and side
curtain airbags are deployed according to
the direction and severity of impact. Both
side curtain airbags are deployed in a
rollover. The airbag system includes:
a Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
front airbags. The driver’s airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger’s airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS
AIRBAG.
b Driver’s
knee airbag. The knee airbag is
stored under the steering column. It is
marked SRS AIRBAG.
c Two
side airbags, one for the driver and
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seatbacks. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
d Two
side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.
42
e An
electronic control unit that, when the
vehicle is on, continually monitors
information about the various impact
sensors, seat and buckle sensors, rollover
sensor, airbag activators, seat belt
tensioners, and other vehicle
information. During a crash event the
unit can record such information.
f Automatic
front seat belt tensioners. In
addition, the driver’s and front
passenger’s seat belt buckles incorporate
sensors that detect whether or not the
belts are fastened.
gA
driver’s seat position sensor. This
sensor determines the optimal force at
which the airbag will deploy in a crash.
h Weight
sensors in the front passenger’s
seat. The front passenger’s airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is
approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the
weight of an infant or small child).
i Impact
sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
j An indicator on the dashboard that alerts
you that the front passenger’s front
airbag has been turned off.
k An indicator on the instrument panel that
alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
l Safing
mA
Sensor
rollover sensor that can detect if your
vehicle is about to roll over and signal the
control unit to deploy both side curtain
airbags.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
43 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
■ Important Facts About Your Airbags
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.
Safe Driving
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
1Important Facts About Your Airbags
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front and driver’s knee airbag covers.
Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper
operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the
airbags inflate.
43
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
44 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Types of Airbags
Safe Driving
Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags:
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats.
• Driver’s knee airbag: Airbag under the steering column.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs.
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.
■ Housing Locations
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
44
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is
in ON.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
45 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
■ Operation
Safe Driving
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
■ How the Front Airbags Work
1How the Front Airbags Work
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won’t interfere with the driver’s visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
Although the driver’s and front passenger’s airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
Continued
45
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
46 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
■ When front airbags should not deploy
Safe Driving
46
Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seat belt or, if your vehicle
is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seat belt and a side curtain airbag. Front
airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide
little if any protection.
■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
47 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
■ Advanced Airbags
1Advanced Airbags
Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor
Based on information from this sensor and the
severity of the impact, the advanced airbag
system determines the optimal deployment of
the driver’s airbag.
The front passenger’s advanced airbag system
has weight sensors.
Passenger’s
Seat
Weight
Sensors
We advise against allowing a child age 12 or
under to ride in the front passenger’s seat.
However, if you do allow a child age 12 or
under to ride in the front passenger’s
seat, note that the system will automatically
turn off the front passenger’s airbag if the
sensors detect that the child is approximately
65 lbs (29 kg) or less.
If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on, and in the
event of a crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of
the driver’s seating position) with a force
corresponding to the severity of the impact.
For the advanced airbags to work properly:
• Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
• Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
• Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
• All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
• Do not cover the passenger’s side dashboard with
a cloth, towel, cover, etc.
2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
P. 54
Safe Driving
The airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related
injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver’s advanced airbag system includes a
seat position sensor.
Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger’s
seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly
placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag
sensors.
2 Floor Mats P. 619
47
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
48 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag
Driver’s Knee Airbag
The driver’s knee SRS airbag inflates in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help
keep the driver in the proper position and to help maximize the benefit provided by
the vehicle’s other safety features.
Safe Driving
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbag is designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.
■ Housing Locations
The driver’s knee airbag is housed under the
steering column.
The airbag is marked SRS AIRBAG.
Housing
Location
■ Operation
When
inflated
Knee
Airbag
48
When the driver’s front airbag inflates, the
driver’s knee airbag also inflates.
1Driver’s Knee Airbag
Do not attach accessories on or near the driver’s knee
airbag. They can interfere with the proper operation
of the airbag, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
The driver should not store any items under the seat
or behind their feet. The items can interfere with
proper airbag deployment in the event of a moderate
to sever frontal collision and may result in inadequate
protection.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
49 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag
■ When driver’s knee airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
■ When driver’s knee airbag may not deploy, even though exterior damage
Safe Driving
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
49
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
50 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
Safe Driving
■ Housing Locations
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seatbacks.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
Housing
Location
■ Operation
When
inflated
Side
Airbag
50
When the sensors detect a moderate-tosevere side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.
1Side Airbags
Make sure you and your front seat passenger always
sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can
prevent the airbag from deploying properly and
increases your risk of serious injury.
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
51 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the
far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle’s crushable body parts absorbed
most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been
needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
Safe Driving
Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle’s framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.
51
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
52 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Safe Driving
The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the
outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain
airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of
partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes,
particularly rollover crashes.
■ Housing Locations
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.
1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt
tensioners.
If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the
passenger’s side curtain airbag deploys even if there
are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
■ Operation
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
52
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
53 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision
One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled
frontal collision.
Safe Driving
Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a
message appears on the MID.
■ Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
■ When the power mode is set to ON
3 WARNING
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or
does not come on at all, have the system
checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you
don’t, your airbags and seat belt tensioners
may not work properly when they are needed.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.
Continued
53
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
54 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
■ Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
U.S.
Canada
■ When the passenger front airbag off
Safe Driving
indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger’s front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the weight sensors detect
65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant
or small child, on the seat.
Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
1Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and
no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult
riding there, something may be interfering with the
weight sensors, such as:
• An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back
pocket.
• A child seat or other object pressing against the
rear of the seat-back.
• A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of
the front passenger’s seat.
• The front seat or seat-back is forced back against
an object on the seat or floor behind it.
• An object placed under the front passenger’s seat.
2 Child Safety P. 56
Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.
If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger’s front airbag will not deploy and
the indicator will not come on.
54
If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The passenger front airbag off indicator may come
on and go off repeatedly if the total weight on the
seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
55 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care
Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:
If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.
Safe Driving
■ When the airbags have deployed
1Airbag Care
■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the driver’s seat position
sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or
modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura
dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Relations at 1-800-382-2238 and for
Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Services at 1-888-9-ACURA-9.
55
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
56 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
Safe Driving
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
• An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
• A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver’s ability to safely
control the vehicle.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.
56
1Protecting Child Passengers
3 WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that all children
ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear
seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws
restricting where children may ride.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
57 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers
• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat
belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
3 WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.
Safe Driving
• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning
labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the
front visors. Please read and follow the instructions
on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 75
57
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
58 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safety of Infants and Small Children
■ Protecting Infants
Safe Driving
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the
infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the
infant is at least one year old.
■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.
1Protecting Infants
3 WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and
weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position. Make sure that there is no contact between the child seat
and the seat in front of it.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front airbag
system.
2 Airbags P. 41
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
58
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a
forward facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.
Do not allow a front seat to rest against a child seat
installed in a rear seating position:
The weight sensor in the front seat may not correctly
detect the actual weight of the occupant.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
59 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
■ Protecting Smaller Children
1Protecting Smaller Children
3 WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.
Safe Driving
If a child is at least one year old and has exceeded the weight and height limitations
of a rearward facing child seat, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly
secured forward facing child seat until they exceed the weight and height limitations
for the forward facing child seat.
■ Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forwardfacing child seat in a rear seating position.
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger’s front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.
Continued
59
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
60 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
■ Selecting a Child Seat
Safe Driving
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).
Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer’s use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates
as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing
your child’s safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.
■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
60
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
61 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
■ Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
3 WARNING
Never attach two child seats to the same
anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not
be strong enough to hold two child seat
attachments and may break, causing
serious injury or death.
Safe Driving
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in the second row seats. A child seat
is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.
Models with second row captain seat
Marks
Models with second row bench seat
Marks
Continued
61
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
62 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Lower Anchors
Safe Driving
Rigid Type
Flexible Type
62
2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
child seat is properly secured to the vehicle.
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
63 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Straight Top Tether Type
Tether Strap Hook
Second row captain seat
Straight Top Tether Type
Safe Driving
3. Put the outer head restraint to its uppermost position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make
sure the strap is not twisted.
Other Top Tether Type
Anchor
Other Top Tether Type
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
3. Put the outer head restraint to its upper
most position, then route the tether strap
outside the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make
sure the strap is not twisted.
All Types
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
5. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
6. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56
Continued
63
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
64 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Straight Top Tether Type
Tether Strap Hook
Second row bench seat
Outer position
Straight Top Tether Type
Safe Driving
3. Put the outer head restraint to its
uppermost position, then route the tether
strap between the head restraint legs, and
secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
Outer position
Other Top Tether Type
Anchor
Other Top Tether Type
Tether Strap Hook
3. Put the outer head restraint to its upper
most position, then route the tether strap
outside the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make
sure the strap is not twisted.
Center position
3. Put the center head restraint to its lowest
position, then route the tether strap over
the top of the head restraint and secure the
tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure
the strap is not twisted.
Anchor
64
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
65 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
All positions
Safe Driving
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
5. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
6. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56
Continued
65
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
66 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
■ Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
Safe Driving
A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely
necessary, the front passenger seat.
1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturer’s
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt retract a few inches and
check that the retractor has switched
modes by pulling on the webbing. It should
not pull out again until it is reset by
removing the latch plate from the buckle.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Slowly pull the seat belt all the
way out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.
66
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
67 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
Safe Driving
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; less than one inch of movement
should occur near the seat belt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56
Continued
67
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
68 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
■ Adding Security with a Tether
Models with second row captain seat
Safe Driving
Tether Anchorage Points
Models with second row bench seat
Tether Anchorage Points
Third row seat
Tether Anchorage Points
68
A tether anchorage point is provided behind
each second and third row seating position.
If you have a child restraint system that comes
with a tether but can be installed with a seat
belt, the tether may be used for additional
security.
1Adding Security with a Tether
Always use a tether for forward facing child seats
when using the seat belt or lower anchors.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
69 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Models with second row captain seat
Straight Top Tether Type
■ Using a second row anchor
Outer positions
Straight Top Tether Type
Safe Driving
Tether Strap Hook
1. Put the outer head restraint to its uppermost position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make
sure the strap is not twisted.
Outer positions
Other Top Tether Type
Anchor
Other Top Tether Type
Tether Strap Hook
1. Put the outer head restraint to its upper
most position, then route the tether strap
outside the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make
sure the strap is not twisted.
Anchor
Continued
69
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
70 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Models with second row bench seat
Straight Top Tether Type
Safe Driving
Tether Strap Hook
Center position of second row bench seat
1. Put the center head restraint to its lowest
position, then route the tether strap over
the top of the head restraint and secure the
tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure
the strap is not twisted.
All positions
2. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
Anchor
Other Top Tether Type
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
70
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
71 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Third row seat
Straight Top Tether Type
Straight Top Tether Type
1. Pull up the head restraint and push
rearwards until it latches, then route the
tether strap through the head restraint legs.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
Other Top Tether Type
Tether Strap Hook
Other Top Tether Type
Anchor
Safe Driving
Anchor
■ Using a third row anchor
1. Pull up the head restraint and push
rearwards until it latches, then route the
tether strap outside the head restraint legs.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
All Types
2. Open the anchor cover.
3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
Tether Strap Hook
71
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
72 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safety of Larger Children
■ Protecting Larger Children
Safe Driving
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.
■ Checking Seat Belt Fit
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■ Checklist
• Do the child’s knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child’s neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child’s thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
72
1Safety of Larger Children
3 WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger’s front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
73 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
■ Booster Seats
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Safe Driving
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
the rear seat. For the child’s safety, check that
the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer’s recommendations.
Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.
■ Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
■ Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.
73
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
74 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
Safe Driving
■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
• The exhaust system may have been damaged.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the tailgate open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the tailgate
open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the
mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked
vehicle with the engine running.
74
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
3 WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
garage immediately after starting the engine.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
75 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.
Sun Visor
U.S. models
Canadian models
Safe Driving
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.
Sun Visor
U.S. models only
Dashboard
U.S. models only
Radiator Cap
75
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
76
76 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
77 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
Indicators ............................................ 78
Multi-Information Display (MID) Warning
and Information Messages ............. 100
Gauges and Multi-Information Display
(MID)
Gauges............................................ 119
MID ................................................. 120
77
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
78 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Indicators
Indicator
Name
●
U.S.
Canada
Instrument Panel
78
On/Blinking
Brake System
Indicator (Red)
●
●
(Red)
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
Comes on when the brake fluid
level is low.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the brake system.
Explanation
●
Comes on while driving - Check the brake
fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator comes on
while driving P. 655
●
Comes on along with the ABS indicator Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On P. 655
Message
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
79 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
On/Blinking
●
●
Canada
●
Brake System
Indicator (Amber)
●
●
●
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
With this indicator on, your vehicle still has
normal braking ability.
Message
U.S.
Canada
Comes on if there is a problem
with the automatic brake hold
system.
Instrument Panel
U.S.
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem
with a system related to braking
other than the conventional
brake system.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the electric parking brake
system.
Explanation
U.S.
(Amber)
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532
Canada
Continued
79
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
80 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
On/Blinking
●
●
Instrument Panel
●
U.S.
Canada
Electric Parking
Brake Indicator
●
●
●
Electric Parking
Brake System
Indicator
80
●
Explanation
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
Comes on when the parking
brake is applied, and goes off
when it is released.
Comes on for about 15 seconds
then goes off when you push the
electric parking brake switch with
the power mode in OFF.
Comes on for about 15 seconds
then goes off when you set the
power mode to OFF with the
parking brake applied.
●
Blinks and the electric parking brake
system indicator comes on at the same
time - There is a problem with the electric
parking brake system. The parking brake may
not be set.
Comes on when you pull the
electric parking brake switch
without depressing the brake
pedal.
●
Depress the brake pedal to release the parking
brake.
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the electric parking brake
system.
●
2 Parking Brake P. 528
Comes on while driving - Avoid using the
parking brake and have your vehicle checked
by a dealer immediately.
2 If the Electric Parking Brake System
Indicator Comes On P. 656
Message
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
81 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
On/Blinking
●
Automatic Brake
Hold System
Indicator
Automatic Brake
Hold Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
Comes on when the automatic
brake hold is activated.
Message
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532
—
Continued
Instrument Panel
●
U.S.
Canada
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
Comes on when the automatic
brake hold system is on.
Explanation
81
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
82 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
On/Blinking
●
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
●
Instrument Panel
●
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
●
●
●
Charging System
Indicator
82
●
Explanation
Comes on when you set the
power mode to ON, and goes off
when the engine starts.
Comes on when the engine oil
pressure is low.
●
Comes on while driving - Immediately stop
in a safe place.
Comes on when you set the
power mode to ON, and goes off
either when the engine starts or
after several seconds if the
engine did not start. If “readiness
codes” have not been set, it
blinks five times before it goes
off.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the emissions control
systems.
Blinks when a misfire in the
engine’s cylinders is detected.
●
Readiness codes are part of the on board
diagnostics for the emissions control systems.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place
where there are no flammable objects. Stop
the engine for 10 minutes or more, and wait
for it to cool down. Then, take your vehicle to
a dealer.
Comes on when you set the
power mode to ON, and goes off
when the engine starts.
Comes on when the battery is
not charging.
●
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes
On P. 653
2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 678
●
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks P. 654
Comes on while driving - Turn off the
climate control system and rear defogger in
order to reduce electricity consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes
On P. 653
Message
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
83 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
On/Blinking
●
M (sequential
mode) Indicator/
Sequential Mode
Gear Selection
Indicator
●
Indicates the current gear
selection.
Message
2 Shifting P. 472
—
2 Sequential Mode P. 478
—
Comes on when the manual
sequential shift mode is applied.
Continued
Instrument Panel
Gear Position
Indicator
Explanation
83
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
84 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
Instrument Panel
Transmission
System Indicator
On/Blinking
Explanation
●
The indicated current gear
selection blinks if there is a
problem with the transmission
system.
●
Avoid sudden start and acceleration, and stop
in a safe place immediately.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
All the gear positions may light
for several seconds, and go off.
●
●
When all the gear positions light, immediately
stop your vehicle in a safe place.
Indicators go off if there is no problem.
However, even if they go off, take your vehicle
to a dealer for inspection.
The indicated current gear
selection or all the gear positions
blink if there is a problem with
the transmission system, and the
vehicle no longer moves.
●
Immediately stop in a safe place.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
The indicated current gear
selection or all the gear positions
blink if you cannot select (P due
to the transmission system
failure.
●
The engine can be activated as a temporary
measure.
●
●
2 Emergency Towing P. 666
2 If the Transmission System Indicator
Blinks along with the Warning Message
P. 657
●
●
84
Set the parking brake when parking.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
Message
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
85 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
On/Blinking
●
Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator
●
●
Low Fuel Indicator
●
Comes on and the beeper sounds
if you are not wearing a seat belt
when you set the power mode to
ON.
If the front passenger is not
wearing a seat belt, the indicator
comes on about a few seconds
later.
Blinks while driving if either you
and/or the front passenger has
not fastened a seat belt. The
beeper sounds and the indicator
blinks at regular intervals.
●
Comes on when the fuel reserve
is running low (approximately 2.5
U.S. gal./9.5 Liter left).
Blinks if there is a problem with
the fuel gauge.
●
●
Message
The beeper stops and the indicator goes off
when you and the front passenger fasten their
seat belts.
Stays on after you and/or the front
passenger has fastened the seat belt(s) A detection error may have occurred in the
sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Instrument Panel
●
Explanation
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 34
●
Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as
possible.
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
Continued
85
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
86 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
On/Blinking
●
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
Instrument Panel
●
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
Auto High-Beam
Indicator
86
●
●
●
Explanation
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
If it comes on at any other time,
there is a problem with the ABS.
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
Comes on if a problem with any
of the following is detected:
- Supplemental restraint system
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner
●
Comes on when all the operating
conditions of the Auto highbeam are met.
Message
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. With this indicator on,
your vehicle still has normal braking ability but
no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 534
Stays on constantly or does not come on
at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Auto High-Beam P. 177
—
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
87 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
On/Blinking
●
●
●
●
VSA® OFF
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
Comes on when you partially
disable VSA®.
●
Message
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka
Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
P. 517
2 Trailer Stability Assist P. 460
2 Hill start assist system P. 469
●
Instrument Panel
Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA®)
System Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
Blinks when VSA®, or trailer
stability assist is active.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the VSA®, hill start assist,
trailer stability assist or brake
lighting system.
Explanation
When Trailer Stability Assist Problem is
displayed on the MID, the VSA® does not
activate.
2 VSA® On and Off P. 518
—
Continued
87
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
88 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
Instrument Panel
Speed-sensitive
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System Indicator
On/Blinking
●
●
●
●
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
●
●
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
High Beam
Indicator
88
* Not available on all models
●
●
Explanation
Comes on when you set the
power mode to ON, and goes off
when the engine starts.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the EPS system.
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
Comes on if the tire pressure of
any of the tires becomes
significantly low.
Blinks for about one minute, and
then stays on if there is a problem
with the TPMS, or when a spare
tire * is temporarily installed.
●
Blinks when you operate the turn
signal lever.
Blinks along with all turn signals if
you press the hazard warning
button.
●
Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on.
Message
Stays on constantly or does not come on
at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Speed-Sensitive Electric Power
Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes
On P. 655
●
Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe
place, check tire pressures, and inflate the
tire(s) if necessary.
Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with
a spare, get your regular tire repaired or
replaced and put back on your vehicle as soon
as you can.
Does not blink or blinks rapidly
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 593
—
—
—
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
89 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
On/Blinking
●
Lights On
Indicator
●
●
Immobilizer
System Indicator
●
●
Comes on when the fog lights
are on.
Comes on briefly when you set
the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Comes on if the immobilizer
system cannot recognize the key
information.
—
●
●
●
* Not available on all models
If you set the power mode to ACCESSORY or
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while the lights are on, a
chime sounds when the driver’s door is
opened.
Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Set the
power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then
select the ON mode again.
Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add
other devices to it. Electrical problems can
occur.
Message
—
—
Instrument Panel
Fog Light
Indicator *
Comes on whenever the light
switch is on, or in AUTO when
the exterior lights are on.
Explanation
—
Continued
89
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
90 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
On/Blinking
●
Security System
Alarm Indicator
Instrument Panel
●
●
System Message
Indicator
Explanation
Blinks when the security system
alarm has been set.
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
Comes on along with a beep
when a problem is detected. A
system message on the MID
appears at the same time.
2 Security System Alarm P. 163
●
●
●
90
While the indicator is on, roll the multifunction steering wheel control to see the
message again.
Refer to the Indicators information in this
chapter when a system message appears on
the MID. Take the appropriate action for the
message.
The MID does not return to the normal screen
unless the warning is canceled, or the multifunction steering-wheel controls is rolled.
Message
—
—
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
91 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
On/Blinking
●
●
●
●
Super HandlingAll Wheel DriveTM
(SH-AWD®)
Indicator *
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
Comes on as soon as a problem is
detected in the keyless access
system or keyless starting system.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the SH-AWD® system.
Blinks when the differential
temperature is too high.
●
Stays on constantly - The engine drives the
front wheels only in this state. Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place,
put the transmission into (P , and idle the
engine until the indicator goes off. If the
indicator does not stop blinking, take your
vehicle to a dealer.
Message
Instrument Panel
Keyless Access
System Indicator
Explanation
2 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SHAWD®) * P. 523
* Not available on all models
Continued
91
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
92 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
On/Blinking
●
Auto Idle Stop
Indicator (Green) *
Instrument Panel
92
●
Auto Idle Stop
System Indicator
(Amber) *
* Not available on all models
●
●
Explanation
Comes on when Auto Idle Stop is
in operation. The engine
automatically shuts off.
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
Blinks if there is a problem with
the Auto Idle Stop System.
Comes on when Auto Idle Stop
System has been turned off by
Auto Idle Stop OFF Button.
2 Auto Idle Stop * P. 480
●
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
2 Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF P. 481
Message
—
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
93 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Green)
●
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the LKAS.
Explanation
●
●
Comes on when you press the
MAIN button.
●
Comes on when the LKAS is in
operation, or the LKAS button is
pressed, but the temperature
inside the front sensor camera is
too high. The LKAS cancels
automatically. The beeper sounds
simultaneously.
●
Comes on when the area around
the camera is blocked by dirt,
mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a
safe place, and wipe it off with a
soft cloth.
May come on when driving in
bad weather (rain, snow, fog,
etc.)
●
●
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
P. 509
●
Message
—
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
Goes off - The camera has been cooled down
and the system activates normally.
Instrument Panel
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Amber)
On/Blinking
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
Continued
93
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
94 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
On/Blinking
●
●
Instrument Panel
●
Explanation
Comes on for a few seconds
when you change the power
mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the RDM system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Comes on when the RDM system
shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the camera
is too high.
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
The system activates when the temperature
inside the camera cools down.
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
Indicator
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487
●
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in
a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487
94
Message
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
95 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
Indicator (Green)
●
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem
with ACC with LSF.
●
Comes on when you press the
MAIN button.
●
Comes on if anything covers the
radar sensor cover and prevents
the sensor from detecting a
vehicle in front.
May come on when driving in bad
weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
ACC has been automatically
canceled.
●
●
Explanation
●
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) P. 489
●
●
Message
—
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using
a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
message does not disappear even after you
clean the sensor cover.
Continued
Instrument Panel
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
Indicator (Amber)
On/Blinking
95
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
96 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
On/Blinking
●
Instrument Panel
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
Indicator (Green)
●
●
96
Explanation
Comes on when ACC with LSF is
in operation, but the temperature
inside the front sensor camera is
too high. ACC with LSF cancels
automatically. The beeper sounds
simultaneously.
●
Comes on when the area around
the camera is blocked by dirt,
mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a
safe place, and wipe it off with a
soft cloth.
May come on when driving in
bad weather (rain, snow, fog,
etc.)
●
●
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
Goes off - The camera has been cooled down
and the system activates normally.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
Message
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
97 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
On/Blinking
●
●
●
●
Message
Stays on constantly without the CMBS
off - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
TM
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) P. 536
Instrument Panel
Collision
Mitigation Braking
SystemTM
(CMBSTM)
Indicator
Comes on for a few seconds
when you change the power
mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on when you deactivate
the CMBSTM. A multi-information
display message appears for five
seconds.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the CMBSTM.
Explanation
Continued
97
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
98 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Indicator
Name
On/Blinking
●
Comes on when the CMBS
system shuts itself off.
Explanation
TM
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in
a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487
Instrument Panel
●
Collision
Mitigation Braking
SystemTM
(CMBSTM)
Indicator
●
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using
a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
message does not disappear even after you
clean the sensor cover.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) P. 536
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the camera
is too high. Use the climate control system to
cool down the camera. The system activates
when the temperature inside the camera cools
down.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487
98
Message
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
99 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsu
Models with BSI
Indicator
Name
On/Blinking
●
Blind spot
information (BSI)
Indicator
●
●
* Not available on all models
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
Stays on while BSI is turned off.
Message
—
Comes on when mud, snow, or
ice accumulates in the vicinity of
sensor.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the system.
●
Comes on while driving - Remove the
obstacle in the vicinity of sensor.
2 Blind spot information (BSI) System *
P. 520
Instrument Panel
●
Explanation
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
99
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
100 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Multi-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
The following messages appear only on the MID. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to see the message again with the system
message indicator on.
Message
Condition
Explanation
Appears if any door or the tailgate is not completely
closed.
●
Goes off when all doors and the tailgate are closed.
●
Appears when the hood is opened.
●
Close the hood.
Instrument Panel
●
100
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
101 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Message
Condition
●
Appears when the washer fluid is low.
Explanation
●
Refill washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 592
●
Appears while you are customizing the settings and the
transmission is in other than (P .
Appears when the transmission system temperature is
too high. The vehicle does not operate properly.
2 Customized Features P. 126
●
●
●
You may find it difficult to accelerate, or to start the
vehicle on uphill.
Immediately stop in a safe place in (P .
Let the engine idle until the message disappears.
●
Appears if you depress the accelerator pedal when the
transmission is in (N .
●
Release the accelerator pedal.
After that, depress the brake pedal and change the
transmission position.
●
Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on the
battery.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Appears along with the battery charging system
indicator when the battery is not charging.
●
●
Instrument Panel
●
2 Checking the Battery P. 611
Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger to
reduce electricity consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 653
Continued
101
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
102 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Message
Condition
●
●
Instrument Panel
●
U.S.
Canada
102
●
Explanation
Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon.
Consequently, Maintenance Due Now and
Maintenance Past Due follow.
2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the MultiInformation Display (MID) P. 578
Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets
abnormally high.
Appears when there is a problem with the power
tailgate system.
2 Overheating P. 651
●
●
Manually open or close the power tailgate.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
103 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Message
U.S.
Condition
●
Appears if there is a problem with the starter system.
Explanation
●
Hold the ENGINE START/STOP button up to 15
seconds to start the engine.
2 Starting the Engine P. 465
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Instrument Panel
Canada
●
Appears when you set the power mode to ACCESSORY
or ON.
Models with Auto Idle Stop
●
●
●
Canadian models
●
2 Starting the Engine P. 465
Models with Auto Idle Stop
Appears when the engine does not restart automatically
due to the following reason:
The hood is open.
There is a problem in the system that disables Auto Idle
Stop.
●
Follow the normal procedure to start the engine.
●
Close the hood.
Appears when the steering wheel is locked.
●
Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing
the ENGINE START/STOP button.
2 Starting the Engine P. 465
Continued
103
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
104 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Message
Condition
●
Explanation
Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
—
Instrument Panel
●
Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice with your
foot off the brake pedal to change the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
●
Appears when you close the door with the power mode
is in ON without the keyless access remote inside the
vehicle.
●
Disappears when you bring the keyless access remote
back inside the vehicle and close the door.
Appears when the keyless access remote battery
becomes weak.
●
Appears if the keyless access remote’s battery is too
weak to start the engine or the key is not within
operating range to start the engine.
The beeper sounds six times.
●
●
●
104
2 Keyless Access Remote Reminder P. 171
Replace the battery as soon as possible.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 613
Bring the keyless access remote in front of the ENGINE
START/STOP button to be touched with.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 647
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
105 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Message
Condition
Explanation
Appears when you attempt to put the transmission into
another gear position with the transmission in (P and
the engine OFF.
●
To select another gear position while in (P the engine
must be ON.
●
Appears when you try to change the gear position after
the position has automatically been changed to (P with
the driver’s door open and the driver’s seat belt
unfastened.
●
Press the (P button If you leave the vehicle.
●
Appears when the vehicle is stopped with the driver’s
seat belt unfastened and there is a chance that the
vehicle may roll unintentionally.
●
Press the (P button before release the brake pedal
when idling, parking or exiting the vehicle.
Models with Auto Idle Stop
●
●
Appears when the engine stops without the
transmission in (P , and does not restart automatically.
Appears if you open the hood while Auto Idle Stop
activates.
Instrument Panel
●
2 Shift Operation P. 474
Models with Auto Idle Stop
●
●
If you want to set the power mode to ON, put the
transmission into (P .
If you want to start the engine, follow the normal
procedure.
2 Starting the Engine P. 465
Continued
105
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
106 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Message
Condition
●
Instrument Panel
106
●
Explanation
Appears for a few seconds if you have not pressed the
(N button long enough to initiate Neutral-Hold mode.
Appears when you press and hold (N button for more
than 2 seconds.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 476
●
Disappears when you set the gear position to other than
(N .
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 476
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
107 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Message
Condition
Explanation
Appears when you try to change the gear position
without depressing the brake pedal.
●
Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button.
●
Appears when you try to change the gear position
without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal.
●
Release your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select a
shift button.
●
Appears when the (P button is pressed while the
vehicle is moving.
Appears if you change the gear position to (R while the
vehicle is moving forward, or to (D while the vehicle is
reversing.
●
Make sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before
operating the select button.
Appears when you set the power mode to ON without
fastening the driver’s seat belt.
Appears when you change the gear position after (P
has been automatically selected with the driver’s door
open, the driver’s seat belt unfastened, then the brake
pedal is released.
●
Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive.
Appears when you press the (P button but it is not
engaged due to low ATF temperature.
●
●
●
●
●
Instrument Panel
●
2 Shift Operation P. 474
Depress the brake pedal until this message disappear.
Continued
107
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
108 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Message
Condition
●
Instrument Panel
108
Explanation
Appears when pressing the Dynamic Mode button.
u Press again to change the next mode.
2 Integrated Dynamics System P. 486
●
Appears if there is a problem with the cooling system.
●
Drive slowly to prevent overheating and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
●
Appears when there is a problem with the headlights.
●
Appears while driving - The headlights may not be
on. When conditions allow you to drive safety, have
your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
●
Appears if there is a problem with the parking sensor
system *.
●
Check if the area around the sensor(s) is covered with
mud, ice, snow, etc. If the indicator(s) stays on or the
beeper does not stop even after you clean the area,
have the system checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
109 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Message
Condition
Appears if the automatic brake hold is automatically
canceled while it is in operation.
●
Appears when the automatic brake hold system is
turned off.
●
●
●
●
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532
Appears when the automatic brake hold button is
pressed without wearing the driver’s seat belt.
●
Appears when the automatic brake hold button is
pressed without depressing the brake pedal while the
automatic brake hold is in operation.
●
Appears when the parking brake is applied
automatically while it is in operation.
Immediately depress the brake pedal.
Instrument Panel
●
Explanation
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532
Press the automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532
2 Parking Brake P. 528
Continued
109
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
110 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Message
Condition
●
Appears if there is a problem with the Auto high-beam.
Explanation
●
●
Instrument Panel
●
●
●
Use the climate control system to cool down the
camera.
Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Turing
the headlight switch in AUTO can resume the system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487
●
●
110
Appears when the Auto high-beam is in operation, or
the headlight switch is turned in AUTO, but there the
temperature inside the camera is too high. The Auto
high-beam cancels automatically.
Manually operate the headlight switch.
If you are driving with the high-beam headlights when
this happens, the headlights are changed to low beams.
Appears when the area around the camera is blocked
by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and
wipe it off with a soft cloth.
May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow,
fog, etc.)
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message
comes back on after you cleaned the area around the
camera.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
111 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Message
Condition
●
Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a
vehicle in front of you.
Explanation
●
Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply
the brakes, change lanes, etc.)
●
Appears when ACC with LSF has been automatically
canceled.
●
You can resume the set speed after the condition that
caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves. Press the RES/
+/SET/– switch up.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 489
●
●
●
Appears when the vehicle speed slows down to 25 mph
(40 km/h) and the vehicle ahead of you goes out of the
ACC with LSF range while ACC with LSF is in operation.
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
and the vehicle ahead of you goes out of the ACC with
LSF range.
●
Appears when the distance between your vehicle and
the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC with LSF
is in operation.
●
Instrument Panel
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
P. 536
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 489
ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 489
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 489
ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 489
Continued
111
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
112 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Message
Condition
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle
ahead of you is too close.
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the transmission is not in (D .
●
●
Appears if ACC with LSF is canceled while your vehicle
is automatically stopped by ACC with LSF. The beeper
sounds.
●
Immediately depress the brake pedal.
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is
depressed.
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
●
Instrument Panel
112
Explanation
●
●
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 489
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 489
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 489
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 489
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
113 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Message
Condition
●
●
Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep
slope while ACC with LSF is in operation.
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the parking brake is applied.
●
ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 489
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 489
Instrument Panel
●
Explanation
ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 489
2 Parking Brake P. 528
Continued
113
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
114 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Models with two-way keyless access remote
Message
Condition
●
Appears when you unlock and open the driver’s door
while the engine is running by two-way keyless access
remote.
Instrument Panel
114
Explanation
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * P. 467
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
115 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Message
Condition
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
●
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
lane. Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel.
Explanation
●
●
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
lane.
When you selected Warning Only
- Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel when the
vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
When you selected Normal or Wide
Instrument Panel
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 509
2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System P. 504
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
●
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
The color of either line changes from white to amber as
the vehicle gets closer to that side of the lane line.
- Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel with steering
assist when the vehicle is drifting out of a detected
lane.
●
Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper
sounds simultaneously if selected by customization.
●
Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.
Continued
115
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
116 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Message
Condition
●
Instrument Panel
●
●
●
116
Explanation
Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS
button is pressed, but there is a problem with a system
related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels automatically.
The beeper sounds simultaneously if selected by
customization.
●
Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS
button is pressed, but there the temperature inside the
LKAS camera is too high. The LKAS cancels
automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously if
selected by customization.
●
Appears when the area around the camera is blocked
by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and
wipe it off with a soft cloth.
May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow,
fog, etc.)
●
If any other system indicators come on, such as the
VSA®, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.
2 Indicators P. 78
●
Use the climate control system to cool down the
camera.
Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing
the LKAS button can resume the system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator
and message come back on after you cleaned the area
around the camera.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
117 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Models with Auto Idle Stop
Message
Condition
●
●
●
●
●
●
Appears when Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance
Screens ON has been selected from the customization
menu.
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate for
some reason.
Appears when the engine restarts automatically.
Appears when the battery temperature is around 14°F
(−10°C) or lower.
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because
the climate control system is in use, and the difference
between the set temperature and actual interior
temperature becomes significant.
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because
the engine coolant temperature is low or high.
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because
the battery charge level is low.
2 Auto Idle Stop * P. 480
●
●
* Not available on all models
Instrument Panel
●
Explanation
Appears even though the battery is fully chargedThe system may not read the battery amount correctly.
Drive for a few minutes.
Appears after charging the battery or jump
starting - Disconnect the negative - cable once and
reconnect it again to the battery. Drive a few minutes.
Continued
117
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
118 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Models with Auto Idle Stop
Message
Condition
Instrument Panel
●
Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because
the pressure to the brake pedal is not enough.
●
Depress the brake pedal firmly.
●
Appears when Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance
Screens ON has been selected from the customization
menu.
Appears when the system is under the following
conditions while Auto Idle Stop activates:
The battery charge level is low.
The battery temperature is around 14°F (−10°C) or
lower.
The climate control system is in use, and the difference
between the set temperature and actual interior
temperature becomes significant.
The humidity in the interior is high.
●
The engine restarts automatically in a few seconds.
●
●
●
●
●
118
Explanation
2 Starting the Engine P. 465
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
119 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Gauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators.
They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.
■ Speedometer
Displays your driving speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada).
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
■ Fuel Gauge
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
1Fuel Gauge
Instrument Panel
■ Tachometer
NOTICE
You should refuel when the reading approaches E .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.
■ Temperature Gauge
Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.
1Temperature Gauge
NOTICE
Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the
upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull
safely to the side of the road and allow engine
temperature to return to normal.
2 Overheating P. 651
119
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
120 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
MID
The MID shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature indicator, and other
gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful
information.
■ Switching the Display
Instrument Panel
■ Main displays
Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to change the display.
Blank
Instant Fuel
Economy/
Average Fuel
Economy
Range
Elapsed Time
Average Speed
Turn-by-Turn
Directions *
Multi-function Steeringwheel Controls
120
* Not available on all models
Vehicle
Settings
Tire Pressure
for Each Tire
Engine Oil Life
Compass *
SH-AWD® */
Dynamic Mode
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
121 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
■ Lower displays
Press the TRIP button to change the display.
TRIP
Odometer
Instrument Panel
Outside Temperature
TRIP
TRIP
Trip A
Trip B
TRIP Button
■ Odometer
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) that your vehicle has
accumulated.
Continued
121
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
122 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
■ Trip Meter
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) driven since the last
reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the TRIP button.
■ Resetting a trip meter
Instrument Panel
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the TRIP button until the trip
meter is reset to 0.0.
■ Outside Temperature
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
■ Adjusting the outside temperature display
Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is located in the front
bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Use the MID’s customized features to correct the
temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 126
■ Average Fuel Economy
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100
km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the
average fuel economy is also reset.
122
1Average Fuel Economy
You can change when to reset the average fuel
economy.
2 Customized Features P. 126
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
123 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
■ Instant Fuel Economy
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).
■ Range
■ Elapsed Time
1Elapsed Time
You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2 Customized Features P. 126
Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset.
■ Average Speed
Instrument Panel
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.
1Average Speed
Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since Trip A or Trip B was
reset.
Continued
You can change when to reset the average speed.
2 Customized Features P. 126
123
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
124 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
■ SH-AWD® Torque Distribution Monitor *
The indicators on the display show the
amount of torque being transferred to the
right front, left front, right rear, and left rear
wheels.
Instrument Panel
2 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SHAWD®) * P. 523
■ Current Mode for Dynamic Mode
Shows the current mode for Dynamic Mode.
2 Integrated Dynamics System P. 486
■ Turn-by-Turn Directions
Models with navigation system
Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the
navigation system.
2 Refer to the navigation system
124
* Not available on all models
1Turn-by-Turn Directions
The multi-information display shows a compass when
the route guidance is not used.
You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on or not during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 126
2 Refer to the navigation system
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
125 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
■ Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM.
2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 577
■ Tire Pressure Monitor
Instrument Panel
Shows each tire’s pressure.
2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist P. 524
Continued
125
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
126 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
■ Customized Features
1Customized Features
To customize other features, roll the multi-function
steering-wheel controls.
2 List of customizable options P. 129
2 Example of customization settings P. 134
Use the MID to customize certain features.
■ How to customize
Instrument Panel
Select the Vehicle Settings screen by rolling the multi-function steering-wheel
controls while the power mode is in ON, and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Push
the multi-function steering-wheel controls.
MID: Goes to Vehicle Settings.
Customization is possible when you see the driver’s
ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) on the screen.
The driver’s ID indicates which remote transmitter
you have used to unlock the driver’s door. The
customized settings are recalled every time you
unlock the driver’s door with that remote.
Put the transmission into (P before you attempt to
change any customized setting.
Multi-function Steeringwheel Controls
Roll: Changes the
customize menus and
items.
Push: Enter the selected
item.
126
Customizing is also available from the information
screen.
You cannot have Vehicle Settings displayed on the
multi-information display while the information
screen shows the same menu.
2 Customized Features P. 126
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
127 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
■ Customization flow
Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to select Vehicle Settings and push the multi-function steering-wheel controls.
Vehicle Settings
Push
Driver Assist System Setup
Roll
Language Selection
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
“Trip A” Reset Timing
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Reverse Alert Tone
Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens *
Turn by Turn Display *
Roll
Meter Setup
Push
Roll
Push
Roll
Driving Position Setup
Instrument Panel
Roll
Forward Collision Warning Distance
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
ACC Display Speed Unit
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Blind Spot Info *
Push
Memory Position Link
Push
Roll
Roll
Easy Entry/Exit
Keyless Access Setup
Roll
* Not available on all models
Push
Roll
Door Unlock Mode
Keyless Access Beep Volume *
Keyless Access Light Flash
Keyless Access Beep
Remote Start System On/Off *
Walk Away Auto Lock
Continued
127
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
128 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Roll
Lighting Setup
Interior Light Dimming Time
Push
Roll
Instrument Panel
Roll
Door Setup
Auto Light Sensitivity
Push
Roll
Roll
Push
Roll
Power Tailgate Setup
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Auto Folding Door Mirror *
Keyless Open Mode
Push
Roll
Roll
Dynamic Mode Setup
Power Open By Outer Handle
Push
Preferred Dynamic Mode
Push
Maintenance Reset
Roll
Maintenance Info.
Roll
Default All
Roll
Exit
128
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
129 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
■ List of customizable options
Setup Group
Description
Selectable Settings
Forward Collision
Warning Distance
Changes at which distance forward collision
warning alerts.
Long/Normal*1/Short
ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep
Causes the system to beep when the system detects
a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC
with LSF range.
On/Off*1
ACC Display Speed Unit
Changes the speed unit for ACC with LSF on the
MID.
mph*1/km/h (U.S.)
mph/km/h*1 (Canada)
Road Departure
Mitigation Setting
Changes the setting for the road departure
mitigation system.
Normal*1/Wide/Warning
Only
Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep
Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is
suspended.
On/Off*1
Blind Spot Info *
Changes the setting for the blind spot information.
Audible And Visual Alert*1/
Visual Alert/Off
Instrument Panel
Driver Assist
System Setup
Customizable Features
*1:Default Setting
* Not available on all models
Continued
129
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
130 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Setup Group
Instrument Panel
Meter Setup
Customizable Features
Selectable Settings
Language Selection
Changes the displayed language.
Adjust Outside Temp.
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A, and
elapsed time A.
When Refueled/IGN Off/
Manually Reset*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B, and
elapsed time B.
When Refueled/IGN Off/
Manually Reset*1
Reverse Alert Tone
Causes the beeper to sound once when the change
the gear position to (R .
On*1/Off
Auto Engine Idle Stop
Guidance Screens *
Selects whether the Auto Idle Stop guidance screens
comes on.
On/Off*1
Turn by Turn Display *
Select whether the turn-by-turn display comes on
during the route guidance.
On*1/Off
*1:Default Setting
130
Description
* Not available on all models
English*1/Français/Español
-5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F (U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C (Canada)
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
131 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Setup Group
Keyless
Access Setup
Description
Selectable Settings
Memory Position Link
Turns the driving position memory system on and
off.
On*1/Off
Easy Entry/Exit
Moves the seat rearward and steering wheel fully up
when you get in/get out of the vehicle. Changes the
setting for this feature.
Seat & Steering Wheel*1/
Seat Only/Steering Wheel
Only/Off
Door Unlock Mode
Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.
Driver’s Door or Tailgate
Only*1/All Doors
Keyless Access Beep
Volume *
Changes the beep volume.
High*1/Low
Keyless Access Light
Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.
On*1/Off
Keyless Access Beep
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock
the doors.
On*1/Off
Remote Start System
On/Off *
Turns the remote engine start feature on and off.
On*1/Off
Walk Away Auto Lock
Changes the settings for the automatic locking the
doors when you walk away from the vehicle while
carrying the keyless access remote.
On/Off*1
Instrument Panel
Driving
Position
Setup
Customizable Features
*1: Default Setting
* Not available on all models
Continued
131
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
132 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Setup Group
Lighting
Setup
Instrument Panel
Door Setup
Customizable Features
Selectable Settings
Interior Light Dimming
Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.
60sec/30sec*1/15sec
Headlight Auto Off
Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay
on after you close the driver’s door.
60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec
Auto Light Sensitivity
Changes the timing for the headlights to come on.
Max/High/Mid*1/Low/Min
Auto Door Lock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.
With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift
From P/Off
Auto Door Unlock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically unlock.
All Doors When Driver’s
Door Opens*1/All Doors
When Shifted To Park/All
Doors When Ignition
Switched Off/Off
Key And Remote Unlock
Mode
Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock
on the first operation of the remote or built-in key.
Driver Door*1/All Doors
Keyless Lock Answer
Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On*1/Off
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and
the security system to set after you unlock the
vehicle without opening any door.
90sec/60sec/30sec*1
Auto Folding Door
Mirror *
Changes how you can fold the door mirrors.
Auto Fold With Keyless*1/
Manual Only
*1: Default Setting
132
Description
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
133 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Setup Group
Customizable Features
Description
Selectable Settings
Changes the keyless setting for when the power
tailgate opens.
Anytime*1/When Unlocked
Power Open By Outer
Handle
Changes the setting to open power tailgate by
tailgate outer handle.
Off (Manual Only)/On
(Power/Manual)*1
Dynamic
Mode Setup
Preferred Dynamic
Mode
Changes the Dynamic Mode setting for when you
set the power mode to ON.
Last Used*1/Comfort/
Normal/Sport
Maintenance
Info.
Maintenance Reset
Resets/Cancels the engine oil life display when you
have performed the maintenance service.
Cancel/Reset
Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as
default.
Cancel/Set
Default All
—
Instrument Panel
Keyless Open Mode
Power
Tailgate Setup
*1: Default Setting
Continued
133
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
134 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
■ Example of customization settings
Instrument Panel
The steps for changing the “Trip A” Reset Timing setting to When Refueled are
shown below. The default setting for “Trip A” Reset Timing is Manually Reset.
1. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel
controls to select Vehicle Settings, then
push the multi-function steering-wheel
controls.
2. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel
controls until Meter Setup appears on the
display.
3. Push the multi-function steering-wheel
controls.
u Language Selection appears first on
the display.
134
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
135 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
5. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel
controls and select When Refueled, then
push the multi-function steering-wheel
controls.
u The When Refueled Setup screen
appears, then the display returns to the
customization menu screen.
Instrument Panel
4. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel
controls until “Trip A” Reset Timing
appears on the display, then push the multifunction steering-wheel controls.
u The display switches to the
customization setup screen, where you
can select When Refueled, IGN Off,
Manually Reset, or Exit.
6. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel
controls until Exit appears on the display,
then push the multi-function steeringwheel controls.
7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the
normal screen.
135
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
136
136 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
137 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock .................................................. 138
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................. 139
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal
Strength......................................... 141
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside .......................................... 142
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside ............................................. 151
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 153
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 154
Opening and Closing the Tailgate... 155
Security System
Immobilizer System .......................... 163
Security System Alarm...................... 163
* Not available on all models
Opening and Closing the Windows ...166
Opening and Closing the Moonroof.. 168
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel
ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 169
Turn Signals ..................................... 172
Light Switches.................................. 173
Fog Lights * ...................................... 176
Daytime Running Lights ................... 176
Auto High-Beam .............................. 177
Wipers and Washers ........................ 180
Brightness Control ........................... 184
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button..185
Driving Position Memory System ...... 186
Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 188
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 189
Power Door Mirrors ......................... 190
Adjusting the Seats
Front Seats ...................................... 192
Second Row Seats ........................... 194
Third Row Seats............................... 203
Armrest ........................................... 204
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights .................................. 206
Interior Convenience Items .............. 208
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 219
Rear Climate Control System ........... 226
Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 230
137
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
138 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Clock
Adjusting the Clock
Models without navigation system
1Clock
You can adjust the time manually in the information screen, with the power mode
in ON.
■ Adjusting the Time
■ Using the Settings menu on the information screen
Controls
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Clock Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock
Adjustment.
3. Rotate
to change hour, then move .
4. Rotate
to change minute, then press
.
These indications are used to show how to operate
the interface dial.
Rotate
to select.
Press
to enter.
Move
to select a secondary menu.
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 358
You can turn the clock display in the information
screen on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 358
Except Canadian models
You cannot adjust the time while the vehicle is
moving.
Models with navigation system
The clock is automatically updated through the
navigation system, so the time does not need to be
adjusted.
138
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
139 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following keys:
Use the keys to start and stop the engine, and
Models without two-way keyless
access remote
to lock and unlock all the doors and tailgate.
You can also use the keyless access system to
lock and unlock all the doors and tailgate.
1Key Types and Functions
All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 163
Models with two-way keyless
access remote
Controls
Follow the advice below to prevent damage to the
keys:
• Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
• Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
• Keep the keys away from liquids, dust and sand.
• Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine
may not start, and the keyless access system may not
work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.
Models with two-way keyless access remote
You can remotely start the engine using the two-way
keyless access remote.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback * P. 467
* Not available on all models
Continued
139
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
140 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions
■ Built-in Key
Models without two-way keyless
access remote
Release Knob
Controls
To remove the built-in key, slide the release
knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall
the built-in key, push the built-in key into the
keyless access remote until it clicks.
Built-in Key
Models with two-way keyless
access remote
Built-in Key
Release Knob
140
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the
doors when the keyless access remote battery
becomes weak and the power door lock/
unlock operation is disabled.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
141 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
■ Key Number Tag
1Key Number Tag
Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine,
contact a dealer.
Controls
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless access remote when locking/
unlocking the doors and tailgate, or to start the engine.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors and tailgate, or starting the
engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable:
• Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.
• You are carrying the keyless access remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.
• A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless access remote.
1Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
Communication between the keyless access remote
and the vehicle consumes the keyless access remote’s
battery.
Battery life is about two years, but this varies
depending on regularity of use.
The battery is consumed whenever the keyless access
remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
personal computers.
141
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
142 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
■ Using the Keyless Access System
Models without rear door touch sensor
When you carry the keyless access remote,
you can lock/unlock the doors and the
tailgate.
Controls
You can lock/unlock the doors and tailgate
within a radius of about 32 inches (80 cm) of
the outside door handle or tailgate outer
handle.
Models with rear door touch sensor
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior light comes on when you unlock
the doors and tailgate.
No doors opened: The light fades out after 30
seconds.
Doors and tailgate relocked: The light goes off
immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 206
1Using the Keyless Access System
If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30
seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the keyless
access system, the doors and tailgate will
automatically relock.
You can lock or unlock doors using the keyless access
system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
142
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
143 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Door Lock Button
■ Locking the doors and tailgate
1Using the Keyless Access System
Press the door lock button on the front or
rear * doors, or on the tailgate.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors and tailgate lock;
and the security system sets.
• Do not leave the keyless access remote in the
vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.
• Even if you are not carrying the keyless access
•
•
•
Lock Button
•
•
Controls
•
remote, you can lock/unlock the doors and tailgate
while someone else with the remote is within range.
The door may be unlocked if the door handle is
covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if
the keyless access remote is within range.
If you grip a door handle wearing gloves, the door
sensor may be slow to respond or may not respond
by unlocking the doors.
After locking the door, you have up to two seconds
during which you can pull the door handle to
confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to
unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait
at least two seconds before gripping the handle,
otherwise the door will not unlock.
The door might not open if you pull it immediately
after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.
Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may
not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the
keyless access remote if it is above or below the
outside handle.
The keyless access remote may not operate if it is
too close to the door and door glass.
The light flash, beep and door unlock mode settings
can be customized using the information screen or
multi-information display (MID).
2 Customized Features P. 126, 358
* Not available on all models
Continued
143
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
144 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
■ Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk
Controls
The activation range of
the auto lock function is
about 5 feet (1.5 m)
away auto lock)
When you walk away from the vehicle while
carrying the keyless access remote, the doors
will automatically lock.
The auto lock function activates when all
doors and tailgate are closed, and the keyless
access remote is within about 5 feet (1.5 m)
radius of the outside door handle.
Exit vehicle while carrying keyless access
remote and close door(s).
1. While within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of
the vehicle.
u The beeper sounds; the auto lock
function will be activated.
2. Carry the keyless access remote beyond
about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle and
remain outside this range for 2 or more
seconds.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all doors and tailgate will then
lock.
1Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock)
The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory
default setting. The auto lock function can be set to
ON using the information screen or MID.
If you set the auto lock function to ON using the
information screen or the MID, only the remote
transmitter that was used to unlock the driver’s door
prior to the setting change can activate auto lock.
2 Customized Features P. 126, 358
After the auto lock function has been activated,
when you stay within the locking/unlocking
operation range, the indicator on the keyless access
remote will continue to flash until the doors are
locked.
When you stay beside the vehicle within the
operation range, the doors will automatically lock
approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock
function activating beeper sounds.
When you open a door after the auto lock function
activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will
be delayed until all doors and tailgate are closed.
When all doors and tailgate have been closed and the
keyless access remote is inside the vehicle, or if the
keyless access remote is not detected within about 5
feet (1.5 m) of the vehicle, auto lock function will not
be activated.
You must wait until the power tailgate fully closes
before the auto lock function will be activated.
144
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
145 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
To temporarily deactivate the function:
1. Set the power mode to OFF.
2. Open the driver’s door.
3. Using the master door lock switch, operate
the lock as follows:
Lock
Unlock
Lock
Unlock.
u The beeper sounds and the function is
deactivated.
Continued
The auto lock function does not operate when any of
the following conditions are met.
• The keyless access remote is inside the vehicle.
• A door or the hood is not closed.
• The power mode is set to any mode other than
OFF.
• The keyless access remote is not located within a
radius of about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle
when you get out of the vehicle and close the
doors.
Auto lock function operation stop beeper
After the auto lock function has been activated, the
auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for
approximately two seconds in the following cases.
• The keyless access remote is put inside the vehicle
through a window.
• You are located too close to the vehicle.
• The keyless access remote is put inside the tailgate.
If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are
carrying the keyless access remote. Then, open/close
a door and confirm the auto lock activation beeper
sounds once.
Controls
To restore the function:
• Set the power mode to ON.
• Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock
function.
• With the keyless access remote on you,
move out of the auto lock function
operation range.
• Open any door.
1Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock)
145
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
146 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
■ Unlocking the doors and tailgate
Controls
Grab the driver’s door handle:
u The driver’s door unlocks.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Grab the front passenger’s door or rear * door
handle:
u All doors and the tailgate unlock.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Press and hold the tailgate outer handle:
u The tailgate unlocks and opens.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 162
Tailgate Outer
Handle
146
* Not available on all models
1Using the Keyless Access System
Models with navigation system
When you go into the keyless access system working
range with all the doors locked, the LED puddle lights
come on for 30 seconds.
The lights do not come on if you have previously
stayed within the range for more than two minutes,
or the doors have been locked for a few days.
The feature activates again after you drive the
vehicle, then lock the doors.
You can also unlock and open with the power
tailgate.
2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 162
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
147 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
■ Using the Remote Transmitter
■ Locking the doors and tailgate
LED
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
Lock
Button
Press the lock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors
and tailgate lock, and the security system
sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
u The beeper sounds and verifies the
security system is set.
■ Unlocking the doors and tailgate
Press the unlock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the
driver’s door unlocks.
Twice:
u The remaining doors and tailgate unlock.
If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30
seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the remote
transmitter, the doors and tailgate will automatically
relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 126, 358
You can lock or unlock doors using the remote
transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE
OFF.
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
Controls
LED*1
Unlock
Button
1Using the Remote Transmitter
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door or
the tailgate is open.
If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
varies, the battery is probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 613
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 126, 358
*1: Checking Door Lock Status * P. 150
* Not available on all models
Continued
147
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
148 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
■ Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
If the lock or unlock button of the keyless access remote does not work, use the key
instead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 613
Fully insert the key and turn it.
When you lock the driver’s door with a key, all the
other doors and tailgate lock at the same time. When
unlocking, the driver’s door unlocks first. Turn the
key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the
remaining doors and the tailgate.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 126, 358
Lock
Controls
148
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
Unlock
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
149 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
■ Locking a Door Without Using a Key
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
If you do not have the key on you, or if for some reason you cannot lock a door using
the key, you can lock the door without it.
■ Locking the front doors
Push the lock tab forward a or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b, and close the door.
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.
Controls
■ Locking the rear doors
When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors
and tailgate lock at the same time.
Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not
inside the vehicle.
■ Lockout prevention system
The doors and tailgate cannot be locked when the keyless access remote is inside
the vehicle.
Continued
149
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
150 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
■ Checking Door Lock Status *
Red
Green
Amber
Lock
Button
Controls
150
You can remotely check if your vehicle’s doors
are all locked or any are unlocked using the
keyless access remote from extended
distances.
Press the lock button, the Amber (LEFT) LED blinks once. Then after three seconds
one of the following feedback will come:
• Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked.
• Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not
completely closed.
• Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status
from the vehicle.
* Not available on all models
1Checking Door Lock Status *
Operate the remote in an open space. If there are
buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle
and the remote, the remote may not work even
within the operable range. However, the range
required for unlocking the tailgate and all the doors
as well as activating the panic function is the same as
that required for operating the standard keyless
access remote.
2 Using the Remote Transmitter P. 147
When checking the door lock status, you can also
start or stop the engine.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback * P. 467
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
151 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■ Using the Lock Tab
To Lock
Lock Tab
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, all of the other doors and the tailgate
lock at the same time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.
■ Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.
■ Unlocking a door
To Unlock
Pull the lock tab rearward.
Controls
Continued
151
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
152 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■ Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
Pull the front door inner handle.
u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The front door inner handles are designed to allow
front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
However, this feature requires that front seat
occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where
childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 153
Controls
Inner Handle
Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other
doors.
To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock,
then lock again before opening the door.
u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be
unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using
the MID or information screen.
152
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
153 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks
■ Using the Master Door Lock Switch
To Lock
Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock all the doors and the tailgate.
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock either front door using the
master door lock switch, all the other doors and the
tailgate lock/unlock at the same time.
To Unlock
Controls
Master Door Lock Switch
Childproof Door Locks
1Childproof Door Locks
The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab.
■ Setting the Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.
■ When opening the door
Unlock
Open the door using the outside door handle.
Lock
153
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
154 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
Your vehicle locks or unlocks all doors automatically when a certain condition is met.
■ Auto Door Locking
■ Drive lock mode
All doors and tailgate lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15
km/h).
■ Auto Door Unlocking
Controls
154
■ Driver’s door open mode
All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the information
screen or MID.
2 Customized Features P. 126, 358
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
155 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Opening and Closing the Tailgate
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the tailgate before opening or
closing it.
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
3 WARNING
Anyone caught in the path of a tailgate
that is being opened or closed can be
seriously injured.
Keep the tailgate closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
Make sure that all people are clear of the
tailgate before opening or closing it.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 74
Be careful not to hit your head on the tailgate or to
put your hands between the tailgate and the cargo
area when closing the tailgate.
Controls
• Open the tailgate all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the tailgate may begin to close under its own weight.
• Be careful when it is windy. The wind may cause the tailgate to close.
When you are storing or picking up luggage from the
cargo area while the engine is idling, do not stand in
front of the exhaust pipe. You may get burned.
Do not allow any passenger in the cargo space. They
may get hurt during hard braking, a sudden
acceleration, or a crash.
Continued
155
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
156 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuPrecautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
The power tailgate can be operated by pressing the power tailgate button on the
remote transmitter or driver's door, or pressing the outer handle or button on the
tailgate.
The power tailgate can be opened when the transmission is in (P .
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
NOTICE
Do not push or pull on the power tailgate when it is
being automatically opened or closed.
Forcibly opening or closing the power tailgate while
in operation can deform the tailgate frame.
Controls
When operating the power tailgate, make sure there
is enough space around your vehicle. People near the
tailgate may be seriously hurt if the tailgate hits or
closes on their heads. Be especially cautious if
children are around.
The power tailgate may not open or close under the
following conditions:
• You start the engine while the tailgate is
automatically opening or closing.
• The vehicle is parked on a steep hill.
• The vehicle is swayed in a strong wind.
• The tailgate or the roof is covered with snow or ice.
156
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
157 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
■ Using the Remote Transmitter
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
Press the power tailgate button for more than
one second to operate when the power mode
is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
Power
Tailgate
Button
If you replace the battery or the power tailgate fuse
while the tailgate is open, the power tailgate may be
disabled. The power tailgate resumes once you
manually close the tailgate.
Installing aftermarket components other than Acura
genuine accessories on the power tailgate may
prevent it from fully opening or closing.
Controls
To reverse direction while the power tailgate is
in operation, press the button again. The
beeper sounds three times and the tailgate
reverses direction.
If you close the power tailgate when all the doors are
locked, the power tailgate locks automatically.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully open before you
get your luggage in and out.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully closed before
you start the vehicle.
The beeper sounds when you start driving while the
power tailgate is still open, or closing.
■ Customizing when to open the tailgate
Anytime: The power tailgate unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the
default setting.
When Unlocked: The tailgate opens when all doors are unlocked.
2 Customized Features P. 126, 358
Continued
157
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
158 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
■ Using the Power Tailgate Button
To open or close the power tailgate, press the
power tailgate button for about one second.
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
Controls
Power Tailgate Button
To reverse direction while the power tailgate is
in operation, press the button again. The
beeper sounds three times and the tailgate
reverses direction.
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
If the power tailgate meets resistance while opening
or closing, the auto reverse feature reverses the
direction. The beeper sounds three times.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
tailgate is almost closed to make sure that it fully
closes.
Do not touch the sensors located on both sides of the
tailgate. The power tailgate does not close if you
touch either sensor when you are trying to close the
tailgate.
Be careful not to scratch the sensors with a sharp
object. If scratched, they can be damaged, and the
power tailgate closing feature malfunctions.
158
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
159 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
■ Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
1Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
If you press the outer handle of the tailgate for
no longer than one second, the tailgate opens
automatically.
u The beeper sounds.
u If you want to open the tailgate
manually, press the outer handle for
more than one second.
2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 162
If you are carrying the keyless access remote,
you do not have to unlock the tailgate before
opening it.
Continued
Even if you are not carrying the keyless access
remote, you can lock/unlock the tailgate while
someone else with the remote is within range.
You can change the setting to open the power
tailgate by the tailgate outer handle.
2 Customized Features P. 126, 358
Controls
Outer Handle
Do not leave the keyless access remote in the cargo
area before closing the tailgate.
159
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
160 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
■ Using the Tailgate Inner Button
Press the button on the tailgate to close the
power tailgate.
If you press the button again while the power
tailgate is moving, it reverses direction.
Controls
Tailgate Inner
Button
■ Auto-Closer
If you manually close the power tailgate, it latches automatically.
1Auto-Closer
The auto-closer feature does not activate if you press
the tailgate outer handle while the power tailgate is
closing.
Do not put any force on the tailgate while the power
tailgate is latching.
Keep your hands away from the tailgate when you
manually close the tailgate and let it latch
automatically. It is dangerous to put your hands
around the tailgate as it starts to latch itself.
160
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
161 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
■ Power Tailgate Fall Detection
Automatically lowers the power tailgate when there is a possibility that the fully
opened power tailgate can fall down by its own weight (for example, by snow on
the tailgate). The beeper sounds while the power tailgate lowers.
1Power Tailgate Fall Detection
If you try to manually close the power tailgate
immediately after it fully opens, the power tailgate
fall detection may activate.
Once the power tailgate fall detection activates, wait
until the power tailgate fully closes. Keep away from
the power tailgate when it is in motion.
Controls
If the power tailgate fall detection constantly
activates, consult at a dealer.
161
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
162 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Tailgate
Opening/Closing the Tailgate
■ Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
When all the doors are unlocked, the tailgate
is unlocked.
Press the outer handle of the tailgate and lift
open the tailgate.
Controls
Outer Handle
Inner Handle
162
If you are carrying the keyless access remote,
you do not have to unlock the tailgate before
opening it.
To close the tailgate, grab the inner handle,
pull the tailgate down, and push it closed
from outside.
1Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Do not leave the keyless access remote in the cargo
area before closing the tailgate.
Even if you are not carrying the keyless access
remote, you can lock/ unlock the tailgate while
someone else with the remote is within range.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
163 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic
signals to verify the key.
Security System Alarm
NOTICE
Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or
accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the key with you whenever you leave the
vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
Controls
Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button:
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/
STOP button.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system near the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
• Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic devices, such as televisions
and audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can
become magnetic.
1Immobilizer System
1Security System Alarm
The security system alarm activates when the tailgate, hood or doors are forcibly
opened. The alarm does not activate if the tailgate or doors are opened with the key,
remote transmitter or keyless access system.
However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key and then the hood is
opened before the power mode is set to ON.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
minutes until the security system alarm deactivates.
■ When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently, and some exterior lights flash.
■ To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter, or keyless access system. The
system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.
Continued
163
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
164 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
■ Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
• The hood is closed.
• All doors and the tailgate are locked from outside with the key, remote
transmitter, or keyless access system.
■ When the security system alarm sets
Controls
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the
blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set.
■ To cancel the security system alarm
The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the key,
remote transmitter, keyless access system, or the power mode is set to ON. The
security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.
164
1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
• Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
• Opening the hood with the hood release.
If the battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may go off
once the battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter,
or keyless access system.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
165 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
■ Panic Mode
■ The panic button on the remote
Panic
Button
transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash.
Controls
■ Canceling panic mode
Press any button on the remote transmitter, or set the power mode to ON.
165
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
166 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Opening and Closing the Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON,
using the switches on the doors.
The driver’s side switches can be used to open and close all the windows. The power
window lock button on the driver’s side must be switched off (not pushed in,
indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the driver’s
seat.
Controls
When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you
can only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power window lock button on if a
child is in the vehicle.
■ Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
ON
OFF
Power Window
Lock Button
■ Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.
Indicator
■ Automatic operation
To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
Driver’s Window
Switch
Rear Passenger’s
Window Switches
Front Passenger’s
Window Switch
166
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
3 WARNING
Closing a power window on someone’s
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it will stop closing and reverse
direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
167 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
■ Opening the Windows and Moonroof with the Remote
To open: Press the unlock button, and then
within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it.
If the windows and moonroof stop midway,
repeat the procedure.
■ Opening/Closing the Windows and Moonroof with the Key
Controls
Unlock Button
To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the
key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to
the central position, turn the key in the unlock
direction and hold it there.
Close
Open
To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.
Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the
central position, turn the key in the lock
direction and hold it there.
Release the key to stop the windows and
moonroof at the desired position. If you want
further adjustment, repeat the same
operation.
167
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
168 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
■ Opening/Closing the Moonroof
You can only operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch
in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
Open
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
Controls
Close
Tilt
The moonroof will automatically open or close
all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,
push the switch briefly.
■ Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
■ Tilting the moonroof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof
switch.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then
release.
1Opening/Closing the Moonroof
3 WARNING
Opening or closing the moonroof on
someone’s hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the moonroof before opening or closing it.
NOTICE
Opening the moonroof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the moonroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully
closes. Make sure that all objects, including fingers,
are clear of the moonroof.
You can use the remote transmitter or the key to
operate the moonroof.
2 Opening the Windows and Moonroof with
the Remote P. 167
2 Opening/Closing the Windows and
Moonroof with the Key P. 167
168
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
169 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
ENGINE START/STOP Button
■ Changing the Power Mode
1ENGINE START/STOP Button
ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range
Operating Range
Indicator
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
Indicator in the button is off.
The steering wheel is locked*1.
The power to all electrical components is turned off.
You can start the engine when the keyless access
remote is inside the vehicle.
The engine may also run if the keyless access remote
is close to the door or window, even if it is outside the
vehicle.
Controls
ACCESSORY
Indicator in the button is on.
Operate the audio system and other accessories in this
position.
ON mode:
Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running.
Without
pressing the
brake pedal
ON
Indicator in the button is on.
All electrical components can be used.
If the battery of the keyless access remote is getting
low, the engine may not start when you press the
ENGINE START/STOP button. If the engine does not
start, refer to the following link.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak P. 647
Press the button.
Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON
when you get out.
*1:Canadian models
Continued
169
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
170 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
■ Automatic Power Off
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the
power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid draining the battery.
Canadian models
Controls
When in this mode:
The steering wheel does not lock.
You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or the keyless access
system.
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice to switch the mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
■ Power Mode Reminder
If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning
buzzer sounds.
170
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
171 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
■ Keyless Access Remote Reminder
Warning buzzers may sound from inside and/
or outside the vehicle to remind you that the
keyless access remote is out of the vehicle. If
the buzzer continues even after the remote is
put back inside, place it to be within its
operational range.
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from both inside and
outside the vehicle. A warning message on
the MID notifies the driver inside that the
remote outside of the vehicle.
■ When the power mode is in
ACCESSORY
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from outside the
vehicle.
When the keyless access remote is within the
system’s operational range, and the driver’s door is
closed, the warning function cancels.
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle
after the engine has been started, you can no longer
change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or
restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is
in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
Removing the keyless access remote from the vehicle
through a window does not activate the warning
buzzer.
Controls
■ When the power mode is in ON
1Keyless Access Remote Reminder
Do not put the keyless access remote on the
dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the
warning buzzer to go off. Under some other
conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating
the remote, the warning buzzer may also go off even
if the remote is within the system’s operational
range.
171
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
172 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals
Turn Signals
Right Turn
The turn signals can be used when the power
mode is in ON.
■ One-touch turn signal
Left Turn
Controls
172
When you lightly push up or down and release
the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals
and turn signal indicator blink three times.
This feature can be used when signaling for a
lane change.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
173 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Light Switches
■ Manual Operation
High Beams
Turns on parking, side marker,
tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking,
side marker, tail, and rear
license plate lights
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the power mode
setting.
■ High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■ Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.
■ Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.
■ Lights off
Turn the lever to OFF either when:
• The transmission is in (P .
• The parking brake is applied.
To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to
OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you
do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights
come on automatically when:
• The transmission is taken out of (P and the
parking brake is released.
• The vehicle starts to move.
Continued
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the
driver’s door is opened.
When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
2 Lights On Indicator P. 89
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off
because it will cause the battery to discharge.
Models without automatic headlight adjusting system
If you sense that the level of the headlights is
abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Controls
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
1Light Switches
Models with automatic headlight adjusting system
Your vehicle is equipped with the automatic
headlight adjusting system that automatically adjusts
the vertical angle of the high/low beam headlights. If
you find a significant change in the vertical angle of
the headlights, there may be a problem with the
system. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
173
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
174 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
■ Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the power mode is in ON.
Controls
When the light switch is in AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
u You can change the auto light sensitivity
setting.
2 Customized Features P. 126, 358
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.
Models with automatic
intermittent wipers
Light Sensor
The headlights comes on when you unlock a
door in dark areas with the headlight switch in
AUTO.
u Once you lock the door, the headlights
will go off.
Models without automatic
intermittent wipers
Light Sensor
174
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
175 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
Setting
Max
High
Mid
Low
Min
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within
a certain number of intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO.
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
■ Automatic Lighting Off Feature
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with
you, and close the driver’s door.
If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but
do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch
is in the AUTO position).
Bright
Dark
1Headlight Integration with Wiper
This feature activates while the headlights are off in
AUTO.
The instrument panel brightness does not change
when the headlights come on.
Controls
■ Headlight Integration with Wiper
The exterior lights come on
when the ambient light is at
At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting
control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of
the number of wiper sweeps.
1Automatic Lighting Off Feature
You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 126, 358
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver’s door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver’s door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.
175
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
176 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights *
Fog Lights *
When the low beam headlights are on, turn
the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.
Fog Light Switch
Controls
Daytime Running Lights
The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The headlight switch is in AUTO or
.
• The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Setting the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) will turn off the daytime running lights.
The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when
the head light switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.
176
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
177 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
Auto High-Beam
Using a camera mounted to the inside of the windshield, this system detects light
sources ahead of the vehicle. Depending on the light source, the system
automatically switches the headlights to high beam for optimal visibility at night.
The system operates when:
■ The headlight switch is in AUTO.
■ The lever is in the low beam
position.
■ The low beams are on and the
How it works
When the camera detects lights coming from a preceding or oncoming vehicle, the
headlights remain in low beam.
When the camera detects no lights coming from a preceding or oncoming vehicle,
the headlights change to high beam.
The view angle or distance that the camera can detect lights ahead differs
depending on conditions, such as the brightness of the lights and the weather.
The auto high-beam determines when to change the
headlight beams by responding to the brightness of
the lights ahead of your vehicle. In the following
cases, the system may not respond to the lights
properly:
• The brightness of the lights from the preceding or
oncoming vehicle is intense or poor.
• Visibility is poor due to the weather (rain, snow,
fog, windshield frost, etc.).
• Other light sources, such as street lights and
electric billboards are illuminating the road ahead.
• The brightness level of the road ahead constantly
changes.
• The road is bumpy or has many curves.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you, or a vehicle in front
of you is not in the preceding or oncoming
direction.
• Your vehicle is tilted with a heavy load in the rear.
Controls
system recognizes that you are
driving at night.
■ The vehicle speed is above 35 mph
(56 km/h).
1Auto High-Beam
If you find the timing of beam changes inconvenient
for driving, change the headlight beams manually.
If you do not want the system to be activated at any
time when the headlight switch is in AUTO, consult a
dealer or disable the system.
2 Disabling or Re-enabling the System P. 179
Continued
177
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
178 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
■ Operating the System
Headlight
Switch
1Operating the System
To activate the system, turn the headlight
switch to AUTO and then set the headlights
to low beam. The auto high-beam indicator
will come on.
2 Light Switches P. 173
Controls
If the camera receives a strong impact, or repairing of
the area near the camera is required, consult a dealer.
The high beams remain on unless:
• You have been driving below 25 mph (40 km/h) for an extended amount of time.
• The speed of the vehicle drops below 15 mph (24 km/h).
• The windshield wipers have been running at a high speed for more than a few
seconds.
• You enter a well lit location.
The high beams come back on once the condition that caused them to turn off no
longer exists.
If needed, you can temporarily turn the high beams off manually. Turn on the high
beams by pushing the lever forward until you hear a click, or flash the high beams
once by pulling the lever towards you. To turn the high beams back on, repeat one
of the procedures.
178
For the auto high-beam to work properly:
• Do not place an object that reflects light on the
dashboard.
• Keep the windshield around the camera clean.
When cleaning the windshield, be careful not to
apply windshield cleanser to the camera lens.
• Do not attach an object, sticker or film to the area
around the camera.
• Do not touch the camera lens.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed towards the camera.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
• Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
179 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
■ Disabling or Re-enabling the System
AUTO Position
The auto high-beam is in the previously selected
disabled or re-enabled setting each time you start the
engine.
Controls
Disable or re-enable the system when the
vehicle is parked and the power mode is in ON
and the light switch is in the AUTO position.
Disabling the system: Pull the light switch
lever towards you and hold it for at least 40
seconds. The auto high-beam indicator in the
meter will blink twice.
Re-enabling the system: Pull the light
switch lever towards you and hold it for at
least 30 seconds. The auto high-beam
indicator in the meter will blink once.
Enabling high sensitivity: Pull the light
switch lever towards you and hold it for 2
minutes. The auto high-beam indicator in the
meter will blink three times.
When the power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK), sensitivity is returned to normal.
1Disabling or Re-enabling the System
179
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
180 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Wipers and Washers
■ Windshield Wipers/Washers
Pull to
use
washer.
Controls
Intermittent Time
Adjustment Ring
MIST
OFF
1Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the power mode is in ON.
■ MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.
■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT*1/AUTO*2, LO,
HI)
Move the lever up or down to change the
wiper settings.
■ Adjusting wiper operation *
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust wiper
operation.
Lower speed, fewer sweeps
INT*1/AUTO*2
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.
The wiper motor may stop motor operation
temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation
will return to normal within a few minutes, once the
circuit has returned to normal.
Models without automatic intermittent wipers
If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
interval shortens.
When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s
shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become
the same.
Higher speed, more sweeps
NOTICE
■ Washer
180
NOTICE
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever for more than one
second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two
or three more times to clear the windshield,
then stop.
*1: Models with manual intermittent operation
*2: Models with automatic intermittent operation
* Not available on all models
In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defroster or heated windshield *
to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
181 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
■ Automatic Intermittent Wipers *
1Wipers and Washers
When you push the lever down to AUTO, the
windshield wipers sweep once, and go into
the automatic mode.
Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power
mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then
remove the obstacle.
1Automatic Intermittent Wipers *
The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.
■ Auto sensitivity adjustment
When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you
can adjust the sensitivity of the rainfall sensor
(using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will
operate in accordance with your preference.
Controls
Adjustment Ring
The wipers operate intermittently, at low
speed, or at high speed and stops in
accordance with the amount of rainfall the
rainfall sensor detects.
If the wipers stop operating due to an obstacle such
as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
place.
Rainfall Sensor
Sensor sensitivity
Low sensitivity
NOTICE
High sensitivity
* Not available on all models
AUTO should always be turned OFF before the
following situations in order to prevent severe
damage to the wiper system:
• Cleaning the windshield
• Driving through a car wash
• No rain present
Continued
181
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
182 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
■ Rear Wiper/Washer
The rear wiper and washer can be used when
the power mode is in ON.
■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT, ON)
Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.
Controls
■ Washer (
INT: Intermittent
ON: Continuous wipe
OFF
Washer
)
Sprays while you rotate the switch to this
position.
Hold it to activate the wiper and to spray the
washer. Once released, it stops operating
after a few more sweeps.
■ Operating in reverse
When you select the transmission to (R with the windshield wipers activated, the
rear wiper operates automatically as follows even if its switch is off.
182
Windshield Wiper Operation
Rear Wiper Operation
Intermittent
Intermittent
Low speed wipe
High speed wipe
Continuous
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
183 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Canadian models
■ Headlight Washers
1Headlight Washers
Turn the headlights on and press the
headlight washer button to operate.
The headlight washers also operate when you
turn the windshield washers for the first time
after the power mode is set to ON.
The headlight washers use the same fluid reservoir as
the windshield washers.
Controls
183
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
184 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Brightness Control
(+ Button
(- Button
When the power mode is in ON, you can use
the (+ or (- button to adjust instrument
panel brightness.
Brighten: Press the (+ button.
Dim: Press the (- button.
Controls
You will hear a beep when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. Several
seconds after adjusting the brightness, you
will be returned to the previous display.
■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the MID
while you are adjusting it.
184
1Brightness Control
Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on
whether the exterior lights are on or off. The
instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are
on.
When it is bright outside and the headlight
integration with the wiper is activated, the
instrument panel brightness does not change.
To cancel the reduced instrument panel brightness
when the exterior lights are on, press the (+ button
until the brightness display is up to max, the beeper
sounds.
The brightness can be set differently for when the
exterior lights are on, and when they are off.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
185 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window
and mirrors when the power mode is in ON.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes
depending on the outside temperature.
1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
NOTICE
When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be
careful not to damage the heating wires.
It is critical to wipe the window from side to side
along the defogger heating wires.
Controls
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged. Also, do not
use the system for a long time while the engine is
idling. This may weaken the battery, making it
difficult to start the engine.
When the outside temperature is below 41°F (5°C),
the heated door mirror may activate automatically for
10 minutes when you set the power mode to ON.
Heated Windshield Button *
Press the heated windshield button to deice
the windshield when the power mode is in
ON.
1Heated Windshield Button *
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been deiced. Also, do not use
the system for a long period when the engine is
idling. This may weaken the battery, making it
difficult to start the engine.
When the outside temperature is below 39°F (4°C),
the heated windshield may automatically activate.
The system deactivates itself once the outside
temperature reaches 43°F (6°C).
* Not available on all models
185
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
186 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
Driving Position Memory System
You can store two driver’s seat (except for power lumbar), steering wheel and door
mirror positions with the driving position memory system.
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter, or keyless
access system, door mirrors adjust to one of the two preset positions and the seat
adjusts to retracted positions of one of the two preset positions automatically.
The steering wheel and the seat will move to the stored position when you set the
power mode to ACCESSORY.
Controls
186
When you enter the vehicle, the MID briefly shows you which remote transmitter
you used to unlock the vehicle.
• DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.
• DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
The driver’s seat moves rearward and steering
DRIVER 1
DRIVER 2
wheel fully up depending on the set seating
position once you
• Stop the vehicle.
• Put the transmission in (P .
• Turn the engine off.
• Then open the driver’s door.
Once the power mode is in the ACCESSORY
position, the driver’s seat and steering wheel
moves to the DRIVER 1 or 2 preset position.
1Driving Position Memory System
Using the information screen or MID, you can disable
the automatic seat, steering wheel and door mirrors
adjustment function.
2 Customized Features P. 126, 358
The driver’s seat easy exit feature can be turned ON/
OFF.
2 Customized Features P. 126, 358
System Operation
The system will not operate if:
• The vehicle speed is above 3 mph (5 km/h).
• Either memory position button is pressed while the
seat or steering wheel is in motion.
• The seat or steering wheel position is adjusted
while in operation.
• The memory 1 or 2 position is set fully to the rear.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
187 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
■ Storing a Position in Memory
Memory Button 1
Memory Button 2
■ Recalling the Stored Position
Memory Buttons
1. Put the transmission into (P .
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Press a memory button ( (1 or (2 ).
u You will hear the beeper, and the
indicator light will blink.
After you press the SET button, the storing operation
will be canceled when:
• You do not press the memory button within five
seconds.
• You readjust the seat, the steering wheel or the
outside mirror position before the double-beep.
• You set the power mode to any position except
ON.
Controls
SET Button
1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the
driver’s seat, the steering wheel and the
door mirrors to the desired position.
2. Press the SET button.
u You will hear the beeper, and the
memory button indicator light will blink.
3. Press and hold memory button (1 or (2
within five seconds of pressing the SET
button.
u Once the seat, the steering wheel and
the outside mirror positions have been
memorized, the indicator light on the
button you pressed stays on and you will
hear the double-beep.
1Storing a Position in Memory
1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat, the steering wheel and the door mirrors will
stop moving if you:
• Press the SET button or memory button (1 or (2 .
• Adjust the seat position, door mirrors, or steering
wheel.
• Put the transmission into a position other than (P .
The seat, the steering wheel and the door
mirrors will automatically move to the
memorized positions. When it has finished
moving, you will hear the beeper, and the
indicator light stays on.
187
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
188 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel
Adjusting the Steering Wheel
The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
Push and hold the adjustment switch to move
the steering wheel in, out, up or down.
u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
3 WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
Controls
188
Adjustment Switch
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
189 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.
1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2 Front Seats P. 192
■ Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door
When you are driving after dark, the
automatic dimming rearview mirror and
power door mirrors * reduce the glare from
headlights behind you, based on inputs from
the mirror sensor. This feature is always active.
* Not available on all models
The auto dimming function cancels when the
transmission is in (R .
Controls
Mirrors *
1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors *
189
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
190 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
Power Door Mirrors
Fold Button *
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
power mode is set to ON.
■ Mirror position adjustment
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Controls
L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.
■ Folding door mirrors *
Press the fold button to fold the door mirrors.
■ Reverse Tilt Door Mirror
If activated, either side door mirror
automatically tilts downward when you put
the transmission into (R ; this improves closein visibility on the selected side of the vehicle
when backing up. The mirror automatically
returns to its original position when you take
the transmission out of (R .
Selector Switch
190
* Not available on all models
To activate this feature, set the power mode
to ON and slide the selector switch to the left
or right side.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
191 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
■ Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function *
■ Folding the door mirrors
Lock all doors from outside the vehicle.
u The mirrors start folding automatically.
2 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 139
■ Unfolding the door mirrors
2 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 139
* Not available on all models
Door mirrors will not unfold automatically if fold
button is pressed.
2 Folding door mirrors * P. 190
You can turn the automatic folding door mirror
function on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 126, 358
Door mirrors will not fold automatically when locking
from inside the vehicle using lock tab or master door
lock switch.
Controls
Unlock the driver’s or all doors from outside the vehicle.
u The mirrors start unfolding automatically.
1Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function *
191
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
192 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Adjusting the Seats
Front Seats
Allow sufficient
space.
Move back.
Controls
Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.
■ Adjusting the Seat Positions
Driver’s Side/
Passenger’s Side *
Lumbar Support
Adjustment
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
* Not available on all models
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
192
3 WARNING
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
■ Adjusting the front power seats
Height Adjustment
1Adjusting the Seats
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
193 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
■ Adjusting the Seat-Backs
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with
proper seat belt or airbag operation.
Controls
The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.
3 WARNING
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.
193
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
194 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats
Second Row Seats
■ Adjusting the Seat Positions
1Second Row Seats
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and
forth to make sure it is locked in position.
Models with bench seat
Controls
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Pull up the bar to move the
seat, then release the bar.
194
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the lever to change
the angle.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
195 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats
Models with captain seat
Pull up the bar to move the
seat, then release the bar.
Controls
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the lever to change
the angle.
Continued
195
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
196 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats
■ Third Row Seat Access
1Third Row Seat Access
Pressing the button on the seat-back, or seat
cushion tilts the second row outer seat's seatback forward.
u The whole seat slides forward.
Controls
Pulling up on the strap also tilts the seat-back
forward.
Strap
196
The button is disabled when the vehicle is moving.
When you enter the third row seat, be careful not to
trip over the second row seat belt.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
197 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats
■ Folding Down the Second Row Seat
Separately fold down the left and right halves of the second row seat to make room
for cargo.
Models with bench seat
1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert the latch plate into the slot on the side of the
anchor buckle.
2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the ceiling.
All Models
4. Pull up on the seat-back angle adjustment
lever.
Lever
To return the seat to the original position, pull
up the seat-back in the upright position.
Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press
against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the
weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work
improperly.
2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator P. 54
The front seats must be far enough forward so they
do not interfere with the second row seats as they
fold down.
To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until
it locks.
Controls
2 Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 38
3. Lower the center head restraint to its lowest position. Put the armrest back into
the seat-back.
1Folding Down the Second Row Seat
Make sure the seat-back, head restraints and seat
cushion are securely latched back into place before
driving. Also, make sure all rear shoulder belts are
positioned in front of the seat-back.
Models with bench seat
Make sure the center shoulder belt is re-positioned in
the holding slot.
197
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
198 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.
■ Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer Head Restraint
Positions
Controls
198
Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rearimpact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant’s head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant’s ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.
Position head in the center
of the head restraint.
1Head Restraints
3 WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
In order for the head restraint system to work
properly:
• Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
• Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back.
• Install each restraint in its proper location.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
199 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint: Push it down
while pressing the release button.
Controls
Continued
199
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
200 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
■ Changing the Second Row Center Seat Head Restraint
Position *
Controls
A passenger sitting in the second row center
seating position should adjust the height of
their head restraint to an appropriate position
before the vehicle begins moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
■ Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
Front and second row head restraints
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.
200
* Not available on all models
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
3 WARNING
Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
201 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
■ Folding Down the Third Row Head Restraint
A passenger in the third row seating position
should put the head restraint in the upright
position before the vehicle begins moving.
To fold down the head restraint:
Pull the handle.
To put the head restraint back in the
upright position:
Pull up the head restraint and push rearward
until it latches.
Controls
Handle
201
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
202 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position
Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is
off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
Controls
202
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.
1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
3 WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
203 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuThird Row Seats
Third Row Seats
■ Folding Down the Third Row Seat
Separately fold down the left and right halves of the third row seat to make room
for cargo.
■ To fold down the seat
1Folding Down the Third Row Seat
Make sure all items in the cargo area or items
extending to the third row seats are properly
secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have
to brake hard.
Controls
1. Pull the handle on the seat-back fully.
u The head restraint tilts downward.
2. Push the seat-back forward while pulling
the handle.
Handle
■ To return the seat to the original position
1. Pull the seat-back up with the handle pulled.
2. Push the head restraint up to its original position.
1To return the seat to the original position
Make sure the seat-back and head restraints are
securely latched back into place before driving.
203
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
204 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest
Armrest
■ Using the Front Seat Armrest
The console lid can be used as an armrest.
To adjust:
Slide the armrest to a desired position.
Controls
204
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
205 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest
■ Using the Rear Seat Armrest
Pull down the armrest in the center backrest.
Models with captain seat
The console lid can be used as an armrest.
Controls
Models with bench seat
To adjust:
Slide the armrest to a desired position.
205
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
206 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■ Interior Light Switches
Door Activated Position
Off
On
1Interior Light Switches
■ ON
Controls
The interior lights come on regardless of
whether the tailgate and doors are open or
closed.
■ Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following
situations:
• When the tailgate or any of the doors are
opened.
• You unlock the driver’s door.
• When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
■ OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless of
whether the tailgate or any doors are open or
closed.
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade
out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are
closed.
The lights go off after about 30 seconds in the
following situations:
• When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open
it.
• When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) but do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time.
2 Customized Features P. 126, 358
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
• When you lock the driver’s door.
• When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY
mode.
• When you set the power mode to ON.
To avoid draining the battery, do not leave the
interior light on for an extended length of time when
the engine is off.
If you leave any of the tailgate or doors open in
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) mode, the interior lights go off
after about 15 minutes.
206
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
207 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights
■ Map Lights
1Map Lights
■ Front
Front
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the
(map light) button.
When the interior light switch is in the door activated
position and any door is open, the map light will not
go off when you press the
button.
■ Second and third row
Second and third row
Controls
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the
(map light) button when the
front interior light switch is in the door
activated position.
■ Cargo Area Lights
■ ON
The light comes on when you open the
tailgate, and goes off when closed.
On
Off
■ OFF
The light stays off with or without opening the
tailgate.
207
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
208 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Interior Convenience Items
■ Glove Box
1Glove Box
Press the button to open the glove box. You
can lock the glove box with the built-in key.
To Lock
Controls
■ Removable shelf
The shelf in the glove box is detachable. To
remove it, disengage the tabs.
Shelf
The removed shelf can be stored upside down
in the glove box.
208
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.
Glove Box
Tabs
3 WARNING
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
209 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
■ Front and Rear * Console Compartment
Pull the passenger’s side handle to open the
console compartment.
Controls
Pull the driver’s side handle to open the utility
tray in the console lid.
■ Console Tray
Slide or lift the tray when you use the console
compartment.
u To lift this tray, slide it rearward, then
pull it up.
* Not available on all models
Continued
209
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
210 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
■ Center Pocket
Press the raised detent to open the lid. To
close the lid, push it down until it latches.
Press
Controls
■ Under-floor Storage Area
Pull the handle to open the cargo floor lid.
210
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
211 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
■ Beverage Holders
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE
■ Front seat beverage holders
Are located in the console between the front
seats.
Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting,
and electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.
Controls
Front:
■ Door side beverage holders
Are located on the both of the front and rear
door side pockets.
Rear:
Continued
211
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
212 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Models with bench seat
■ Second row seat beverage holders
Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat
beverage holders.
Controls
Models with captain seat
Are located in the console between the
second row seats.
■ Third row seat beverage holders
212
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
213 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
■ Accessory Power Sockets
1Accessory Power Sockets
The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY
or ON.
■ Accessory power socket (center pocket)
Open the lid and the cover to use it.
NOTICE
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element. This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power sockets are designed to supply
power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts (15 amps) or less.
Controls
To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket
with the engine running.
■ Accessory power socket (front console
compartment) *
Pull the handle and open the cover to use it.
* Not available on all models
Continued
213
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
214 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
■ Accessory power socket (cargo area)
Open the cover to use it.
Controls
■ AC Power Outlet *
The AC power outlet can be used when the engine is running.
Open the cover to use it. Plug in the appliance
slightly, turn it 90° clockwise, then push it all
the way.
1AC Power Outlet *
NOTICE
Do not use the AC power outlet for electric
appliances that require high initial peak wattage,
such as cathode-ray tube type televisions,
refrigerators, electric pumps, etc. It is not suitable for
devices that process precise data, such as medical
equipment, and that require an extremely stable
power supply, such as microcomputer-controlled
electric blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc.
The AC power outlet is designed to supply power for
up to 115 volt appliances that are rated 150 watts or
less.
Continued use of any electric appliance/device
exceeding these ratings may result in damage to the
appliance/device.
214
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
215 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
■ Coat Hooks
1Coat Hooks
There is a coat hook on the rear grab handle
of both sides. Pull it down to use it.
1Tie-down Anchors
The tie-down anchors on the cargo area floor
can be used to install a net for securing items.
Anchor
Controls
■ Tie-down Anchors
The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy
items.
Do not let anyone access items in the cargo area
while driving. Loose items can cause injury if you have
to brake hard.
Anchor
Continued
215
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
216 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
■ Sunglasses Holder
1Sunglasses Holder
To open the sunglasses holder, press and
release the indent. To close, press it again until
it latches.
Keep the holder closed while driving except when
accessing stored items.
You can store eyeglasses and other small
items in this holder.
Press
Controls
1Heated Steering Wheel *
■ Heated Steering Wheel *
The power mode must be in ON to use the
heated steering wheel.
Press the button on the left side of the
steering wheel.
Indicator
When a comfortable temperature is reached,
press the button again to turn it off.
Heated Steering Wheel Button
The heated steering wheel is turned off every
time you start the engine, even if you turned it
on the last time you drove the vehicle.
216
* Not available on all models
Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously
when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the
battery may be weakened, making the engine
difficult to start.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
217 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
■ Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation *
1Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation *
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters and ventilators *.
3 WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Models with seat ventilation
Models without seat ventilation
* Not available on all models
1. Select
.
2. Change the setting with one of the
following:
The Low icon: The LO setting (one indicator
on)
The Mid icon: The MID setting (two
indicators on)
The High icon: The HI setting (three
indicators on)
Auto: The system automatically selects the
setting most suitable to the ambient
environment.
Off: Turn off the system.
Continued
Controls
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
Do not use the seat heaters and the seat ventilation
even in LO when the engine is off. Under such
conditions, the battery may be weakened, making
the engine difficult to start.
217
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
218 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
■ Second Row Outer Seat Heaters *
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters.
Controls
Press the seat heater button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
1Second Row Outer Seat Heaters *
3 WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may
be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
■ Integrated Sunshades *
Tab
Hook
218
* Not available on all models
1Integrated Sunshades *
Pull the tab and roll up the sunshade all the
way. Use the hooks to hang it.
Use the sunshades only when the windows are fully
closed. Using the shade while a window is open can
unhook and blow off the shade, hitting and hurting
anyone sitting near the window.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
219 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
1Using Automatic Climate Control
If any buttons/icons on the touch screen are pressed
while using the climate control system in auto, the
function of the button/icon that was pressed will take
priority.
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the button/icon that was pressed will be
controlled automatically.
Models with Auto Idle Stop
Controls
During idle-stops, air-conditioning is suspended, and
only the blower remains active.
If you do not want air-conditioning suspended, press
the Auto Idle Stop OFF button to cancel idle-stop.
All models
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Passenger’s
Side
Temperature
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Switch
Passenger’s
Side
Temperature
Control Switch
(On/Off) Button
AUTO Button
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side
temperature control switch.
3. Press the
(On/Off) button to cancel.
Continued
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may operate at low speed for a while after the
AUTO button has been pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on auto, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the
button switches the climate control
system between on and off. When turned on, the
system returns to your last selection.
219
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
220 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
■ Operating from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
In addition to the button/switch controls, you can operate the climate control system
from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM touch screen.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Recirculation/
Fresh Air mode
Icon
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Icon
Passenger’s Side
Temperature
Control Icon
Controls
A/C (Air Conditioning) and
SYNC (Synchronization) Icon
Vent Mode Icon
220
Fan Control Icon
1Using Automatic Climate Control
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the
driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the
climate control settings are turned to the respective
mode automatically when you set the power mode to
ON.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
221 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
■ Changing the Interior Temperature Setting
The side you selected.
1. Select the driver’s or passenger’s side
temperature control icon.
2. Change the temperature setting from the
following:
Temperature bar: Select a point where your
desired temperature setting is.
Farther to the left is for a lower, and to the
right for a higher setting.
(+ / (- : To raise or lower the temperature
setting one degree at a time.
While you select and hold (+ / (- , the
temperature decreases or increases.
Max Cool: To rapidly cool down the interior.
u The A/C indicator comes on. The setting
returns to the previously selected value
when you select it again.
Max Heat: To rapidly warm up the interior.
u The A/C indicator goes off. The setting
returns to the previously selected value
when you select it again.
Continued
Models with Auto Idle Stop
If you select the Max Cool or Max Heat during Auto
Idle Stop, the engine restarts automatically.
Controls
Temperature Bar
1Using Automatic Climate Control
221
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
222 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
■ Switching the vent mode
1Switching the vent mode
Select a desired vent mode icon, or Front
Mode Auto: The system automatically selects
the vent mode most suitable to the ambient
environment.
Controls
Vent mode
: Dashboard vents
: Dashboard and floor vents
: Floor vents
: Floor and defroster vents
■ A/C on and off
1. Select A/C.
2. Select On or Off.
222
While the climate control system is in auto, Front
Mode Auto is highlighted.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
223 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
■ SYNC on and off
1SYNC on and off
1. Select SYNC.
2. Select On for synchronization mode.
u When in synchronization mode, the front
passenger’s side temperature and the
rear passenger compartment become
the same as the driver’s side settings.
3. Adjust the temperature or change the
mode from the driver’s side.
When the system is not in SYNC mode, the driver's
side temperature, the front passenger’s side
temperature and the rear passenger compartment (if
it is on) can be set separately.
1. Select
.
u When the left or right side of the
is selected, the fan speed level goes up or
down one level at a time.
2. Change the fan speed with one of the
following:
The fan speed level indicators: Select your
desired speed level. The smaller indicator is
for a slower speed, and the larger for a
faster speed.
(+ / (- : To go up or down one level at a
time.
Front Fan AUTO: The system automatically
selects the fan speed most suitable to the
ambient environment.
Continued
Controls
You can also turn off SYNC mode by changing the
front passenger’s side temperature or rear
passenger’s temperature.
■ Changing the fan speed
Fan Speed Level Indicators
When you press the
button or select the Front
icon, the system synchronizes the driver’s and
front passenger’s temperature settings.
1Changing the fan speed
While the climate control system is in auto, Front
Fan AUTO is highlighted.
223
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
224 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
■ Switching between the Recirculation and Fresh Air Modes
Controls
224
Select
or
currently shown to
switch between the modes depending on
environmental conditions.
u Selecting
or
currently shown
changes the display to the Fresh Air/
Recirculation display. You can also
switch the mode by selecting
or
icon appearing in the display.
(Recirculation Mode): Recirculates air
from the vehicle’s interior through the system.
(Fresh Air Mode): Maintains outside
ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode
in normal situations.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
225 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
■ Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
Pressing the
button or selecting the Front
icon appearing after the vent mode icon is
selected turns the air conditioning system on
and automatically switches the system to fresh
air mode.
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
Models with Auto Idle Stop
If you press the
button or select the Front
icon during Auto Idle Stop, the engine restarts
automatically.
■ To rapidly defrost the windows
Controls
Press the
button or select the Front
icon again to turn off, the system returns to
the previous settings.
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
1To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the
button, or select the vent
mode icon and then the Front
icon.
2. Select the recirculation mode.
2 Switching between the Recirculation
and Fresh Air Modes P. 224
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.
225
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
226 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System
Rear Climate Control System
■ Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Front Panel
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
(+ / (-
(Temperature
Control) Icon
Controls
Vent Mode Icon
Fan Speed Level
Indicators
On/Off Icon
Rear Lock Icon
1Rear Climate Control System
If any icons on the touch screen are pressed while
using the rear climate control system in auto, the
function of the icon that was pressed will take
priority.
Rear Lock: Appears on the front panel. When
selected, it disables the rear panel control.
LOCK: Appears on the rear control panel while the
rear lock is on.
If the rear lock is on while in SYNC mode, the rear
control panel is disabled. LOCK SYNC appears on the
rear control panel.
Models with Auto Idle Stop
Auto Icon
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Select REAR.
2. Select Auto.
u The rear system changes to AUTO mode.
3. Adjust the rear passenger’s compartment temperature using the temperature
control icon.
4. Select the On/Off to cancel.
u When the turned back on, the system returns to your last selection.
226
When the rear fan is set to maximum speed, Auto
Idle Stop does not activate.
uAuto Idle Stop may not activate under other
conditions when the rear climate control system is
in use.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
227 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System
■ Changing the rear temperature setting
1Changing the rear temperature setting
Change the temperature setting from the
following:
(+ / (- : To raise or lower the temperature
setting one degree at a time.
While you select and hold (+ / (- , the
temperature decreases or increases.
Controls
(+ / (- (Temperature Control) Icon
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
■ Switching the vent mode
Select a desired vent mode icon.
Vent mode
: Rear console vents
: Rear console vents and floor vents
: Rear floor vents
Vent Mode Icon
Continued
227
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
228 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System
■ Changing the fan speed
Change the fan speed with one of the
following:
The fan speed level indicators: Select your
desired speed level. The smaller indicator is for
a slower speed, and the larger for a faster
speed.
(+ / (- : To go up or down one level at a time.
Controls
228
Fan Speed Level Indicators
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
229 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System
■ Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel
Rear floor
vents
AUTO Button
When the Rear Lock icon on the front control panel
is off, the temperature of the rear passenger
compartment can be controlled independently.
Rear console
vents
/
(Fan Control)
Buttons
Controls
Rear Temperature
Control Buttons
Rear console
vents and
floor vents
1Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel
(On/Off) Button
Use the system when the engine is running
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the rear temperature control button.
3. To turn off the rear climate control system, press
button.
229
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
230 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors
Automatic Climate Control Sensors
The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.
Sensor
Controls
Sensor
230
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
231 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.
Audio System
About Your Audio System................ 232
USB Ports ......................................... 233
Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 236
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 236
Audio Remote Controls.................... 237
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 239
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM....... 240
Information Screen .......................... 244
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 249
Display Setup ................................... 250
Voice Control Operation .................. 251
* Not available on all models
Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 254
Playing SiriusXM® Radio ................... 257
Playing a CD .................................... 268
Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ...271
Playing an iPod ................................ 284
Song By VoiceTM (SBV)...................... 287
Playing Pandora®*1 ........................... 291
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 293
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 296
Siri Eyes Free .................................... 298
Apple CarPlay .................................. 299
Android Auto................................... 303
Audio Error Messages ...................... 308
General Information on the Audio
System ............................................. 316
Rear Entertainment System (RES) *.. 335
Customized Features........................ 358
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ... 390
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Using HFL ........................................ 393
HFL Menus ...................................... 396
AcuraLink® * ....................................... 435
Compass * .......................................... 443
*1: Available only on U.S. models.
231
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
232 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Audio System
About Your Audio System
The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM® Radio service. It can also play
audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, Hard Disk Drive (HDD) audio *, USB flash drives,
and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth® devices.
You can operate the audio system from the remote controls on the steering wheel,
or the icons on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
iPod
1About Your Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio is available on a subscription basis
only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio,
contact a dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 316
SiriusXM® Radio is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM® is a registered trademark of SiriusXM
Radio, Inc.
Features
Video CDs, DVDs *, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are
not supported.
Remote Controls
USB Flash
Drive
iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
When the screen is viewed through polarized
sunglasses, a rainbow pattern may appear on the
screen due to optical characteristics of the screen. If
this is disturbing, please operate the screen without
polarized sunglasses.
232
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
233 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports
USB Ports
USB Ports
(2.5A)
■ In the front console compartment
Install the device USB connector or the USB
flash drive to the USB port
(2.5A).
u The USB port
(2.5A) is for charging
devices, playing audio files and
connecting compatible phones with
Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
USB Port
(2.5A)
The USB ports
devices.
(2.5A) are only for charging
1USB Ports
• Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
Features
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
• We recommend using an extension cable with the
USB port.
• Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
• Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
• We recommend keeping your data backed up
before using the device in your vehicle.
• Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions
provided with the iPod or visit the following website:
• U.S.: www.apple.com/ipod.
• Canada: www.apple.com/ca/ipod.
The USB port can supply up to 2.5A of power. It does
not output 2.5A unless requested by the device.
For amperage details, read the operating manual of
the device that needs to be charged.
Set the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON first.
Continued
233
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
234 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports
Models without rear console compartment
Models without rear entertainment
system
Models with rear entertainment
system
Features
234
■ On the back of the front console
compartment
The USB ports
(2.5A) are only for charging
devices.
1USB Ports
USB Ports
(2.5A)
This port is for battery charge only. You cannot play
music even if you have connected a music player to it.
Under certain conditions, a device connected to the
port may generate noise in the radio you are listening
to.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
235 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports
Models with rear console compartment
■ In the rear console compartment
The USB ports
devices.
(2.5A) are only for charging
■ On the back of the rear console
Features
compartment
The USB ports
(2.5A) are only for charging
devices.
235
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
236 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio SystemuAuxiliary Input Jack
Auxiliary Input Jack
Use the jack to connect standard audio
devices.
1. Open the AUX cover.
2. Connect a standard audio device to the
input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo
miniplug.
u The audio system automatically switches
to the AUX mode.
Audio System Theft Protection
Features
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system
may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.
■ Reactivating the audio system
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Turn on the audio system.
3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
236
1Auxiliary Input Jack
You can return to the AUX mode by selecting Source
on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
237 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Audio Remote Controls
Allows you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on
the multi-information display (MID).
SOURCE Button
Left Selector Wheel
Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
FM AM SiriusXM® CD Rear DVD *
HDD * USB/iPod/Apple CarPlay/Android
Auto
Bluetooth® Audio
Pandora® *
AUX
1Audio Remote Controls
Some mode appears only when an appropriate
device or medium is used.
Models with rear entertainment system
If you operate some remote control switch while rear
source mode is selected, the rear source mode
changes to the front source mode.
2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 240
SOURCE Button
* Not available on all models
Continued
Features
Left Selector Wheel
Roll Up: To increase the volume.
Roll Down: To decrease the volume.
Push: To mute. Push again to unmute.
• When listening to the radio
Move to the right: To select the next preset radio station.
Move to the left: To select the previous preset radio station.
Move to the right and hold: To select the next strong station.
To select the next channel. (SiriusXM® only)
Move to the left and hold: To select the previous strong station.
To select the previous channel. (SiriusXM® only)
• When listening to a CD, HDD *, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Move to the right: To skip to the next song.
Move to the left: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
Move to the right and hold: To go to the next folder. (Bluetooth® Audio only)
Move to the left and hold: To go to the previous folder. (Bluetooth® Audio only)
237
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
238 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
• When listening to a CD, HDD * or USB flash drive
Move to the right and hold: To skip to the next folder.
Move to the left and hold: To go back to the previous folder.
• When listening to Pandora® *
Move to the right: To skip to the next song.
Move to the right and hold: To select the next track.
Move to the left and hold: To select the previous station.
Features
238
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
239 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
Use the interface dial or ENTER/MENU
BACK Button
(Day/Night)
button to access phone, information or
Button
smartphone functions.
Interface Dial (ENTER/
MENU Button)
BACK button: Press to go back to the
previous display.
(Day/Night) button: Press to change
the information screen brightness.
Press
once and make an adjustment
using the interface dial.
u Each time you press
, the mode
switches between the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and off mode.
* Not available on all models
Voice Control System *
The navigation/audio system is voice operable.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 251
These indications are used to show how to operate
the interface dial.
Rotate
to select.
Press
to enter.
Move
,
,
or
to select a secondary menu.
Audio function items
2 Preset Memory P. 255, 259
2 Radio Text P. 256
2 Music Search P. 269, 273, 285, 294
2 Scan P. 256, 267, 270, 274, 295
2 Random/Repeat P. 270, 275, 286, 295
Features
Interface dial (ENTER/MENU button):
Rotate left or right to scroll through the
available choices. Press to set your selection.
Move right, left, up or down to select a
secondary menu.
Press to switch the display to the Information
Menu screen while the trip computer screen
or clock/wallpaper screen is displayed.
1Audio System Basic Operation
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the
driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the
audio system settings and preset memory are turned
to the respective mode automatically when you set
the power mode to ON.
239
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
240 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Use the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to operate the audio system.
1On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source
selected.
■ Selecting an Audio Source
Select
Front/Rear *
Select Source.
Use the
or X to go back to the previous screen.
/
icons to turn the page.
1Selecting an Audio Source
You can change the order of source list displayed.
Features
Source List
Select Source, then select an item on the source list to switch the audio source.
Models with rear entertainment system
Select Front/Rear to changes between the front side audio source selection and
rear side audio source selection.
2 Selecting the Audio Source using Front Control Panel P. 352
1. Select Audio Menu, then Edit Source Order.
2. Select
or
.
You can also change the source order by pressing
and holding the source on the source list for two
seconds.
240
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
241 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
■ Displaying the Menu Items
Select Audio Menu.
Menu Items
Select Audio Menu to display the menu items.
Features
The following items are available:
• Edit Source Order: Displays the Edit Source Order screen.
2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 240
• Sound Settings: Displays the Sound Settings screen.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 249
• Edit/Delete HDD Music (HDD mode) *: Displays the Edit/Delete HDD Music
screen.
2 Editing an Album or Playlist P. 277
• Radio Text (FM mode): Displays the text information broadcast by the current
RDS station.
2 Radio text P. 256
* Not available on all models
Continued
241
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
242 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
• SportsFlash (SiriusXM® mode): Displays the SportsFlashTM list. If the favorite sport
team is not registered, the setup screen of SportsFlashTM is displayed.
2 Live Sports Alert P. 263
2 Customized Features P. 358
• Traffic & Weather Now (SiriusXM® mode): Displays to the Traffic & Weather
Now screen.
2 Traffic and Weather Information P. 265
• View Channel Schedule (SiriusXM® mode): Displays the SiriusXM® channel
schedule.
• Audio Settings: Displays the Audio Settings screen.
2 Customized Features P. 358
• Screen Settings: Displays the Screen Settings screen.
Features
• RES Settings *: Displays the RES Settings screen.
242
* Not available on all models
2 Changing the Screen Settings P. 243
2 Rear System Setup P. 356
2 Customized Features P. 358
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
243 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
■ Changing the Screen Settings
1. Select Audio Menu, then select Screen
Settings.
2. Use (+ , (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.
1Changing the Screen Settings
Instead of using (+ , (- or icons, you can also touch
the point where your desired setting is.
Features
The following are adjustable screen settings:
• Sync Display Brightness
Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes
with the instruments panel brightness.
• Brightness
• Contrast
• Black Level
• Beep
Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the
screen.
• Keyboard
Changes the on-screen keyboard from the
alphabetical order to the qwerty type.
243
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
244 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen
Information Screen
Displays the navigation *, HFL information, clock/wallpaper, trip computer, Apple
CarPlay and Android Auto. From this screen, you can go to various setup options.
■ Switching the Display
Press the NAV *, PHONE, INFO and SMARTPHONE buttons to go to the
corresponding display.
Navigation *
Phone
Info
Smartphone
Features
Models with navigation system
NAV Button
INFO Button
PHONE Button SMARTPHONE Button
Models without navigation system
PHONE Button
244
* Not available on all models
INFO Button
SMARTPHONE Button
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
245 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen
■ Navigation *
Shows the navigation screen.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
■ Phone
Shows the HFL information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 393
■ Info
Shows the AcuraLink Messages *, Trip Computer, Clock/Wallpaper, Traffic
Incidents * or Voice Recognition Guide *. Press
or INFO button to display the
Information Menu screen.
Features
AcuraLink Messages *:
Shows a AcuraLink® message menu list.
2 AcuraLink Message P. 439
Trip computer:
Current Drive
Shows the range and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well
as the average fuel economy from your last trip.
History of Trip A
Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip,
as well as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three
driving cycles.
Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The
history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.
* Not available on all models
Continued
245
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
246 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen
Deleting the history manually
1. Press
on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History.
2. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate
to select Yes, then
press .
Clock/Wallpaper:
Shows a clock screen or an image you import.
Traffic Incidents *:
Shows a traffic incidents list.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
Features
Voice Recognition Guide *:
Shows a voice recognition guide screen.
■ Smartphone
Displays the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
2 Apple CarPlay P. 299
2 Android Auto P. 303
246
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
247 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen
■ Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the information screen.
Models without navigation system
• When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
■ Import wallpaper
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port
(2.5A).
2 USB Ports P. 233
Continued
•
•
•
•
Models with navigation system
• When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
•
•
•
•
•
•
in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a
folder cannot be imported.
The file name must be fewer than 210 characters.
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
The individual file size limit is 10 MB.
The maximum image size is 5,800 x 5,800 pixels.
Up to 10 files can be saved for each driver (Driver 1
and Driver 2).
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
Features
2. Press the SETTINGS button.
3. Rotate
to select Clock Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/
Wallpaper Type.
4. Move
to select Wallpaper tab.
u The screen will change to the wallpaper
list.
5. Rotate
to select Options…, then press
.
u Repeat the procedure to select, Add
New Wallpaper.
6. Rotate
to select a desired picture.
u The preview is displayed on the left side
on the screen.
7. Rotate
to select Start Import, then
press
to save the data.
u The display will return to the wallpaper
list.
•
•
in the USB flash drive’s root directory.
Images in a folder cannot be imported.
The file name must be fewer than 255 characters.
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
The individual file size limit is 2 MB.
The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels.
Up to three files can be saved.
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
247
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
248 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen
■ Select wallpaper
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Clock Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.
3. Move
to select Wallpaper.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Rotate
to select a desired wallpaper, then press .
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Rotate
to select Set, then press .
u The display will return to the Clock Settings screen.
Features
248
■ Delete wallpaper
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Clock Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.
3. Move
to select Wallpaper.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Rotate
to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Rotate
to select Delete, then press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
6. Rotate
to select Yes, then press
to delete completely.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
249 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Adjusting the Sound
1. Select Audio Menu, then select Sound
Settings.
2. Select the Bass, Treble, Fader, Balance,
Center *, Subwoofer, SVC (Speedsensitive Volume Compensation) or DTS
Neural Surround *.
3. Use (+ , (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
DTS Neural Surround is a trademark of DTS, Inc.
Instead of using (+ , (- or icons, you can also touch
the point where your desired setting is.
Features
* Not available on all models
249
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
250 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Display Setup
You can change the brightness of the information screen and On Demand Multi-Use
DisplayTM.
■ Changing the Screen Brightness
Information Screen
Features
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate
to select Brightness, then press
.
4. Rotate
to adjust the setting.
5. Press .
u The display will return to the System
Settings screen.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
1. Select Audio Menu, then select Screen
Settings.
2. Use (+ , (- to adjust the setting.
250
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
settings in the same manner.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
251 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Models with navigation system
Voice Control Operation
1Voice Control Operation
Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation.
The voice control system uses the
(Talk) and
(hang-up/back) buttons on the
steering wheel and a microphone near the map lights in the ceiling.
■ Voice Recognition
When you press the
button, a helpful prompt asks
what you would like to do. Press and release the
button again to bypass this prompt and give a
command.
1Voice Recognition
Continued
The voice control system can only be used from the
driver’s seat because the microphone unit removes
noises from the front passenger’s side.
Features
To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system:
• Make sure the correct screen is displayed for the voice command that you are
using.
The system recognizes only certain commands.
Available voice command P. 252
• Close the windows and moonroof.
• Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone in
the ceiling.
• Speak clearly in a natural speaking voice without pausing between words.
• Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your
command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.
251
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
252 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
■ Voice Portal Screen
■ Navigation
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
■ Audio
Features
When the
(Talk) button is pressed,
available voice commands appear on the
screen.
For a complete list of commands, say “Voice
Help” after the beep.
The system only recognizes the commands
on the following pages, at certain screens.
Free form voice commands are not
recognized.
252
When the system recognizes the Audio
command, the screen will change the
dedicated screen for the voice recognition
of the audio.
• Tune to FM <87.7-107.9>
• Tune to AM <530-1710>
• SiriusXM Channel <0-999>
• SiriusXM <0-999>
• More
• Back
• Cancel
• Play Artist <Artist>
• Play <Artist>
• Play Album <Album>
• Play <Album>
• Play Song <Song>
• Play <Song>
• Play Composer <Composer>
• Play <Composer>
• Play Genre <Genre>
• Play <Genre>
• Play Playlist <Playlist>
• Play <Playlist>
• List Artist <Artist>
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
List <Artist>
List Album <Album>
List <Album>
List Composer <Composer>
List <Composer>
List Genre <Genre>
List <Genre>
List Playlist <Playlist>
List <Playlist>
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
253 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
■ Phone
Features
This can be only used when the phone is
connected. When the system recognizes the
Phone command, the screen will change
the dedicated screen for the voice
recognition of the phone.
• Dial by Number
• Redial
• Back
• Cancel
• Call <Your Contact Name>
• Dial <Your Contact Name>
• Call <Your Contact Name> <Type>
• Dial <Your Contact Name> <Type>
• Call <Voice Tag>
• Dial <Voice Tag>
Phone commands are not available if using
Apple CarPlay.
■ Voice Help
You can see a list of the available
commands on the screen.
• Phone Commands
• Audio Commands
• Navigation Commands
• Voice Settings
• Voice Recognition Guide
253
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
254 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Playing AM/FM Radio
Skip/Seek Icons
Select
or
to search up and
down the selected band for a
station with a strong signal.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Features
Source
Select to change a band or
change an audio source.
Audio Menu
Select to display the menu items.
Tune
Select to displays the manual input
screen of radio frequency.
(Information) Icon
Select to displays the current
station details.
Select
to displays the previous
screen.
Stations
Select to displays the station list
screen.
Preset Icons
Tune the preset radio frequency. Select and
hold the preset icon to store that station.
Select
or
to display preset 6 onwards.
HD Radio List
Select to displays the sub-channel
list screen.
Models with HD RadioTM feature
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
254
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
255 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
■ Preset Memory
1Playing AM/FM Radio
You can control the AM/FM radio using voice
commands *.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 251
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
■ Radio Data System (RDS)
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 237
■ To find an RDS station from Station List
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset memory.
■ Manual update
Models with HD RadioTM feature
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Select Stations.
2. Select Refresh on the list.
* Not available on all models
Features
1. Select Stations.
2. Select station on the list.
HD Radio Technology manufactured under license
from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign
Patents. HD RadioTM and the HD, HD Radio, and
“Arc” logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity
Digital Corp.
Continued
255
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
256 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
■ Radio frequency manual tune screen
Frequency
Indicator
Frequency Bar
Numeric Keypad
1. Select Tune.
2. Enter the desired radio frequency using the
numeric keypad.
3. Select OK to tune into the frequency.
Features
You can also tune into the radio frequency of
your choice following the procedures below
instead of inputing its frequency value.
1. Touch the desired frequency value on the
frequency bar.
2. Select and hold the frequency indicator,
then slide it to the desired frequency value
on the frequency bar.
■ Radio text
You can tune the range of FM frequency between
87.7 to 107.9MHz and range of AM frequency
between 530 to 1710kHz.
Tune icons:
Select
or
to tune the radio frequency.
Seek icons:
Select
or
to search the selected band up
or down for a station with a strong signal.
1Radio text
Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Radio Text.
The text indicator comes on when you received a text
message. The indicator stays on until you read the
message.
■ Scan
The radio text information is not updated
automatically. If you want to display the latest
information, return to the previous screen and select
Radio Text again.
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
Select SCAN.
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
256
1Radio frequency manual tune screen
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
257 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Playing SiriusXM® Radio
Category Up/Down Icons
Select
or
to display and select
a SiriusXM® Radio category.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
(Information) Icon
Select to displays the current
channel details.
Select
to displays the previous
screen.
Preset Icons
Tune the preset channel. Select and hold the
preset icon to store that channel. Select
or
to display preset 4 onwards.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Browse
Select to displays the channel list
of Categories, Channels or
Featured channels types.
Tune
Select to displays the channel
number input screen.
Features
Source
Select to change an audio source.
Audio Menu
Select to display the menu items.
Presets/Controls
Select to changes between the
Presets mode and Controls mode
of the Replay function.
Channel Up/Down Icons
Select
or
to the previous or
next channel.
Select and hold to rapidly skip 10
channels at a time.
Continued
257
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
258 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
■ To Play SiriusXM® Radio
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
1. Select the SiriusXM® mode.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 237
2 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM P. 240
2. Select a channel using the
mode screen.
,
icons or the preset numbers (1-12) on the preset
■ SiriusXM® channel manual tune screen
Channel Indicator
Channel Bar
Features
Numeric Keypad
1. Select Tune.
2. Enter the desired channel number using the
numeric keypad.
3. Select OK to tune into the channel.
You can also tune into the channel of your
choice following the procedures below
instead of inputing its channel number.
1. Touch the desired channel number on the
channel bar.
2. Select and hold the channel indicator, then
slide it to the desired channel number on
the channel bar.
You can control the SiriusXM® radio using voice
commands *.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 251
In the channel mode, all available channels are
selectable. In the category mode, you can select a
channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does
not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).
This does not indicate a problem with your audio
system.
SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order,
which can take about a minute. Once they have
loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make
your selections.
Tune Start:
When you change a channel, a song being played on
that channel restarts from the beginning with this
function. This can be turned on or off from the Play
the Song from the Beginning setting.
2 Customized Features P. 358
1SiriusXM® channel manual tune screen
Channel icons:
Select
or
to the previous or next channel.
Select and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time.
258
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
259 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
To change the tune mode:
1. Select Tune.
2. Select Channel/Category icon.
Channel/Category Icon
■ Preset Memory
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
Continued
Features
You can store 12 SiriusXM® stations into the preset
memory.
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Select Presets/Controls icon to set the Presets.
3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that channel.
259
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
260 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
■ TuneMixTM (Multi-channel preset)
You can store up to 10 of your preferred music channels and listen to them
randomly.
1. Tune a channel.
2. Select and hold the preset number you
want to store that channel.
1TuneMixTM (Multi-channel preset)
TuneMixTM is registered trademarks of SiriusXM®
Radio, Inc.
To store a multi-channel preset, you need to setup
the TuneMix setting to On.
2 Customized Features P. 358
TuneMixTM is available for music channels only.
Select and hold.
Features
3. Select Add.
4. Select Done to return the previous screen.
Channel Icon
To delete a multi-channel preset:
1. Select and hold the preset number you want to delete that channel.
2. Select the channel icon.
3. Select Delete.
4. Select Done to return the previous screen.
260
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
261 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
■ Listening to Featured Channels
1Listening to Featured Channels
Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM® can be displayed and selected.
1. Select Browse.
2. Select Featured Channels.
3. Select a channel.
Up to three featured channels by SiriusXM® can be
displayed.
■ Displaying a Channel Schedule
You can also check the other channel by the following procedure.
3. Select Categories, Channels or Presets.
4. Select a channel.
Continued
Features
You can check a channel schedule by selected channel list on the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM.
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select View Channel Schedule.
261
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
262 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
■ Replay Function
The system constantly records up to the last 60 minutes of your currently tuned
channel and all the preset channel broadcast, starting from the moment you turn
the power mode to ON. You can rewind and replay the last 60 minutes of each
broadcast.
1. Select Presets/Controls to set the
Controls.
2. Select an option.
1Replay Function
The system starts storing broadcast in memory when
the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to
the program from that point.
You can no longer replay any program once the
power mode is turned OFF as it erases memory.
You can check how long the program has been
stored in memory from the On Demand Multi-Use
DisplayTM.
(A)
Features
The following items are available:
: Pauses or plays a storing broadcast.
: Returns to real-time broadcast.
: Skips to the previously stored channel.
: Skips to the next channel.
: Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and hold to fastrewind the current selection.
: Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and hold to
fast-forward the current selection.
■ Returning to real-time broadcast
Select
262
while listening to the playback channel.
(C)
(B)
(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is
behind the real-time broadcast
(B): Replayed segment
(C): Length stored in memory
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
263 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
■ Live Sports Alert
1Live Sports Alert
While listening to other channels you can receive sports alerts such as scores from
your favorite teams.
■ To set up a sports alert
The sports alert function at SiriusXM® mode only.
1To set up a sports alert
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Audio Settings.
3. Select SiriusXM.
4. Select SportsFlash.
5. Select Notification, then select Enable.
6. Select Favorite Teams, then select a team.
Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM® mode is on.
Selecting Enable once from customized settings
disables the alert feature next time you turn the
power mode to ON.
2 Customized Features P. 358
Features
Continued
263
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
264 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
■ Receiving a sports alert
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a sports alert.
2. Select Listen Now.
Features
The following items are available:
/ : Pauses or plays a current sports alert.
: Returns to real-time broadcast.
: Skips to the previously stored sports alert.
: Skips to the next stored sports alert.
: Select to skip back 15 seconds to the current sports alert. Select and hold to fastrewind the current sports alert.
: Select to skip forward 15 seconds to the current sports alert. Select and hold to
fast-forward the current sports alert.
Back: Returns to previous channel.
■ Listening to a missed sports alert
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select SportsFlash.
3. Select an item.
264
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
265 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
■ Traffic and Weather Information
1Traffic and Weather Information
You can receive the SiriusXM® traffic and weather information service in SiriusXM®
mode.
■ To set up a traffic & weather information
Continued
Traffic & Weather Now are registered trademarks of
SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.
1To set up a traffic & weather information
When you listen to the traffic and weather
information service, set up the applicable city using
Traffic & Weather Now Setup.
Features
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Audio Settings.
3. Select SiriusXM.
4. Select Traffic & Weather Now Setup.
5. Select the region.
u When you do not want to receive the
information, select No City Selected.
The traffic and weather information function in
SiriusXM® mode only.
265
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
266 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
■ Listening a traffic and weather information
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Traffic & Weather Now.
Features
266
The following items are available:
/ : Pauses or plays a stored broadcast.
: Returns to real-time broadcast.
: Skips to the previously stored channel.
: Skips to the next channel.
: Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current broadcast. Select and hold to fastrewind the current broadcast.
: Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current broadcast. Select and hold to
fast-forward the current broadcast.
Back: Returns to previous channel.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
267 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
■ Scan
Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds.
1. Select Presets/Controls to set the Controls.
2. Select SCAN.
3. Select Scan Channels or Scan Presets.
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
1Scan
You can select desired channel by songs using Scan
Presets.
The “Scan Songs in Presets” function is based on
TuneScanTM technology of SiriusXM®.
The “Featured Channels” function is based on
Featured FavoritesTM technology of SiriusXM®.
TuneScanTM and Featured FavoritesTM are registered
trademarks of SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.
Features
Scan Mode Menu Items
Scan Channels: Scans for channels with a strong
signal in the selected mode.
Scan Presets: Scans for desired preset channel by
songs. Select
(skip up) or
(skip down) to
skip to the next/previous stored selection.
267
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
268 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or
AAC*1 format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.
Folder Up/Down Icons
Select
to
skip to the next
folder, and to skip to the beginning
of the previous folder in MP3,
WMA, or AAC.
CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into
the CD slot.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
Features
Source
Select to change an audio source.
(Information) Icon
Select to displays the current track/
file details.
Select
to displays the previous
screen.
Repeat Icon
Select to repeats the current track/file.
SCAN Icon
Select to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks/files.
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
268
Audio Menu
Select to display the menu items.
Search
Select to displays the music search
list screen.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select
or
to change tracks
(files in MP3, WMA, or AAC).
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a track/file.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Random Icon
Select to plays tracks/files in
random order.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
269 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
■ How to Select a File from the Music Search List
1Playing a CD
(MP3/WMA/AAC)
Folder Selection
NOTICE
Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
1. Select Search.
2. Select a folder.
WMA and AAC files protected by digital rights
management (DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system skips to the next file.
File Selection
3. Select a track.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
Continued
Features
Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
• When you select a new folder, file, or track.
• When you change the audio mode to CD.
• When you insert a CD.
269
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
270 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
■ How to Select a Play Mode
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.
■ Scan
Select SCAN to provides 10-second sampling
of each tracks/files.
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
SCAN
Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10second sampling of the first file in each of the main
folders.
Scan Tracks (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10-second
sampling of all files in the current folder in MP3,
WMA, or AAC.
Repeat
(repeat off): Repeat mode to off.
Features
■ Random/Repeat
Select repeat or random icon repeatedly until
a desired mode.
(repeat track): Repeats the current track/file.
(repeat folder) (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all
files in the current folder.
Random
Repeat Icon
Random Icon
■ To turn off a play mode
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
To turn off random/repeat, select repeat or random icon repeatedly.
270
(random off): Random mode to off.
(random in folder) (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays
all files in the current folder in random order.
(random all tracks): Plays all tracks/files in
random order.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
271 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Models with navigation system
Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
The Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio function plays tracks from music CDs that have
been recorded onto the built-in HDD. You can arrange the tracks in playlists or play
the tracks using various search methods.
Playlist/Album Up/Down Icons
Select
to skip to the next
playlist/album, and
to skip to
the beginning of the previous
playlist/album.
CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into
the CD slot.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
(Information) Icon
Select to displays the current track
details.
Select
to displays the previous
screen.
Repeat Icon
Select to repeats the current track.
SCAN Icon
Select to use a scan feature.
Browse
Select to displays the music
search list screen.
Features
Source
Select to change an audio source.
Audio Menu
Select to display the menu items.
Track Menu
Select to displays the track menu.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select
or
to change
tracks.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a track.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Random Icon
Select to plays tracks in random order.
Continued
271
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
272 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
■ Recording a Music CD to HDD
1Recording a Music CD to HDD
When Recording from CD is set to Auto, the songs on music CDs are automatically
recorded to the HDD the first time you play each disc. You can then play the songs
directly from the HDD.
2 Customized Features P. 358
Recording
Select Track List.
You can add tracks to user playlists, where you can
mix and match tracks from other CDs recorded on
the HDD.
2 Editing an Album or Playlist P. 277
2 Editing Track Information P. 280
If you stop the engine or the audio system is turned
off while recording a CD, there may be pauses
between songs when you play back from the HDD.
Repeat, random, and scan functions are not available
during recording.
Features
Select X .
Ready to record
■ Stop Recording
Select
. (in CD mode)
■ Recording a CD Manually
When Recording from CD is set to Manual, the songs on music CDs can be
manually recorded to the HDD.
Select . (in CD mode)
272
You can play music from other sources (e.g.,
SiriusXM®, HDD, etc.) while recording.
Please note that there is no compensation offered in
the case of unsuccessful recording of audio data or
the loss of audio data due to any cause whatsoever.
Clearing the HDD
Any music tracks stored on the HDD can be deleted.
2 Deleting all HDD Data P. 283
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
273 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
■ How to Select a Track from the Music Search List
1How to Select a Track from the Music Search List
1. Select Browse.
2. Select the items on that menu.
u Title information is displayed if found in
the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote®
Media Database) stored on the HDD.
u The HDD has two types of playlists:
original playlists and user playlists. An
original playlist is automatically created
for each album when a music CD is
recorded.
You can control the HDD audio using voice
commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 251
2 Song By VoiceTM (SBV) P. 287
Music tracks recorded on HDD cannot be recorded
onto CDs or other devices.
Tracks are recorded at four times the playback speed
using ultra-efficient compression technology;
therefore, sound quality may vary slightly from the
original.
Features
If the HDD is ever replaced, all music data is lost and
cannot be recovered.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
2 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio P. 309
Continued
273
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
274 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
■ How to Select a Play Mode
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track.
■ Scan
Select SCAN to provides 10-second sampling
of each tracks.
Features
274
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
SCAN
The following menu items vary depending on the
category you selected by the Browse list.
Scan Albums: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks in current album.
Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks on the HDD.
Scan Artists: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks in current artist.
Scan Playlists: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks in current playlist.
Scan Genres: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks in current genre.
Scan Composers: Provides a 10-second sampling of
all tracks in current composer.
Scan Rec. Date: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks in current recorded date.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
275 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
■ Random/Repeat
1Random/Repeat
Select repeat or random icon repeatedly until
a desired mode.
Random/Repeat
The following menu items vary depending on the
category you selected by the Browse list.
Repeat
(repeat off): Changes repeat mode to off.
Repeat Icon
(repeat track): Repeats the current track.
Random Icon
(repeat album): Repeats all tracks in the
current album.
■ To turn off a play mode
(repeat playlist): Repeats all tracks in the
current playlist.
(repeat artist): Repeats all tracks in the
current artist.
Features
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
To turn off random/repeat, select repeat or random icon repeatedly.
(repeat genre): Repeats all tracks in the
current genre.
(repeat composer): Repeats all tracks in the
current composer.
(repeat recorded date): Repeats all tracks in
the current recorded date.
Continued
275
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
276 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
■ Editing a Current Track
You can edit an information of current selected track on the playlist.
1. Select Track Menu.
2. Select the items on that menu.
1Random/Repeat
Random
(random off): Changes random mode to off.
(random all tracks): Plays all tracks in random
order.
(random in album): Plays all tracks in the
current album in random order.
(random in playlist): Plays all tracks in the
current playlist in random order.
Features
276
The following items are available:
Replay: Select to replay from the beginning of current selected track.
Add to Playlist: Add a current selected track to the playlist.
Edit Name: Edits current selected tack information.
Delete: Delete a current selected track from the album and playlist.
Move: Changes the order of tracks currently playing album or playlist.
(random in artist): Plays all tracks in the
current artist in random order.
(random in genre): Plays all tracks in the
current genre in random order.
(random in composer): Plays all tracks in the
current composer in random order.
(random in recorded date): Plays all tracks in
the current recorded date in random order.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
277 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
■ Editing an Album or Playlist
1Editing an Album or Playlist
Change the playlist name, album name, genre, and track order of the current
playlist. You can also delete tracks, playlists, and albums.
■ Editing an album
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music.
3. Select the items other than Tracks and
Playlists on that menu.
4. Select an album that you want to edit or
delete.
Each album CD counts as an original playlist. Adding
a track from a user playlist into the same user playlist
will cause the track to appear twice in the playlist.
Deleting an album (original playlist) also deletes the
album tracks you have stored in any user playlists.
Deleting a user playlist or deleting all tracks from a
user playlist does not remove the playlist folder.
The folder retains the playlist name and artist
information.
Features
5. To edit an album name:
Select Edit Name, then select Album
Name.
u Enter the album name using the
keyboard, then select OK.
The maximum number of original playlists is 50 with
a maximum of 99 songs in each playlist.
To delete an album:
Select Delete, then select Yes.
To edit track information or delete a track:
Select List Tracks.
2 Editing Track Information P. 280
6. Select Done.
Continued
277
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
278 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
■ Editing a playlist
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music.
3. Select Playlists.
4. Select a playlist that you want to edit or
delete.
Features
5. To edit a playlist name:
Select Edit Name, then select Playlist
Name.
u Enter the playlist name using the
keyboard, then select OK.
To delete a playlist:
Select Delete, then select Yes.
To edit track information or delete a track:
Select List Tracks.
2 Editing Track Information P. 280
6. Select Done.
278
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
279 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
■ Creating a new playlist
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music.
3. Select Playlists.
4. Select Create New Playlist.
Features
5. Enter the playlist name using the keyboard,
then select OK.
6. Select an item, then select desired track.
7. Select Done.
Continued
279
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
280 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
■ Editing Track Information
Change the track title, artist name, genre and composer. You can also delete tracks.
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music.
3. Select Tracks.
4. Select a track you want to edit or delete.
Features
5. To edit track information:
Select Edit Name, then select Track
Name, Track Artist, etc.
u Enter the track name, track artist, etc.
using the keyboard, then select OK.
To delete a track:
Select Delete, then select Yes.
6. Select Done.
280
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
281 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
■ Displaying Music Information
Music information (album name, artist name, genre) can be acquired by accessing
the Gracenote® Album Info.
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music.
3. Select an item you want to acquire music
information.
Features
4. Select Edit Name.
5. Select Get Music Information.
u The system starts to access the
Gracenote® Album Info.
Continued
281
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
282 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
■ Updating Gracenote® Album Info
Features
282
Update the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote® Media Database) that is included
with the navigation system.
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Audio Settings.
3. Select CD/HDD.
4. Insert the update disc into the disc slot or
connect the USB flash drive that includes
the update.
5. Select Update Gracenote Album
Information.
6. Select Update by CD or Update by USB.
u The system starts updating and the
confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select OK to finish.
1Updating Gracenote® Album Info
To acquire updated files:
• Consult a dealer.
• U.S.: Visit www.acura.com.
• Canada: Visit www.acura.ca.
Once you perform an update, any information you
edited before will be overwritten or erased.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
283 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
■ Deleting all HDD Data
Delete all music data on the HDD.
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Audio Settings.
3. Select CD/HDD.
4. Select Delete All HDD Data.
u The confirmation message will appear.
5. Select Yes.
Features
283
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
284 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port
the iPod mode.
(2.5A), then select
2 USB Ports P. 233
Features
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select
or
to change songs.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a song.
Source
Select to change an audio source.
Audio Menu
Select to display the menu items.
(Information) Icon
Select to displays the current song
details.
Select
to displays the previous
screen.
Repeat Icon
Select to repeats the current song.
/
(Play/Pause) Icon
Select to resume or play a song.
284
Browse
Select to displays the music search
list screen.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Shuffle Icon
Select to change a play mode in
album shuffle or shuffle all songs.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
285 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
■ How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
You can control an iPod using voice commands *.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 251
2 Song By VoiceTM (SBV) P. 287
1. Select Browse.
2. Select the items on that menu.
Available operating functions vary on models and/or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 310
Features
* Not available on all models
Continued
285
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
286 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
■ How to Select a Play Mode
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a song.
■ Shuffle/Repeat
Select shuffle or repeat icon repeatedly until a
desired mode.
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Repeat
(repeat off)*1: Repeat mode to off.
(repeat song): Repeats the current song.
(repeat all): Repeats the all songs.
Repeat Icon
Features
286
Shuffle Icon
■ To turn off a play mode
To turn off the shuffle or repeat, select shuffle or repeat icon repeatedly.
Shuffle
(shuffle off): shuffle mode to off.
(shuffle all songs): Plays all available songs in
a selected list (playlists, artists, albums,
songs, genres, or composers) in random
order.
(shuffle albums): Plays all available albums in
a selected list (playlists, artists, albums,
songs, genres, or composers) in random
order.
*1: Not available on all iPod.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
287 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV)
Models with navigation system
TM
Song By Voice
(SBV)
1Song By VoiceTM (SBV)
Use SBV to search for and play music from your HDD or iPod using voice commands.
Setting options:
• On (factory default): Song By VoiceTM commands
■ To enable SBV
are available.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select the Voice Reco.
tab.
4. Rotate
to select Song By Voice.
5. Press
to select On or Off.
• Off: Disable the feature.
Features
Continued
287
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
288 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV)
■ Searching for music using SBV
1Searching for music using SBV
1. Set the Song By Voice setting to On.
2. Press the
(Talk) button and say “Audio”
to activate the SBV feature for the HDD and
iPod.
Song By VoiceTM Commands List
2 Voice Control Operation P. 251
NOTE:
Song By VoiceTM commands are available for tracks
stored on the HDD or iPod.
You can add phonetic modifications of difficult
words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists,
songs, albums, and composers in voice commands.
2 Phonetic Modification P. 289
Features
3. Press the
button and say a command.
u Example 1: Say “(List) ‘Artist A’” to view a
list of songs by that artist. Select the
desired song to start playing.
u Example 2: Say “Play ‘Artist A’” to start
playing songs by that artist.
4. To cancel SBV, press the
(hang-up/
back) button on the steering wheel. The
selected song continues playing.
Once you have canceled this mode, you need
to press the
button and say “Audio” again
to re-activate this mode.
288
SBV may not be able to recognize languages other
than English for the artist name, song title, album
title, and composers.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
289 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV)
■ Phonetic Modification
1Phonetic Modification
Continued
Song By Voice Phonetic Modification is grayed
out when Song By Voice is set to Off.
You can store up to 2,000 phonetic modification
items.
Features
Add phonetic modifications of difficult or foreign words so that it is easier for SBV
to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands when
searching for music on the HDD or iPod.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings,
then press .
3. Move
or
to select the Voice Reco.
tab.
4. Rotate
to select Song By Voice
Phonetic Modification, then press .
5. Rotate
to select New Modification,
then press .
6. Rotate
to select HDD or iPod, then
press .
289
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
290 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV)
Features
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
290
7. Rotate
to select the item to modify
(e.g., Artist), then press .
u The list of the selected item appears on
the screen.
8. Rotate
to select an entry (e.g., No
Name), then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
9. Rotate
to select Modify, then press
.
u To listen to the current phonetic
modification, rotate
to select Play,
then press .
u To delete the current phonetic
modification, rotate
to select
Delete, then press .
10. Enter the phonetic spelling you wish to
use (e.g., “Artist A”) when prompted.
11. Select OK to exit.
u The artist “No Name” is phonetically
modified to “Artist A.” When in the SBV
mode, you can press the
(Talk)
button and use the voice command
“Play ‘Artist A’” to play songs by the
artist “No Name.”
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
291 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®*1
Playing Pandora®*1
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from the Pandora® app on a
compatible smartphone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system, or with an iPhone, you can connect using
your USB cable to the USB port
(2.5A).
2 Phone Setup P. 401
2 USB Ports P. 233
1Playing Pandora®*1
Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
is currently available exclusively in the United States.
To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call
1-888-528-7876.
Station Up/Down Icons
Select to change a station.
Audio Menu
Select to display the menu items.
Stations
Select to displays the station list
screen.
Source
Select to change an audio source.
Features
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Bookmark Track Icon
Bookmarks the current track.
Bookmark Artist Icon
Bookmarks the current artist.
(Information) Icon
Select to displays the current track
details.
Select
to displays the previous
screen.
Like/Dislike Icons
Select to evaluate a track.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Play/Pause Icon
Select to resume or play a track.
Skip Icon
Select to skip a track.
*1:Available only on U.S. models.
Continued
291
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
292 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®*1
■ How to Select a Track from the Stations List
1. Select Stations.
2. Select a item to select a track.
■ Create Station
Select track or artist name.
You can create a station by Genre, Current
Track or Current Artist.
1. Select Stations.
2. Select Create Station.
3. Select the item you want to create a station.
Features
You can also create a station by the following
procedure.
1. Select track name or artist name.
2. Select Yes.
■ Select the connecting method
If the two devices that install Pandora app are connected via the USB and Bluetooth®
connection separately, you can select the USB or Bluetooth® connection to use the
Pandora®.
1. Select the PANDORA on the source list screen.
2. Select USB or Bluetooth.
292
1Playing Pandora®*1
Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that
selects music based on an artist, track, or genre a user
enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
2 Pandora® P. 312
There are restrictions on the number of tracks you
can skip or dislike in a given hour.
If your phone is connected to Android Auto,
Pandora® is only available through the Android Auto
interface.
Visit the Android Auto website to check
compatibility.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
293 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA, or AAC*1 format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port
(2.5A), then select the USB mode.
2 USB Ports P. 233
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Folder Up/Down Icons
Select
to
skip to the next
folder, and to skip to the beginning
of the previous folder.
Audio Menu
Select to display the menu items.
(Information) Icon
Select to displays the current file
details.
Select
to displays the previous
screen.
Repeat Icon
Select to repeats the current file.
SCAN Icon
Select to provides 10-second sampling of each files.
Search
Select to displays the music search
list screen.
Features
Source
Select to change an audio source.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select
or
to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a file.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Random Icon
Select to plays all files in random
order.
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
Continued
293
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
294 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
■ How to Select a File from the Music Search List
Folder Selection
1. Select Search.
2. Select a folder.
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 316
Files in WMA/AAC format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) are not played.
The audio system skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 310
Features
294
File Selection
3. Select a file.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
295 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
■ How to Select a Play Mode
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.
■ Scan
Select SCAN to provide a 10-second sampling
of each file.
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
SCAN
Scan Folders: Provides a 10-second sampling of the
first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
files in the current folder.
Repeat
(repeat off): Repeat mode to off.
Select repeat or random icon repeatedly until
a desired mode.
(repeat folder): Repeats all files in the current
folder.
Features
(repeat track): Repeats the current file.
■ Random/Repeat
Random
(random off): Random mode to off.
Repeat Icon
Random Icon
■ To turn off a play mode
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
To turn off random or repeat, select repeat or random icon repeatedly.
(random in folder): Plays all files in the
current folder in random order.
(random all tracks): Plays all files in random
order.
295
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
296 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 401
Source
Select to change an audio
source.
Folder Up/Down Icons
Select
or
to change
folders.
Features
Audio Menu
Select to display
the menu items.
VOL/ (Volume/Power)
Knob
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.
Turn to adjust the
volume.
Browse
Select to displays
the track list
screen.
(Information) Icon
Select to displays the
current file details.
Select
to displays
the previous screen.
296
Play Icon
Skip/Seek Icons
Select
or
Pause Icon
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
to change files.
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
• U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
Some functions may not be available on some
devices.
If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlay or
Android Auto, Bluetooth® Audio from that phone is
unavailable. However, a second previously paired
phone can stream Bluetooth® Audio by selecting
Connect to Audio from the Edit Bluetooth
Device.
2 Phone Setup P. 401
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
297 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
■ To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode.
Play Icon
Pause Icon
If the phone is not recognized, another HFLcompatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone. This function may not be available
on some phones.
Select the play icon or pause icon.
■ Searching for Music
1Searching for Music
1. Select Browse.
2. Select a search category (e.g., Albums).
3. Select an item.
u The selection begins playing.
Features
■ To pause or resume a file
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
297
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
298 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free
Siri Eyes Free
You can talk to Siri using the Talk button on the steering wheel when your
compatible iPhone is paired to Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
1Siri Eyes Free
Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.
2 Phone Setup P. 401
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for
Siri.
■ Using Siri Eyes Free
While in Siri Eyes Free:
The display remains the same.
No feedback or commands appear.
We recommend against using Siri other than in Siri
Eyes Free while operating a vehicle.
1Using Siri Eyes Free
Some commands work only on specific phone
features or apps.
Features
Appears when Siri is
activated in Siri Eyes
Free
(Hang-up/back) button:
Press to deactivate Siri.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold until the display changes as shown.
298
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
299 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
Apple CarPlay
If you connect an Apple CarPlay-compatible iPhone to the system via the 2.5A USB
port (
), you can use the information screen, instead of the iPhone display, to
make a phone call, listen to music, view maps (navigation), and access messages.
1Apple CarPlay
Only iPhone 5 or newer versions with iOS 8.4 or later
are compatible with Apple CarPlay.
2 USB Ports P. 233
Park in a safe place before connecting your iPhone to
Apple CarPlay and when launching any compatible
apps.
■ Apple CarPlay Menu
Information Screen
Apple CarPlay menu screen
To use Apple CarPlay, connect the USB cable to the
2.5A USB port (
).
2 USB Ports P. 233
Go back to the previous
screen of this audio system.
Go back to the Apple CarPlay menu screen
SMARTPHONE Button
Press to display the Apple CarPlay menu screen.
Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU Button)*1
Move the interface dial to select the item.
Press
to enter the item.
Features
To directly access the Apple CarPlay phone function,
press the PHONE button. While connected to Apple
CarPlay, calls are only made through Apple CarPlay. If
you want to make a call with Bluetooth®
HandsFreeLink®, turn Apple CarPlay OFF or detach
the USB cable from your iPhone.
2 Setting Up Apple CarPlay P. 301
When your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlay, it is
not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio or
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®. However, other
previously paired phones can stream audio via
Bluetooth® while Apple CarPlay is connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 401
For details on countries and regions where Apple
CarPlay is available, as well as information pertaining
to function, refer to the Apple homepage.
BACK Button*1
Press to go back to the previous display.
*1:The operation methods may differ from your connected iPhone.
Continued
299
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
300 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
■ Phone
Access the contact list, make phone calls, or listen to voice mail.
■ Messages
Check and reply to text messages, or have messages read to you.
■ Music
Play music stored on your iPhone.
■ Maps
Display Apple Maps and use the navigation function just as you would on your
iPhone.
Features
300
Models with navigation system
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Apple Maps) can give
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are
currently using will direct you to your destination.
1Apple CarPlay
Apple CarPlay Operating Requirements &
Limitations
Apple CarPlay requires a compatible iPhone with an
active cellular connection and data plan. Your
carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Apple
CarPlay functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Apple CarPlay functionality and services.
Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or
guarantee of future Apple CarPlay performance or
functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Apple CarPlay. Refer to the Apple
homepage for information on compatible apps.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
301 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
■ Setting Up Apple CarPlay
1Setting Up Apple CarPlay
After you have connected your iPhone to the system via the 2.5A USB port (
),
use the following procedure to set up Apple CarPlay. Use of Apple CarPlay will result
in the transmission of certain user and vehicle information (such as vehicle location,
speed, and status) to your iPhone to enhance the Apple CarPlay experience. You will
need to consent to the sharing of this information on the information screen.
■ Enabling Apple CarPlay
Use of user and vehicle information
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to/from your iPhone by Apple CarPlay is
governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions and
Apple’s Privacy Policy.
Features
Enable Once: Allows only once. (Prompt
shows again next time.)
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt
does not show again.)
Cancel: Does not allow this consent.
You can also use the method below to set up Apple
CarPlay:
Press the SETTINGSSelect Smartphone
SettingsApple CarPlay Device List
You may change the consent settings under
the Smartphone Settings menu.
Continued
301
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
302 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
■ Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
Press and hold the talk button to activate Siri.
1Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
Below are examples of questions and commands for
Siri.
• What movies are playing today?
• Call dad at work.
• What song is this?
• How’s the weather tomorrow?
• Read my latest email.
• Find a table for four tonight in Chicago.
For more information, please visit
www.apple.com/ios/siri.
Features
302
(Talk) button:
Press and hold to activate Siri.
Press again to deactivate Siri.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
303 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
Android Auto
When you connect an Android phone to the audio system via the 2.5A USB port
(
), Android Auto is automatically initiated. When connected via Android Auto,
you can use the information screen to access the Phone, Google Maps (Navigation),
Google Play Music, and Google Now functions. When you first use Android Auto, a
tutorial will appear on the screen.
We recommend that you complete this tutorial while safely parked before using
Android Auto.
2 USB Ports P. 233
2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 306
1Android Auto
To use Android Auto, you need to download the
Android Auto app from Google Play to your
smartphone.
Only Android 5.0 (Lollipop) or later versions are
compatible with Android Auto.
Bluetooth A2DP cannot be used with Android Auto
phone.
Park in a safe place before connecting your Android
phone to Android Auto and when launching any
compatible apps.
Features
To use Android Auto, connect the USB cable to the
2.5A USB port (
).
2 USB Ports P. 233
When your Android phone is connected to Android
Auto, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio.
However, other previously paired phones can stream
audio via Bluetooth® while Android Auto is
connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 401
Continued
303
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
304 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
■ Android Auto Menu
Information Screen
1Android Auto
For details on countries and regions where Android
Auto is available, as well as information pertaining to
function, refer to the Android Auto homepage.
Android Auto menu screen
6
Features
SMARTPHONE Button
Press to display the Android Auto menu screen.
Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU Button)*1
Move and rotate the interface dial to select the item.
Press
to enter the item.
BACK Button*1
Press to go back to the previous display.
*1:The operation methods may differ from your connected Android phone.
304
Android Auto Operating Requirements &
Limitations
Android Auto requires a compatible Android phone
with an active cellular connection and data plan.
Your carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Android
Auto functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Android Auto functionality and services.
Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or
guarantee of future Android Auto performance or
functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Android Auto. Refer to the Android
Auto homepage for information on compatible apps.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
305 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
a Maps (Navigation)
Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your
Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard
entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other
inputs.
Models with navigation system
Continued
Features
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Android Auto) can give
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are
currently using will direct you to your destination.
The information screen shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your
destination.
b Phone (Communication)
Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail.
c Google Now (Home screen)
Display useful information organized by Android Auto into simple cards that appear
just when they’re needed.
d Music and audio
Play Google Play Music and music apps that are compatible with Android Auto.
To switch between music apps, press this icon.
e Go back to the previous screen of this audio system.
f Voice
Operate Android Auto with your voice.
305
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
306 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
■ Auto Pairing Connection
When you connect an Android phone to the unit via the 2.5A USB port (
Android Auto is automatically initiated.
),
■ Enabling Android Auto
1Enabling Android Auto
Enable Once: Allows only once. (Prompt
shows again next time.)
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt
does not show again.)
Cancel: Does not allow this consent.
Features
You may change the consent settings under
the Smartphone Settings menu.
Only initialize Android Auto when you are safely
parked. When Android Auto first detects your phone,
you will need to set up your phone so that auto
pairing is possible. Refer to the instruction manual
that came with your phone.
You can use the method below to change Android
Auto settings after you have completed the initial
setup:
Press the SETTINGSSelect Smartphone
SettingsAndroid Auto Device List
Use of user and vehicle information
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to/from your phone by Android Auto is
governed by Google’s Privacy Policy.
306
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
307 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
■ Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
Press and hold the talk button to operate Android Auto with your voice.
1Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
Below are examples of commands you can give with
voice recognition:
• Reply to text.
• Call my wife.
• Navigate to Acura.
• Play my music.
• Send a text message to my wife.
• Call flower shop.
For more information, please refer to the Android
Auto homepage.
Features
(Talk) button:
Press and hold to operate Android Auto
with your voice.
Press to deactivate voice recognition.
You can also activate the voice recognition function
by moving
.
307
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
308 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Audio Error Messages
CD Player
If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
Error Message
Cause
This function is not available
because the system has
Track/file format not supported
encountered a file error or a
DRM protected file.
This is a bad disc. Please see
your owner’s manual for
more details. Push Eject.
Mechanical error
Solution
●
Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file
plays automatically.
●
Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the
error message is cleared.
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
disc again.
●
Mecha Error
Features
308
2 Protecting CDs P. 317
●
This is a bad disc. Please see
your owner’s manual for
more details.
Servo error
Check the disc
Disc error
Heat Error
High temperature
●
●
●
If the error message reappears, press the
button, and pull out
the disc.
Insert a different disc.
If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.
If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,
contact a dealer.
Do not try to force the disc out of the player.
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.
2 Protecting CDs P. 317
●
Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
309 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio Error MessagesuHard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Models with navigation system
Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
If an error occurs while playing the Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio, you may see the
following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message
HDD access error.
Please consult your dealer.
The navigation system temperature is too high. For
protection, the system will shut off until it cools down.
Solution
—
Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.
Unplayable File
Appears when a file format not supported. Current track will be
skipped. The next supported track plays automatically.
There is no data available.
Appears when the HDD is empty or there are no available files in
the HDD.
This function is not available during CD recording while the
CD is recording to the HDD.
Appears when no available function is selected while the CD is
recording to the HDD.
Generating voice recognition commands. Please try again
later.
Appears when no available function is selected while the
dictionary of the Song By VoiceTM recognition function is
generated.
Features
The navigation system has difficulty reading the HDD when the
The navigation system atmospheric pressure is too low. For
atmospheric pressure is too low. The navigation system starts up
protection, the system will shut off until the pressure returns
automatically when the atmospheric pressure returns to safe
to safe levels.
levels.
309
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
310 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive
iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message
Solution
Communication error
Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if the device is compatible with the
detected. When safe, please
audio system.
reconnect your device.
Features
This USB device is
incompatible. Please see
your owner’s manual for
more details.
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system
off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
This version of iOS is not
supported.
Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is connected,
update the iPod software to the newer version.
There is an authentication
error. When safe, please
reconnect your device.
Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.
This function is not available
because the system has
Appears when you select the grayed-out option on the screen while displaying the DRM or an
encountered a file error or a unsupported format file.
DRM protected file.
310
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
311 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive
Error Message
Solution
iPod
Appears when the iPod is empty.
There is no data detected.
When safe, please check
your device and try again.
USB flash drive
Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash
drive.
iPod and USB flash drive
Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported
Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is
connected, reconnect the device.
Features
USB hubs are not supported.
Appears when the USB device is connected via the USB hubs. Disconnect the USB hubs and directly
To listen to audio, directly
connect the device to the USB port
(2.5A).
connect device to USB port.
311
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
312 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
U.S. models
Pandora®
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message
Solution
This USB device is incompatible. Please see your owner’s
manual for more details.
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do
not reconnect the device that caused the error.
There is an unsupported device detected. When safe, please
reconnect your device.
Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if
the device is compatible with the audio system.
Features
No stations have been created. When safe, please create a
station on the device.
There is no active station.
Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device
to create a station.
This PANDORA station is currently not available. Please select
another station.
Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may Appears when you try to skip a track over the predetermined
skip each hour.
number of times in an hour.
312
The system is unable to save rating.
The system is unable to save bookmark.
or
The system is unable to skip.
Appears when the commanded operation is failed. Try again later.
There is no data available.
Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.
Reboot the app and reconnect the device.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
313 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
Error Message
Solution
The PANDORA app version on your device is not supported.
When safe, please update the app and try again later.
Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update
Pandora® to the latest version.
PANDORA is performing system maintenance. Please try
again later.
Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again
later.
The system cannot connect to PANDORA. When safe, please
check your device.
The system is unable to play PANDORA. When safe, login to
PANDORA.
Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your
device.
The system is unable to create a new station. Please try again.
Appears when there is a temporary error with the audio system.
Try again later.
The system is unable to play PANDORA. Please try again later.
Appears when your connected device has network problems.
Check your device.
When safe, please check your device.
Appears when your connected device has some kind of problem
such as being out of the service area.
Check that the connected device is within the service area, and
then try again to play Pandora®. If the problem persists, consult a
dealer.
The system is unable to play PANDORA.
Music licensing restricts play in this area.
Appears when you try playing the Pandora® in the country where
the service is not available.
Features
The maximum number of stations that can be created is 100. Appears when the number of created stations reaches the
To create more, please delete one or more previously created limitation. Delete one or more created stations from Pandora® app
stations.
on the connected device.
313
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
314 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio Error MessagesuApple CarPlay/Android Auto
Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
If an error occurs while using the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, you may see the
following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message
Solution
Information Screen
A charging error has occurred with the connected device.
When safe, please check the compatibility of the device and
USB cable. Please see your owner's manual for more details.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do
not reconnect the device that caused the error.
This USB device is incompatible. Please see your owner's
manual for more details.
Features
Unable to start Apple CarPlay. When safe, please confirm the Appears when Apple CarPlay or Android Auto fails to recognize
USB connection.
your device.
Unable to start Android Auto. When safe, please confirm the Check if your device is compatible with Apple CarPlay or Android
Auto, or the latest version of the app is installed on your device.
USB connection.
Unable to start Apple CarPlay. When safe, please try again.
Unable to start Android Auto. When safe, please try again.
Appears when Apple CarPlay or Android Auto fails to recognize
your device.
Reconnect your device and try again.
Appears when your connected device is incompatible with Apple
Unable to start Apple CarPlay with your device. Your device is
CarPlay.
connected in digital audio mode.
Check if your device is compatible with Apple CarPlay.
314
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
315 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAudio Error MessagesuApple CarPlay/Android Auto
Error Message
Solution
This device is not compatible with Android Auto.
Appears when your connected device is incompatible with
Android Auto.
Check if your device is compatible with Android Auto or the latest
version of the app is installed on your device.
Please update to the latest version of Android Auto.
Appears when your version of the Android Auto is not supported.
Update Android Auto to the latest version.
Connection failed. Please confirm Bluetooth connection
status and try again.
Appears when Bluetooth® connection is failed.
Check the Bluetooth® connection of this audio system and your
connected device.
Features
315
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
316 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
General Information on the Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio Service
■ Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in
the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, select channel up/down icons until CH000
and the radio ID appears.
2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the
SiriusXM® website to subscribe.
■ Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
Features
Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by pressing the SOURCE button on the steering
wheel, or through the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, and stay in this mode for
about 30 minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open
area with good reception.
■ SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages
Loading...:
SiriusXM® is loading the audio or program information.
No Signal:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Unsubscribed channel:
You are not subscribed to the channel selected.
Unavailable channel:
No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or
title information is unavailable.
Check the antenna, Disconnected antenna, Shorted antenna:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact a dealer.
316
1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:
• U.S.: SiriusXM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com/
subscribenow or 1-877-447-0011
• Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at www.siriusxm.ca/
subscribe-now or 1-877-209-0079
1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
• In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
• In tunnels
• On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
• Large items carried on the roof rack
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
317 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uRecommended CDs
Recommended CDs
• Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use.
• Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed.
• Play only standard round-shaped CDs.
The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.
1Recommended CDs
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded
under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not
play either.
1Protecting CDs
NOTICE
■ CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files
Examples:
●
Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and
excessively thick CDs
■ Protecting CDs
Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs:
• Store a CD in its case when it is not being played.
• When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge.
• Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface.
• Never insert foreign objects into the CD player.
• Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat.
• Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD.
• Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.
Bubbled/
Wrinkled
●
●
With Label/
Sticker
Features
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.
Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside
and damage the audio unit.
Using
Printer Label
Kit
Sealed
With Plastic Ring
● Poor quality
Damaged CDs
CDs
Chipped/
Cracked
Small CDs
Warped
Burrs
3-inch
(8-cm)
CD
317
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
318 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
■ iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model
iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007)
iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008)
iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)
iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012
iPod touch (1st to 5th generation) released between 2007 and 2012
iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 6/
iPhone 6s/iPhone 7
Features
318
■ USB Flash Drives
•
•
•
•
•
A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended.
Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.
1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
319 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Honda App License Agreement
■ END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS “AGREEMENT”) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE
INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR “VEHICLE”) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND
CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “SERVICES”). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL
SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR
OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (“HONDA,” “US,” “WE,” OR “OUR”), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919
TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO “HONDA” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDA’S PARENT COMPANY AND
ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A
THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A “PROVIDER”). REFERENCE TO A “PROVIDER” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDER’S
PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS.
Features
A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE
during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a “DEALER”). The
SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content
provided through the SOFTWARE (together, “HONDA SERVICES”); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through
the SOFTWARE (together, “PROVIDER SERVICES”), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services.
B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property.
1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a)
as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a
DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT
2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the
“HONDA TERMS”). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your
VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be
specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation. The HONDA SERVICES may collect, use, and share such data while
you are using the SOFTWARE.
Continued
319
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
320 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source
licenses which govern HONDA’s distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors
of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such
software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open-source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone.
Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual
or within the SOFTWARE.
Features
4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the “PROVIDER
TERMS”). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or
permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants,
conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information,
targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any
applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE.
5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use.
(a) Limited License. You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance
with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA
(any “DOCUMENTATION”). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to
you under this AGREEMENT. PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under
the applicable PROVIDER TERMS.
320
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
321 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
(b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device
other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not:
(1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation,
HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or
any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER
TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION;
(2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
or interfere with anyone else’s use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES;
(3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES in any way;
(4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights;
(5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver
distraction laws, rules or regulations;
(6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions,
and privacy policies; or
(7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile,
or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is
expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or opensource software
licenses.
6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying
DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This
AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors,
affiliates, or suppliers.
Continued
321
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
322 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export
jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other
governments.
C. SOFTWARE Operation
1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in
violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA.
Features
2. Eligibility/Registration/Activation. The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their
jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid driver’s license issued by
their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any
information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal
information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information.
3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE. Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require
that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER
SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control
over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the
inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER
SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER
SERVICES.
4. Links to Third Party Sites: The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable,
directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of
such websites and content.
322
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
323 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties’) use of the SOFTWARE and
SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge
and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and
PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any
fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such
measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE.
7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE. Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not
provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and
VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void.
Features
6. SOFTWARE Updates. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-theair, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be
updated at HONDA’s discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other
applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS.
D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings
1. Vehicle Geolocation Information. You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The
traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicle’s current location (longitude and latitude),
travel direction and speed (“VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION”) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION
INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to
provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts,
or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent.
Continued
323
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
324 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls,
routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would
be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency
services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such
navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately
responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any
navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing
traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.
Features
3. Speech Recognition: You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands
when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a)
consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA
and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors
are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address
any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.
4. Distraction Hazards. Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert
data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such
interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of
the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in
a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume
excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable
to hear these sounds could result in a crash.
324
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
325 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
E. Information Collection and Storage
1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may
collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services.
HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services
suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you.
HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others,
but not in a form that personally identifies you.
2. Information Storage. Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease
of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved
destinations, map locations within certain applications, and device numbers and contact information.
Features
(a) Vehicle Health Information. Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE
(“VEHICLE INFORMATION”) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and
malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows,
battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power, warning codes,
diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA
for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period
of time necessary to fulfill these goals.
(b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non-navigation/map based). If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicle’s geolocation data
(latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS.
(c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is
at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information
uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLES’s multimedia system and you understand that the security and
safety of your VEHICLE’s multimedia system is your sole responsibility.
Continued
325
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
326 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you
will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result
from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, noninfringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your
use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely
on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We
do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via
the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the
accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via
the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may
not apply to you.
G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights.
1. Limitations on YOUR liability. HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorney's
fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW
ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.
326
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
327 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential,
indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including,
without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does
not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent permitted by law in such
states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for
any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you,
and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA
or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES
interruptions of any length.
Features
(a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA,
PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in
connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the
total or partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence,
strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE
or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN
DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS
LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND
AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO
ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR
USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES.
H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has
ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone
making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your
VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES.
Continued
327
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
328 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLE’s compatible multimedia
system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within
the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission
limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of
or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any
portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance
degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given
location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy
shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
Features
J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA
instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact
HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
K. Termination and Transfer.
1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason,
and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to
comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided
you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed
materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or
transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
328
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
329 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless
explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall
respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from
time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion
thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification,
suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.
Continued
Features
M.ARBITRATION:
PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU
MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE
HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE
MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION.
Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to
court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and
conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the
Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration.
YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. “Claim” means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third
party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any
representations, omissions or warranties. “Claim” does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek
remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction..
YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact
these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written
submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers,
HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator
may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.
329
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
330 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow
substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of
this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall
include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA.
This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is
unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely
unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at
Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after
providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.
Features
330
N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDA’s prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional
HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this
AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole
remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the
balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as
explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of
California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of
another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of
the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not
prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included
for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
331 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
■ OWNER’S MANUAL LICENSE/LIABILITY STATEMENTS
USE OF APPLE CARPLAY IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE, WHICH ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE
APPLE iOS TERMS OF USE. IN SUMMARY, THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE
SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER
LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND
VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF CARPLAY, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE APPLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR
DETAILS REGARDING APPLE'S USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY CARPLAY.
Continued
Features
USE OF ANDROID AUTO IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE WHICH MUST BE AGREED TO WHEN
THE ANDROID AUTO APPLICATION IS DOWNLOADED TO YOUR ANDROID PHONE. IN SUMMARY, THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE
DISCLAIM GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED,
STRICTLY LIMIT GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING,
FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY GOOGLE AND ITS
SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF ANDROID AUTO, INCLUDING THE
POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE GOOGLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING GOOGLE’S USE AND HANDLING OF
DATA UPLOADED BY ANDROID AUTO.
331
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
332 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
■ DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
Features
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF APPLE CARPLAY OR ANDROID AUTO (“THE APPLICATIONS”) IS AT YOUR
SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU TO THE
MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS IS
PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE,” WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND HONDA HEREBY
DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS,
EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY HONDA OR AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. AS EXAMPLES, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, HONDA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF DATA PROVIDED BY THE APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS THE ACCURACY OF DIRECTIONS, ESTIMATED
TRAVEL TIME, SPEED LIMITS, ROAD CONDITIONS, NEWS, WEATHER, TRAFFIC, OR OTHER CONTENT PROVIDED BY APPLE, GOOGLE, THEIR
AFFILIATES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE AGAINST LOSS OF APPLICATION DATA, WHICH MAY BE LOST
AT ANY TIME; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE APPLICATIONS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THEM WILL BE
PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES OR THAT ANY OR ALL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION. FOR EXAMPLE,
SERVICES MAY BE SUSPENDED OR INTERRUPTED WITHOUT NOTICE FOR REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, SECURITY FIXES, UPDATES, ETC.,
SERVICES MAY BE UNAVAILABLE IN YOUR AREA OR LOCATION, ETC. IN ADDITION, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT CHANGES IN THIRD PARTY
TECHNOLOGY OR GOVERNMENT REGULATION MAY RENDER THE SERVICES AND/OR APPLICATIONS OBSOLETE AND/OR UNUSABLE.
TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR
LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY
OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS OR YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THE APPLICATIONS OR INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY
(CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF HONDA WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME STATES AND
JURISDICTIONS DISALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, SO THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY
NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA’S TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL DAMAGES (OTHER THAN AS MAY BE REQUIRED
BY APPLICABLE LAW IN CASES INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURY) EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIVE DOLLARS ($5.00). THE FOREGOING
LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE STATED REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.
332
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
333 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuAbout Open Source Licenses
About Open Source Licenses
■ Important information on the software
About the software license of the product
The software installed in the product contains open source software.
See the following Alpine website for details on the open source software.
http://www.alpine.com/h/e/oss/download/
Features
333
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
334 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense information *
License information *
■ DOLBY DIGITAL *
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D
symbol are registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
Features
■ DTS
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS
Licensing Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol together are registered
trademarks, and DTS Digital Surround and Neural Surround are trademarks of DTS,
Inc. © DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
334
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
335 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Rear Entertainment System (RES) *
Allows the rear passengers to enjoy a different entertainment source, such as DVD,
CD, and radio, than the front passengers.
Wireless Headphones
CAUTION: Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure
The Rear Entertainment System remote complies with
FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment and meets the FCC radio
frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines.
The Rear Entertainment System remote should be
kept at least 7.9 inch (20 cm) or more away from a
person’s body when operated.
1Wireless Headphones
Your vehicle comes with two wireless headphones.
Wear the headphone correctly with the earpiece
marked with L goes to your left ear and R goes to
your right ear.
Wearing the headphone backward may affect the
audio reception.
Features
The rear seat passengers can listen to audio from the rear entertainment system by
a wireless headphone that comes with your vehicle.
To turn on the switch: Press the
(power)
Volume Dial
button at the right earpiece. The indicator
Indicator
comes on.
To adjust the volume: Turn the dial at the
right earpiece.
1Rear Entertainment System (RES) *
(Power) Button
* Not available on all models
335
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
336 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uAuxiliary Console Panel
Auxiliary Console Panel
Auxiliary input jacks and headphone connectors for the rear entertainment system
are on the back of the front console compartment.
V = Video jack
L = Left audio jack
R = Right audio jack
Volume
Control
Knob
Features
Auxiliary
Input
Jacks
Headphone Connectors
■ Auxiliary input jacks
The system will accept auxiliary inputs from standard video games and video
equipment. Some video game power supplies may cause poor picture quality.
■ Headphone connectors
The headphones can also be used by connecting to the auxiliary console panel.
There are two headphone connectors for the rear passengers. Each connector has
its own volume control.
336
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
337 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uHDMITM Port
Models with ultrawide RES
TM
HDMI
Port
There is an HDMI port on the back of the front console compartment. The system
will accept HDMI input from video games and video equipment which are equipped
with an HDMI port.
Open the outlet cover and insert the cable.
1HDMITM Port
• Do not leave the HDMI connected device in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
• We recommend keeping your data backed up
before using the device in your vehicle.
• Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
Features
The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition
Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are
trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI
Licensing LLC in the United States and other
countries.
337
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
338 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uOverhead Screen
Overhead Screen
Models with RES
1Overhead Screen
Pull down the screen to the first or second
detent until it latches.
Overhead
Screen
Models with ultrawide RES
Features
Press the open button to open and pull down
the screen.
Overhead Screen
338
Open Button
You can use the rear control panel as a remote. Press
the release button to detach it.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
339 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uOperating the System
Operating the System
To operate the system, set the power mode to ON or ACCESSORY. Press the REAR
(power) button to turn on the system.
REAR
(Power) Button
Features
339
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
340 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation
Rear Control Panel Operation
The rear passengers can operate the system with the rear control panel.
Models with RES
Audio Source Button
Press to select the audio source.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the system
on or off (when rear
power is turned on).
Features
(Light-up) Button
Press to illuminate the
buttons on the rear
control panel.
CH/FOLDER Bar
Press to change the channel (Radio) or
folder (Disc/USB).
TUNE/SKIP Bar
Press
or
to search up and down the
selected band for a station with a strong signal
(FM/AM).
Press
or
to change tracks. Press and
hold to move rapidly within a track/file (Disc/
USB/DVD).
340
MENU Button
Press to display the audio menu.
3, 4, , and ENTER Buttons
Use 3, 4, , or to highlight a
menu item, and press the ENTER
button to make a selection.
SETUP Button
Press to display the setup items.
CANCEL Button
Press to go back to the previous display or operation.
CATEGORY Bar
Press to change the category (SiriusXM®).
TITLE SCROLL Button
Press to display the track title, artist,
and other text information.
(Play/Pause) Button
Press to play or pause the playback.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
341 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation
Models with ultrawide RES
DUAL Button
Press to change the screen mode to dual.
SINGLE Button
Press to change the screen mode to single.
SOURCE Button
Press to select the audio source.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the system
on or off (when rear
power is turned on).
CH/FOLDER Bar
Press to change the channel (Radio) or
folder (Disc/USB).
MENU Button
Press to display the audio menu.
Interface Dial, 3/4/ /
(Directional) Buttons, and ENTER
Button
Rotate the interface dial or press
directional button to select items.
Press the ENTER button to make a
selection.
DVD bar
Press to change the DVD mode.
Features
(Light-up) Button
Press to illuminate the
buttons on the rear
control panel.
SWAP Button
Press to swap left side screen and right side screen.
AUX bar
Press to change the input source
toggling through the auxiliary
input jack(s), HDMI port and USB
port
(2.5A).
SETUP Button
Press to display the setup items.
TUNE/SKIP Bar
Press
or
to search up and down the
selected band for a station with a strong signal
(FM/AM).
Press
or
to change tracks. Press and
hold to move rapidly within a track/file (Disc/
USB/DVD).
CANCEL Button
Press to go back to the previous display or operation.
(Play/Pause) Button
Press to play or pause the playback.
TITLE SCROLL Button
Press to display the track title, artist, and other text information.
CATEGORY Bar
Press to change the category (SiriusXM®).
Continued
341
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
342 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation
■ Selecting the Audio Source
1Rear Control Panel Operation
Models with RES
1. Press the REAR
(power) button on the front control panel.
2. Press the audio source button on the rear control panel.
u You can also change the audio source by the front control panel.
In the procedures of this section, “select” means the
following actions:
Models with RES
2 Front Control Panel Operation P. 352
3. Select a station, channel, track, or chapter using the CH/FOLDER, TUNE/SKIP, or
CATEGORY bars.
2 Rear Control Panel Operation P. 340
Press the cursor
buttons on the rear
control panel.
Models with ultrawide RES
Features
1. Press the REAR
(power) button on the
front control panel.
2. Press the SOURCE button on the rear
control panel.
3. Select the audio source. Press the ENTER
button.
u You can also change the audio source by
the front control panel.
2 Front Control Panel Operation P. 352
4. Select a station, channel, track, or chapter
using the CH/FOLDER, TUNE/SKIP, or
CATEGORY bars.
Models with ultrawide RES
Rotate the interface
dial or press the
directional buttons on
the rear control panel.
The rear control panel can be detached from the
ceiling unit and used as a remote control.
2 Overhead Screen P. 338
In this section, screen illustrations from the standard
RES are used for the explanation unless otherwise
noted.
The screen is displayed on the overhead screen.
342
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
343 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation
■ Rear DVD Menu
1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode).
2. Select an item. Press the ENTER button.
Features
The following items are available:
• Top Menu: Displays the top menu of the DVD.
• Menu: Displays the menu of the DVD.
• Play Mode: Displays while a DVD is playing and changes the DVD’s audio,
subtitle, or angle settings.
2 Setting the play mode P. 344
• Initial Settings *: Displays while a DVD is not playing and changes the DVD
preferences.
2 DVD Initial Settings P. 349
• Search/NumInput: Skips to a title or chapter by entering the number.
2 Searching a title/chapter P. 345
• Repeat:
(title repeat): Repeats the current title.
(chapter repeat): Repeats the current chapter.
• Pause/Play: Pause or play the playback.
• Stop: Stops the playback.
• Return: Hides the rear audio menu.
* Not available on all models
Continued
343
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
344 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation
■ Setting the play mode
1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode).
2. Select Play Mode. Press the ENTER button.
3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button.
4. Select an option. Press the ENTER button.
Features
344
The following items are available:
• Audio: Selects the language of the DVD audio.
• Subtitle: Selects the language of the DVD subtitle.
• Angle: Selects the angle of a scene shot with multiple cameras.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
345 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation
■ Searching a title/chapter
1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode).
2. Select Search/NumInput. Press the ENTER
button.
3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button.
4. Select a number. Press the ENTER button.
Features
The following items are available:
• Title: Skips to a title you specify.
• Chapter: Skips to a chapter you specify.
• NumInput: Enters a number of a title or chapter to skip.
Models with RES
Enter a number and select ENT. Press the ENTER button.
Models with ultrawide RES
Enter a number and press the ENTER button. Select DONE.
Continued
345
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
346 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation
■ Screen and Surround Settings
1. Press the SETUP button (in DVD mode).
2. Select an item. Press the ENTER button.
Features
The following items are available:
• Brightness *: Adjusts the screen’s brightness. Adjust the brightness using the
interface dial and press the ENTER button.
• Appearance *: Selects the color of the rear menu screen.
• Display Adjust: Adjusts the screen’s preferences.
2 Adjusting the screen P. 347
• Aspect Ratio: Selects an aspect ratio of the image.
2 Setting the aspect ratio P. 348
• PERSONAL SURROUND: Sets the surround of the wireless headphones. You can
choose from three options: Music, Cinema, or Voice. Select Off to disable the
feature.
• Language: Sets the system language used on all screens. You can choose from
three languages: English, Français (French), or Español (Spanish).
346
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
347 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation
■ Adjusting the screen
1. Press the SETUP button (in DVD mode).
2. Select Display Adjust. Press the ENTER
button.
3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button.
4. Make the adjustment. Press the ENTER
button.
* Not available on all models
Features
The following items are available:
• Brightness *: Adjusts the screen’s brightness.
• Contrast: Adjusts the screen’s contrast.
• Black Level: Adjusts the screen’s black level.
• Color: Adjusts the screen’s color strength.
• Tint: Adjusts the screen’s hue.
• Reset: Resets all the settings to their factory default.
Continued
347
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
348 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation
■ Setting the aspect ratio
Models with RES
1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode).
2. Select Aspect Ratio. Press the ENTER
button.
3. Select an option. Press the ENTER button.
Models with ultrawide RES
Features
1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode).
2. Select Aspect Ratio. Press the ENTER
button.
3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button.
4. Select an option. Press the ENTER button.
The following items are available:
• Wide: Selects the wide screen option (Normal, Full, Super Full, Ultra Full).
• Zoom: Selects the zoom screen option (Super Zoom, Ultra Zoom).
348
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
349 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation
Models with RES
■ DVD Initial Settings
1DVD Initial Settings
Set the DVD default settings so that you do not have to select the settings each time
you play a DVD.
1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode).
2. Select Initial Settings. Press the ENTER
button.
3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button.
4. Select an option. Press the ENTER button.
Each item can be selected when DVD playback is
stopped.
Features
The following items are available:
• Language Settings: Selects a menu language of the DVD (top) menu.
2 Selecting the DVD menu language P. 350
• Dynamic Range: Sets whether to control the range of the loud and low sounds.
On: Adjusts the dynamic range to easily hear the low sound.
Off (factory default): Disables the feature.
• Angle Mark: Sets whether to display the angle symbol.
On: Displays the angle symbol when playing the multiple angle scenes.
Off (factory default): Disables the feature.
Continued
349
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
350 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation
■ Selecting the DVD menu language
1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode).
2. Select Initial Settings. Press the ENTER
button.
3. Select Language Settings. Press the
ENTER button.
4. Select an item. Press the ENTER button.
5. Select a language. Press the ENTER button.
Models with ultrawide RES
Features
■ Dual Screen Mode
Select between the two screen modes, single or dual.
2 Rear Control Panel Operation P. 340
■ Single mode
The selected source is displayed in the center of the screen.
■ Dual mode
Two separate screens are displayed side by side. You can only select one output
source from the front audio system. The other source must come from “REAR AUX
Video” or “REAR AUX HDMI”.
350
1Selecting the DVD menu language
When you select Other, enter a 4-digit language
code.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
351 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation
■ Single mode to dual mode
DVD
Press the DUAL
button.
Select the side
(e.g., “Left”).
Select a source
(e.g., “REAR
AUX Video”).
DVD
REAR AUX Video
REAR AUX Video
DVD
Features
Press the SWAP
button.
■ Dual mode to single mode
REAR AUX Video
DVD
DVD
Press the
SINGLE button.
Select a source
(e.g., “DVD”).
351
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
352 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uFront Control Panel Operation
Front Control Panel Operation
Operate the Rear Entertainment System (RES) from the On Demand Multi-Use
DisplayTM.
■ Selecting the Audio Source using Front Control Panel
Features
1. Press the REAR
(power) button on the
front control panel.
2. Select Front/Rear to switch Rear mode.
3. Select Source.
u The rear source is displayed on the On
Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
4. Select the audio source on the On Demand
Multi-Use DisplayTM.
u The rear source is heard from the front
speakers.
5. Select a station, channel, track, or chapter
in the same way as the front audio system.
2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 240
352
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
353 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uFront Control Panel Operation
■ Operating the DVD Rear Entertainment System
Source
Select to change an audio source.
Title Up/Down Icons
Select
to
skip to the next
title, and to skip to the beginning
of the previous title.
Audio Menu
Select to display the menu items.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Top Menu
Select to displays the top page
of the DVD’s title menu.
(Information) Icon
Select to displays the current DVD
details.
Select
to displays the previous
screen.
Repeat Icon
Select to repeats the current chapter
or title.
Play/Pause Icon
Select to resume or play a DVD.
Stop Icon
Select to stop the playback.
Features
Front/Rear
Select to changes between the
front side audio source selection
and rear side audio source
selection.
Menu
Select to displays the menu.
Advanced
Select to displays the DVD
setting menu.
Chapter Up/Down Icons
Select
or
to change
chapters.
Select and hold to fast forward
and reverse.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Continued
353
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
354 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uFront Control Panel Operation
■ DVD Setup
1Operating the DVD Rear Entertainment System
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Audio Settings.
3. Select DVD.
Play Mode Menu Item
Repeat
(repeat off): Repeat mode to off.
(repeat chapter): Repeats the current
chapter.
(repeat title): Repeats the current title.
Features
354
The following items are available:
• DVD Auto Play: Turns the auto play feature on or off.
• Audio Language: Selects a language for the audio that is available on the DVD.
• Subtitle Language: Selects a language for the subtitle that is available on the
DVD.
• Menu Language: Selects a language for the DVD menu that is available on the
DVD.
• Dynamic Range: Sets whether to control the range of the loud and low sounds.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
355 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uFront Control Panel Operation
■ Setting the DVD Menu
Select Advanced.
Continued
Features
The following items are available:
• Audio/Subtitle: Selects the language of the DVD audio and the DVD subtitle.
• Angle: Selects the angle of a scene shot with multiple cameras.
• Number Input: Enters a number of a title or chapter to skip.
• Return: Return to the previous screen.
• Search: Skips to a title or chapter.
355
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
356 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uFront Control Panel Operation
■ Rear System Setup
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select RES Settings.
Features
356
The following items are available:
• Rear Control: Sets whether to use the rear control panel to control the RES.
When setting is set to On, operates the RES using the rear control panel.
• Rear Speaker: Sets the front audio source to play through the rear speakers,
even when the RES is on. The RES source can only be heard through the wireless
headphones. When setting is set to On, outputs the sound of the front source to
the rear speakers.
• Single/Dual Screen Mode *: Selects a source to continue playing when you
switch from dual mode to single mode on the overhead screen.
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
357 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uPlayable Discs
Playable Discs
The discs that come with these labels can be played in your vehicle’s rear
entertainment system.
Also look for the region code of 1 or ALL on the package or jacket on the disc.
DVD-ROMs are not playable in this unit.
The disc packages or jackets should have one of these marks.
This product incorporates copyright protection
technology that is protected by U.S. patents and
other intellectual property rights.
Use of this copyright protection technology must be
authorized by Rovi Corporation, and is intended for
home and other limited viewing uses only unless
otherwise authorized by Rovi Corporation. Reverse
engineering and disassembly are prohibited.
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com.
Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing
Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol
together are registered trademarks, and DTS Digital
Surround and Neural Surround are trademarks of
DTS, Inc. © DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Features
Also includes:
1Playable Discs
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories.
Dolby, Pro Logic, MLP Lossless and the double-D
symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
357
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
358 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Customized Features
Use the information screen and On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to customize
certain features.
Information Screen
■ How to customize
Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating
while the power mode is ON and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press .
Information Screen
1Customized Features
When you customize settings, make sure that the
vehicle is at a complete stop and transmission is put
into (P .
Information Screen
To customize other features, rotate
, move
or , and press .
2 List of customizable options P. 365
,
,
1How to customize
Features
The following settings can be customized on the On
Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
• Edit Source Order
• Sound Settings
• Edit/Delete HDD Music *
• Audio Settings
• Screen Settings
• RES Settings *
2 How to customize P. 381
SETTINGS Button
358
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
359 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Information Screen
■ Customization flow
Press the SETTINGS button.
Navigation
Settings*
Bluetooth
Default
Bluetooth
Bluetooth Device List
Features
Bluetooth/
Phone
Settings
See the Navigation System Manual.
Edit Pairing Code
Phone
Text/Email
* Not available on all models
Edit Speed Dial
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Automatic Phone Sync
Use Contact Photo
Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Text/Email Alert
Message Auto Reading *
Continued
359
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
360 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Camera
Settings*1
Camera
Settings*2
Default
Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline
Default
Camera
Settings
Cross Traffic Monitor
Features
Camera
Settings*3
Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline
Cross Traffic Monitor
Default
Surround
View
Camera
Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline
Auto Show Camera after Reverse
Default Camera Mode in Forward
Default Camera Mode in Reverse
Show Camera When Decelerating
Clear Parking Guidance Automatically
Display
Cross Traffic Monitor
Cross Traffic Monitor
*1 : Models without cross traffic monitor
*2 : Models with cross traffic monitor and multi-view rear camera
*3 : Models with surround view camera system
360
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
361 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Vehicle
Settings
Default
Driver
Assist
Driving
Position
* Not available on all models
Language Selection
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
“Trip A” Reset Timing
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Reverse Alert Tone
Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens *
Turn by Turn Display *
Features
Meter
Forward Collision Warning Distance
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
ACC Display Speed Unit
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Blind Spot Info *
Memory Position Link
Easy Entry/Exit
Continued
361
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
362 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Keyless
Access
Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
Door
Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Auto Folding Door Mirror *
Features
Lighting
Power
Tailgate
Dynamic
Mode
Maintenance Info.
362
* Not available on all models
Door Unlock Mode
Keyless Access Light Flash
Keyless Access Beep
Remote Start System On/Off *
Walk Away Auto Lock
Keyless Open Mode
Power Open By Outer Handle
Preferred Dynamic Mode
Maintenance Reset
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
363 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Clock
Settings
* Not available on all models
Default
AcuraLink Msg Notice
Delete AcuraLink Messages
AcuraLink Subscription Status
Features
AcuraLink
Settings *
Default
Clock/Wallpaper Type
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Auto Time Zone *
Auto Daylight *
Clock Reset
Continued
363
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
364 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
System
Settings
Default
Display
Sync Display Brightness
Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Feedback *
Guidance Volume
Verbal Reminder
Features
Voice
Reco.
Others
Smartphone
Settings
364
* Not available on all models
Voice Prompt
Song By Voice *
Song By Voice Phonetic Modification *
Phonebook Phonetic Modification *
Guidance Volume *
Units *
Language
Operation Restriction Tips *
Header Clock Display
System Device Information *
Factory Data Reset
Default
Apple CarPlay Device List
Android Auto Device List
Smartphone Volume
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
365 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Information Screen
■ List of customizable options
Setup
Group
Customizable Features
Yes/No
Bluetooth
Turns the Bluetooth® on and off.
On*1/Off
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone, or creates a security PIN.
Edit Pairing Code
Edit Speed Dial
Phone
—
2 Phone Setup P. 401
Changes a pairing code.
2 To change the pairing code setting P. 403
Random/Fixed*1
Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
Features
Bluetooth/
Phone
Settings
Selectable Settings
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Bluetooth/Phone Settings group as default.
Default
Bluetooth
Description
—
2 Phone Setup P. 401
Auto Transfer
Sets calls to automatically transfer from your
phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
On*1/Off
Auto Answer
Sets whether to automatically answer an
incoming call after about four seconds.
On/Off*1
*1:Default Setting
Continued
365
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
366 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
Customizable Features
Phone
Features
Bluetooth/
Phone
Settings
Text/Email
*1:Default Setting
366
* Not available on all models
Description
Selectable Settings
Ring Tone
Selects the ring tone.
Fixed/Mobile
Phone*1/Off
Automatic Phone Sync
Sets a phonebook data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
On/Off
Use Contact Photo
Displays a caller’s picture on an incoming call
screen.
On*1/Off
Enable Text/Email
Turns the text/e-mail message function on and
off.
On*1/Off
Select Account
Selects a mail or text message account.
—
New Text/Email Alert
Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the
screen when HFL receives a new text message/Email.
—
Message Auto Reading *
Selects whether the system automatically reads
out messages, and, if selected, whether only
when driving.
On*1/Off
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
367 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
Models
without
cross traffic
monitor
Camera
Settings
Camera
Settings
Description
Selectable Settings
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Camera Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Fixed Guideline
Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the
rear camera monitor.
On*1/Off
Dynamic Guideline
Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come on
the rear camera monitor.
On*1/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Camera Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Fixed Guideline
Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the
rear camera monitor.
On*1/Off
Dynamic Guideline
Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come on
the rear camera monitor.
On*1/Off
Cross Traffic Monitor
Turns the cross traffic monitor feature on and off.
On*1/Off
Rear
Camera
Cross
Traffic
Monitor
Features
Models with
cross traffic
monitor and
multi-view
rear camera
Customizable Features
*1:Default Setting
Continued
367
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
368 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
Customizable Features
Features
Camera
Settings
Surround
View
Camera
*1:Default Setting
368
Selectable Settings
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Camera Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Fixed Guideline
Sets whether to turn on the reference line
display.
On*1/Off
Dynamic Guideline
Sets whether to turn on the projection line
display.
On*1/Off
Auto Show Camera
after Reverse
Sets the rear view to be automatically switched to
the front view when the transmission is out of
(R .
On/Off*1
Default Camera Mode in
Forward
Sets which screen to display when the surround
view camera system is turned on while the
vehicle is moving forward.
(Front Ground
View)*1/Last Used/
(Front Wide View)/
(Side View)
Default Camera Mode in
Reverse
Sets which screen to display when the surround
view camera system is turned on while the
vehicle is reversing.
(Rear Ground
View)*1/Last Used/
(Rear Normal View)/
(Rear Wide View)
Show Camera When
Decelerating
Sets the screen to automatically return to the
camera view at vehicle speeds of 7 mph (12
km/h) or lower.
On/Off*1
Default
Models with
surround
view camera
system
Description
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
369 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
Models with
surround
view camera
system
Camera
Settings
Customizable Features
Surround
View
Camera
Cross
Traffic
Monitor
Description
Clear Parking Guidance
Automatically
Turns the parking guide lines on and off.
Display*2
Adjusts the screen’s preferences.
Cross Traffic Monitor
Turns the cross traffic monitor feature on and off.
Selectable Settings
On*1/Off
—
On*1/Off
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Appears only when frontal camera view is displayed.
Continued
369
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
370 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
Customizable Features
Features
Driver
Assist
*1:Default Setting
370
* Not available on all models
Selectable Settings
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Vehicle Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Forward Collision
Warning Distance
Changes at which distance CMBSTM alerts.
Long/Normal*1/Short
ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep
Causes the system to beep when the system
detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of
the ACC with LSF range.
On/Off*1
ACC Display Speed Unit
Changes the speed unit for ACC with LSF on the
MID.
mph*1/km/h (U.S.)
mph/km/h*1 (Canada)
Road Departure
Mitigation Setting
Changes the setting for the road departure
mitigation system.
Normal*1/Wide/
Warning Only
Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep
Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is
suspended.
On/Off*1
Blind Spot Info *
Changes the setting for the blind spot
information.
Audible And Visual
Alert*1/Visual Alert/
Off
Default
Vehicle
Settings
Description
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
371 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
Description
Selectable Settings
Language Selection
Changes the displayed language on the MID.
English*1/Français/
Español
Adjust Outside Temp.
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few
degrees.
-5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F
(U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C
(Canada)
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A, and
elapsed time A.
When Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually Reset*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B, and
elapsed time B.
When Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually Reset*1
Reverse Alert Tone
Causes the beeper to sound once when the
transmission is put into (R .
On*1/Off
Auto Engine Idle Stop
Guidance Screens *
Selects whether the Auto Idle Stop display comes
on.
On/Off*1
Turn by Turn Display *
Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes
on during the route guidance.
On*1/Off
Meter
Features
Vehicle
Settings
Customizable Features
*1:Default Setting
* Not available on all models
Continued
371
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
372 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
Customizable Features
Features
Keyless
Access
*1:Default Setting
372
* Not available on all models
Selectable Settings
Memory Position Link
Turns the driving position memory system on and
off.
On*1/Off
Easy Entry/Exit
Moves the seat fully rearward and steering wheel
fully up when you get in/get out of the vehicle.
Changes the setting for this feature.
Seat & Steering
Wheel*1/Seat Only/
Steering Wheel
Only/Off
Door Unlock Mode
Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.
Driver’s Door or
Tailgate Only*1/All
Doors
Keyless Access Light
Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.
On*1/Off
Keyless Access Beep
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/
lock the doors.
On*1/Off
Remote Start System
On/Off *
Turns the remote engine start feature on and off.
On*1/Off
Walk Away Auto Lock
Changes the settings for the automatic locking
the doors when you walk away from the vehicle
while carrying the keyless access remote.
On/Off*1
Driving
Position
Vehicle
Settings
Description
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
373 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
Vehicle
Settings
Customizable Features
Lighting
Description
Selectable Settings
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.
60seconds/
30seconds*1/
15seconds
Headlight Auto Off
Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights
stay on after you close the driver’s door.
60seconds/
30seconds/
15seconds*1/
0seconds
Auto Light Sensitivity
Changes the timing for the headlights to come
on.
Max/High/Mid*1/
Low/Min
*1:Default Setting
Continued
Features
Interior Light Dimming
Time
373
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
374 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
Customizable Features
Features
Door
*1:Default Setting
374
* Not available on all models
Selectable Settings
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.
With Vehicle
Speed*1/Shift from P/
Off
Auto Door Unlock
Changes the setting for when the doors unlock
automatically.
All Doors When
Driver’s Door
Opens*1/All Doors
When Shifted to
Park/All Doors When
Ignition Switched
Off/Off
Key And Remote Unlock
Mode
Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to
unlock on the first push of the remote or built-in
key.
Driver Door*1/All
Doors
Keyless Lock Answer
Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On*1/Off
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock
and the security system to set after you unlock
the vehicle without opening any door.
90seconds/
60seconds/
30seconds*1
Auto Folding Door
Mirror *
Changes how you can fold the door mirrors.
Auto Fold With
Keyless*1/Manual
Only
Auto Door Lock
Vehicle
Settings
Description
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
375 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
Customizable Features
Description
Selectable Settings
Changes the keyless setting for when the power
tailgate opens.
Anytime*1/When
Unlocked
Power Open By Outer
Handle
Selects whether to enable the power tailgate
open operation using the tailgate outer handle.
Off (Manual only)/
On (Power/
Manual)*1
Dynamic
Mode
Preferred Dynamic
Mode
Changes the dynamic mode setting for when you
set the power mode to ON.
Last Used*1/Comfort/
Normal/Sport
Maintenance
Info.
Maintenance Reset
Resets the engine oil life display when you have
performed the maintenance service.
—
Power
Tailgate
Vehicle
Settings
Features
Keyless Open Mode
*1:Default Setting
Continued
375
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
376 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
Customizable Features
Default
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
Description
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Clock
Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Changes the clock display type.
Analog/Digital*1/
Small Digital/Off
●
Wallpaper
Selectable Settings
●
●
Changes the wallpaper type.
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.
Blank/Galaxy*1/
Metallic/Options...
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 247
Features
Clock
Settings
Clock Adjustment
—
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 247
Clock Format
Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H.
12H*1/24H
Auto Time Zone *
Sets the audio system to automatically adjust the
clock when driving through different time zones.
On*1/Off
Auto Daylight *
Sets the audio system to automatically adjust the
clock (“spring ahead” or “fall back” by one hour)
when a daylight saving time change occurs.
On*1/Off
Clock Reset
Resets the clock settings to the factory default.
Yes/No
*1:Default Setting
376
Adjusts Clock.
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
377 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
AcuraLink
Settings *
Customizable Features
Description
Selectable Settings
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
AcuraLink Settings group as default.
Yes/No
AcuraLink Msg Notice
Selects whether newly received AcuraLink
messages are to be displayed.
On*1/Off
Delete AcuraLink Message
Deletes AcuraLink messages.
—
AcuraLink Subscription Status
Displays your current AcuraLink subscription
status.
—
Features
*1:Default Setting
* Not available on all models
Continued
377
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
378 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
Customizable Features
Display
Selectable Settings
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
System Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Sync Display Brightness
Selects whether the display brightness
synchronizes with the instrument panel
brightness.
On*1/Off
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the information
screen.
—
Contrast
Changes the contrast of the information screen.
—
Black Level
Changes the black level of the information
screen.
—
Guidance Volume
Changes the volume of the audio speakers.
0~8*1~11
Verbal Reminder
Turns the verbal reminders on and off.
On*1/Off
Default
System
Settings
Description
Features
Feedback *
*1:Default Setting
378
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
379 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
Customizable Features
Description
Selectable Settings
Models without navigation system
Voice Prompt
• Beginner: Explains each option.
• Expert: Turns off voice prompts.
Models with navigation system
Turns the voice prompt on and off.
System
Settings
Voice
Reco.
Song By Voice *
2 Song By VoiceTM (SBV) P. 287
Modifies a voice command for music stored in
the HDD or an iPod.
On*1/Off
On*1/Off
Features
Song By Voice Phonetic
Modification *
Turns the Song By VoiceTM on and off.
Beginner*1/Expert
—
2 Phonetic Modification P. 289
Phonebook Phonetic
Modification *
Modifies a voice command for the phonebook.
Guidance Volume *
Changes the volume of the voice prompt.
2 Phonebook Phonetic Modification * P. 416
—
—
*1:Default Setting
* Not available on all models
Continued
379
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
380 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
System
Settings
Customizable Features
Others
Features
Changes the distance unit on the navigation map
screen.
mile*1/km (U.S.)
mile/km*1 (Canada)
Language
Changes the display language.
English*1/Français/
Español
Operation Restriction
Tips *
Alerts you when manual control of the system is
disabled to prevent distraction while driving. Only
voice commands are available.
On*1/Off
Header Clock Display
Selects whether the clock display comes on.
On*1/Off
System Device
Information *
Displays the system/device information.
—
Resets all the settings to their factory default.
—
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 389
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Smartphone Settings group as default.
Apple CarPlay Device List
Sets up the Apple CarPlay connection.
—
Android Auto Device List
Sets up the Android Auto connection.
—
Smartphone Volume
Adjusts the volume of the smartphone function.
Version
Shows software version of Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto unit.
*1:Default Setting
380
Selectable Settings
Units *
Factory Data Reset
Smartphone
Settings
Description
* Not available on all models
Yes/No
1~8*1~11
—
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
381 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
■ How to customize
While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the power mode in ON, select Audio
Menu, then select a setting item.
Continued
Features
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
381
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
382 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
■ Customization flow
Select Audio Menu.
Edit Source Order
Sound Settings
Features
Bass
Treble
Fader
Balance
Center *
Subwoofer
SVC
DTS Neural Surround *
Edit/Delete HDD
Music *
Audio Settings
SiriusXM
CD/HDD *
382
* Not available on all models
Play the Song from the Beginning
SportsFlash
Traffic & Weather Now Setup
Channel Art
TuneMix
Recording
Recording from CD
Options
Recording Quality
HDD Information
Update Gracenote Album Information
Delete All HDD Data
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
383 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
DVD *
DVD Auto Play
Audio Language
Subtitle Language
Menu Language
Dynamic Range
Other
HD Radio Mode *
Cover Art
Screen Settings
Sync Display Brightness
Features
Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Beep
Keyboard
RES Settings
*
Rear Control
Rear Speaker
Single/Dual Screen Mode *
* Not available on all models
Continued
383
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
384 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
■ List of customizable options
Setup
Group
Customizable Features
Description
Selectable Settings
Changes the order of source list.
Edit Source Order
—
2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 240
Bass
Treble
Fader
Features
Balance
Sound Settings
Center *
Adjusts the settings of the audio speaker’s sound.
—
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 249
Subwoofer
SVC
DTS Neural Surround *
Edit/Delete HDD Music
Change the playlist name, album name, genre,
and track order of the current playlist. You can
also delete tracks, playlists, and albums.
*
—
2 Editing an Album or Playlist P. 277
Audio
Settings
SiriusXM
Play the Song from the
Beginning
*1:Default Setting
384
* Not available on all models
Turns on and off the Tune Start function.
On/Off*1
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
385 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
Customizable Features
Disable/Enable once/
Enable*1
Beep
Causes the system to beep when the sports alert
is notified.
On*1/Off
Favorite
Teams
Selects your favorite sport teams.
—
Traffic & Weather Now
Setup
Selects a city for using the SiriusXM® traffic and
weather information.
—
Channel Art
Turns on and off the channel art display.
On*1/Off
TuneMix
Turns multiple channel mix preset on and off.
On/Off*1
Recording
from CD
Selects whether the songs on music CDs are
automatically recorded to the HDD.
Auto*1/Manual
Recording
Quality
Selects the quality of the music files recorded to
the HDD.
Standard*1/High
Recording
Options
HDD Information
Displays the HDD capacity.
Update Gracenote Album
Information
Updates the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote®
Media Database) from CD or USB.
Delete All HDD Data
2 Deleting all HDD Data P. 283
Features
Turns on and off the sports alert function.
SiriusXM
CD/
HDD *
Selectable Settings
Notification
SportsFlash
Audio
Settings
Description
—
Update by CD/
Update by USB
—
*1:Default Setting
* Not available on all models
Continued
385
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
386 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
Customizable Features
DVD *
Features
Audio
Settings
Selectable Settings
DVD Auto Play
Turns the auto play feature on or off.
Audio Language
Selects a language for the audio that is available
on the DVD.
—
Subtitle Language
Selects a language for the subtitle that is available
on the DVD.
—
Menu Language
Selects a language for the DVD menu that is
available on the DVD.
—
Dynamic Range
Sets whether to control the range of the loud and
low sounds.
On*1/Off
HD Radio Mode *
Selects whether the audio system automatically
switches to the digital radio waves or receives the
analog waves only.
Auto*1/Analog
Cover Art
Turns on and off the cover art display.
On*1/Off
Other
*1:Default Setting
386
Description
* Not available on all models
On*1/Off
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
387 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
Customizable Features
Description
Selectable Settings
Sync Display Brightness
Selects whether the screen brightness
synchronizes with the instruments panel
brightness.
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM.
—
Contrast
Changes the contrast of the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM.
—
Black Level
Changes the black level of the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM.
—
Beep
Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch
the screen.
Off/On*1
Keyboard
Changes the on-screen keyboard from the
alphabetical order to the qwerty type.
Alphabet/QWERTY*1
Screen Settings
Off/On*1
Features
*1:Default Setting
Continued
387
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
388 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized Featuresu
Setup
Group
RES Settings *
Customizable Features
Description
Selectable Settings
Select weather to use the rear control panel to
control the RES.
On*1/Off
Rear Speaker
Sets the front audio source to play through the
rear speakers, even when the RES is on. The RES
source can only be heard through the wireless
headphones.
On*1/Off
Single/Dual Screen Mode *
Selects a source to continue playing when you
switch from dual mode to single mode on the
overhead screen.
Features
Rear Control
*1:Default Setting
388
* Not available on all models
—
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
389 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings
Defaulting All the Settings
* Not available on all models
1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
all settings to default and delete all personal data.
Models with navigation system
Driver 1 and Driver 2 has stored each settings and
personal data separatory.
Perform both Driver 1 and Driver 2 data reset.
The following settings will be reset:
• Routing & Guidance *: Rerouting, Unverified Area
Routing, Traffic Rerouting, Edit Waypoint Search
Area, Guidance Mode, Street Name Guidance
• Route Preference *
• Audio preset settings
• Phonebook entries
• Other display and each item settings
Features
You can reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate
to select Factory Data Reset,
then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Rotate
to select Yes, then press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
5. Rotate
to select Yes, then press
again to reset the settings.
u The confirmation message will appear.
Press
to select OK.
389
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
390 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three
remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or
home security systems.
■ Important Safety Precautions
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that
the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety
information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the
way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
Features
390
When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s
path.
1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage
door opener, confirm that the opener has an external
entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic
eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it
does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
391 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuHomeLink® Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink
Training HomeLink
If it is necessary to erase a previously entered
learned code:
• Press and hold the two outside buttons for
about 20 seconds, until the red indicator
blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to
step 1.
• If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.
Red Indicator
The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but
may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener,
visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800) 355-3515.
Features
Continued
391
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
392 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuHomeLink® Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink
■ Training a Button
1Training HomeLink
Retraining a Button
If you want to retrain a programmed button for a
new device, you do not have to erase all button
memory. You can replace the existing memory code
using this procedure:
1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the
HomeLink button you want to program.
2. Press and release the desired HomeLink button. Hold the button on the remote
transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to
constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds.
NO
YES
Features
3. Press and hold the
programmed HomeLink
button for about a sec.
Does the device (garage
door opener) work?
YES
YES
NO
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button
until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.
NO
Press and release the HomeLink button. Press
and release the button on the remote every 2
secs.
Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from
slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly
blinking? The process should take less than 60
seconds.
4. Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
Training
Complete
HomeLink LED is
constantly on.
5. Press and hold the HomeLink
button again.
The remote-controlled device
should operate.
Training Complete
392
HomeLink indicator rapidly blinks.
A. The remote has a rolling code. Press the
“learn” button on the remote-controlled
device (e.g. garage door opener).
B. Within 30 secs, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.
Standard transmitter
Rolling code transmitter
Indicator remains on
for about 25 secs.
Indicator remains on for
about 25 secs.
2. Quickly release the HomeLink button and follow
steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.” You do not
need to press and release the HomeLink button
again in step 2.
Erasing Codes
To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside
buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink
(about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes
before selling the vehicle.
If you have any problems, see the device’s
instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call
HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.
HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex
Corporation.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
393 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
■ HFL Buttons
Volume up
Pick-up
Button
Voice control tips:
• Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
Interface
Dial
(Pick-up) button: Press to go to the Speed Dial/Call History on the MID or to
answer an incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, to cancel a command or to clear
the phone information on the MID.
(Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands.
PHONE button: Press to go directly to the phone menu screen.
Interface dial (ENTER/MENU button): Rotate
to select an item on the screen,
then press . Move , , or to select secondary menu.
Continued
Features
PHONE
Button
Hang-up/Back Button
Talk Button
Place your phone where you can get good reception.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
• U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
To use HFL, the Bluetooth setting must be On. If
there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay, HFL is
unavailable.
2 Customized Features P. 358
Microphone
Volume down
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
• Press and release the
button when you want to
call a number using a stored voice tag, a
phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and
naturally after a beep.
• If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
• To change the volume level, use the audio system’s
volume knob or the remote audio controls on the
steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
393
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
394 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
■ HFL Status Display
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
The On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Bluetooth® Indicator
Roam Status
Comes on when your phone is
connected to HFL.
Signal Strength
Battery Level
Status
If you receive a call while using the audio system, the
system resumes its operation an after ending the call.
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
Information Screen
Features
1HFL Status Display
HFL Mode
The information that appears on the information
screen varies between phone models.
Caller’s Name or
Caller’s Number
On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM
394
You can change the system language.
2 Customized Features P. 358
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
395 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
■ Limitations for Manual Operation
Certain manual functions are disabled or
inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until
the vehicle is stopped.
Disabled Option
Only previously stored speed dial entries with
voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers
can be called using voice commands while the
vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 413
Features
395
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
396 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetoothcompatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
■ Bluetooth/Phone Settings screen
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
Default
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Bluetooth/Phone Settings group as default.
Features
Bluetooth
Bluetooth
Turns the Bluetooth® on and off.
Connect to
Phone
Connect a phone to use the HFL.
Connect a phone to use the Bluetooth®
audio and smartphone function.
Connect Both Connect the device to use the all
functions of Bluetooth® connection.
Disconnect Disconnect a paired phone from the
system.
Connect to
Audio
(Existing
entry list)
Bluetooth
Device List
396
* Not available on all models
Edit Device
Name *
Edit the user name of a paired phone.
Replace This
Device
Create a security PIN for a paired phone.
Replace a previously paired phone with a
new phone.
Delete This
Device
Delete a previously paired phone.
Edit PIN
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
397 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Add Bluetooth Device
Edit Pairing Code
Pair a phone to the system.
Changes a pairing code.
Delete All
Delete all the previously stored speed dial numbers.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
Import from Select a phone number from the
Phonebook phonebook to store as a speed dial number.
Import from Select a phone number from the call
Call History history to store as a speed dial number.
Manual Input
Phone
Edit Speed
Dial*1
New Entry
●
●
Delete
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Edit a previously stored speed dial number.
Features
Edit
(Existing
entry list)
Change a name * and number.
Create or delete a voice tag.
Delete a previously stored speed dial
number.
Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the
vehicle.
Set whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four
seconds.
Select the ring tone.
Automatic Phone Sync*1 Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to
Use Contact Photo
HFL.
Display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
* Not available on all models
Continued
397
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
398 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Enable Text/Email
Text/Email*1
Select Account
New Text/Email Alert
Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off.
Select a mail or text message account.
Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new
text/e-mail message.
Message Auto Reading * Selects whether the system automatically reads out messages, and, if selected,
whether only when driving.
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
398
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
399 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ Phone Menu screen
Press the PHONE button to display the menu
items.
More Speed Dials
Display another paired phone’s speed dial list.
Manual Input
Speed Dial
*1
Import from
Phonebook
New Entry
(Existing entry list)
All*2
Call History*1
Dialed
Received
Missed
Phonebook*1
Roadside
Assistance *
Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
Features
Import from
Call History
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a
speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the call history to store as a
speed dial number.
Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls.
Display the last 20 outgoing calls.
Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Display the last 20 missed calls.
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
Makes a call to the number for the Roadside Assistance service.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
*2: This function is not available if your phone is not supported.
* Not available on all models
Continued
399
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
400 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Dial*1
Enter a phone number to dial.
Select Account Select a mail or text message account.
Previous
Next
Text/Email*1, *2
Select a message
and press .
Message is
read aloud.
View Full
Message
Features
Read Message
Aloud/Stop
Reading
Messages
Reply
Call
Redial*1
Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
Bluetooth/
Phone Settings Display the Bluetooth/Phone Settings screen.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
*2: This function is not available if your phone is not supported.
400
See the previous message.
See the next message.
Displays the entire message.
System reads received message aloud, or stop message
from being read.
Reply to a received message using one of six fixed
phrases.
Make a call to the sender.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
401 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no
Continued
Phone Pairing Tips:
• You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
• Up to six phones can be paired.
• Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
connected to HFL.
• If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
Features
phone paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate
to select Yes, then press .
3. Make sure your phone is search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Options... and Refresh to search
again.
u If your phone still does not appear, select
Options... to select Device Not Found?
and search for Bluetooth devices using
your phone. From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the
information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone
Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call
history and phonebook automatically imported to
HFL.
2 Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting P. 412
If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay,
pairing of additional Bluetooth-compatible devices is
unavailable.
401
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
402 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ To pair a cell phone (when a phone has
Features
402
already been paired to the system)
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List, then Add
Bluetooth Device.
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Options... and Refresh to search
again.
u If your phone still does not appear, select
Options... to select Device Not Found?
and search for Bluetooth devices using
your phone. From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the
information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
403 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ To change the currently paired phone
1To change the pairing code setting
The pairing code may be six or four digits depending
on your phone.
Features
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Select a phone to connect.
u HFL disconnects the connected phone
and starts searching for another paired
phone.
4. Select Connect to Phone, Connect to
Audio, or Connect Both.
■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Pairing Code.
3. Rotate
to select Fixed or Random,
then press .
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.
Continued
403
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
404 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ To replace an already-paired phone
Features
404
with a new phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate
to select a paired phone you
want to replace, then press .
4. Rotate
to select Replace This Device,
then press .
5. HFL enters the pairing process and searches
a new phone.
u Follow the prompts to pair a new phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone
The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial
entries, and security PIN information from the
previously paired phone.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
405 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ To delete a paired phone
Continued
Features
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate
to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .
4. Rotate
to select Delete This Device,
then press .
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate
to select Yes, then press
.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
405
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
406 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ To Set Up a Text/e-mail Message Option
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message function
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
3. Rotate
to select Enable Text/Email.
4. Press
to select On or Off.
1To Set Up a Text/e-mail Message Option
To use the text/e-mail message function, you need a
Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of
compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special
feature capabilities:
• U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
Some text/e-mail features may not be available
depending on a cellular phone.
Features
406
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message notice
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
3. Rotate
to select New Text/Email
Alert.
4. Press
to select On or Off.
1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new text message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
407 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ To set up the auto reading option *
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
3. Rotate
to select Message Auto
Reading.
4. Press
to select On or Off.
1To set up the auto reading option *
On: A text/e-mail message is always read aloud.
Off: A text/e-mail message is not read aloud.
Features
* Not available on all models
Continued
407
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
408 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ To Create a Security PIN
Features
You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate
to select a phone you want to
add a security PIN to, then press .
4. Rotate
to select Edit PIN, then press .
5. Enter a new four-digit number.
u Select X to delete. Select X of the
Information Screen
right side upper screen, the screen
returns to the previous screen.
6. Select OK to enter the security PIN.
7. Re-enter the four-digit number.
u The screen returns to the screen in step
4.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
408
1To Create a Security PIN
If the phone is already security PIN protected, you
need to enter the current security PIN before clearing
the PIN or creating a new one.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
409 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ Editing User Name *
* Not available on all models
Continued
Features
Edit the user name of a paired phone as
follows:
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate
to select a phone you want to
edit, then press .
4. Rotate
to select Edit Device Name,
then press .
5. Enter a new name of the phone.
u Use the keyboard on the On Demand
Multi-Use DisplayTM to enter the name,
then select OK.
409
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
410 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ Automatic Transferring
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
3. Rotate
to select Auto Transfer.
4. Press
to select On or Off.
Features
■ Auto Answer
You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
3. Rotate
to select Auto Answer.
4. Press
to select On or Off.
410
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
411 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Ring
Tone.
3. Rotate
to select Fixed, Mobile Phone
or Off, then press .
You can display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
3. Rotate
to select Use Contact Photo.
4. Press
to select On or Off.
Continued
Features
■ Use Contact Photo
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker.
Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the
connected cell phone sounds from the speaker.
Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.
411
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
412 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
■ When Automatic Phone Sync is set to
On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to HFL.
■ Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
Features
412
setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Automatic Phone Sync.
3. Rotate
to select On or Off, then press
.
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
Preference
Fax
Home
Car
Mobile
Voice
Work
Other
Pager
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
413 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
Continued
When a voice tag is stored, press the
button to
call the number using the voice tag. Say “Call” and
the voice tag name.
Features
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate
to select Speed Dial, then press
.
u Repeat the procedure to select New
Entry.
3. Rotate
to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
From Import from Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
From Manual Input:
u Input the number manually.
From Import from Phonebook:
u Select a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
4. When the speed dial is successfully stored
from Import from Call History or Import
from Phonebook, you are asked to create
a voice tag for the number. Rotate
to
select Yes or No, then press .
5. Using the
button, follow the prompts to
store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.
413
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
414 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed
Features
dial number
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate
to
select Edit, then press .
4. Rotate
to select Voice Tag, then press
.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate
to
select Record, then press .
Models without navigation system
5. Using the
button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
Models with navigation system
5. Press .
u Using the
button, follow the prompts
to complete the voice tag.
6. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate
to select OK, then
press .
414
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
415 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ To delete a voice tag
Features
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate
to
select Edit, then press .
4. Rotate
to select Voice Tag, then press
.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate
to
select Clear, then press .
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate
to select Yes, then press
.
■ To delete a speed dial
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate
to
select Delete, then press .
4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate
to select Yes, then press
.
Continued
415
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
416 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ Phonebook Phonetic Modification *
Features
416
Add phonetic modifications or a new voice tag to the phone’s contact name so that
it is easier for HFL to recognize voice commands.
■ To add a new voice tag
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings,
then press .
3. Rotate
to select Phonebook
Phonetic Modification, then press .
4. Rotate
to select the phone you want
to add phonetic modification to, then
press .
5. Rotate
to select Options..., then press
.
6. Rotate
to select New Voice Tag, then
press .
* Not available on all models
1Phonebook Phonetic Modification *
You can store up to 20 phonetic modification items.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
417 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
7. Move
or
and rotate
to select a
contact name, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
Continued
Features
8. Rotate
to select Modify, then press
.
9. Press .
u Using the
button, follow the
prompts to complete the voice tag.
10. You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen. Rotate
to select OK,
then press .
11. Rotate
to select Options..., then press
.
12. Rotate
to select OK, then press .
417
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
418 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ To modify a voice tag
Features
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings,
then press .
3. Rotate
to select Phonebook
Phonetic Modification, then press .
4. Rotate
to select the phone you want
to add phonetic modification to, then
press .
5. Rotate
to select a contact name you
want to modify, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
6. Rotate
to select Modify, then press
.
7. Press .
u Using the
button, follow the
prompts to complete the voice tag.
8. You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen. Rotate
to select OK,
then press .
9. Rotate
to select Options..., then press
.
10. Rotate
to select OK, then press .
418
* Not available on all models
1Phonebook Phonetic Modification *
You can only modify or delete contact names for the
currently connected phone.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
419 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ To delete a modified voice tag
Features
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate
to select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification, then press .
4. Rotate
to select the phone you want to
delete phonetic modification, then press
.
5. Rotate
to select a contact name you
want to delete, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
6. Rotate
to select Delete, then press .
u Items to be deleted are indicated with a
trash icon.
7. Rotate
to select Options..., then press
.
8. Rotate
to select OK, then press .
Trash Icon
Continued
419
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
420 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ To delete all modified voice tags
Features
420
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate
to select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification, then press .
4. Rotate
to select the phone you want to
delete phonetic modification, then press
.
5. Rotate
to select Options..., then press
.
6. Rotate
to select Delete All, then press
.
7. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate
to select Yes, then
press .
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
421 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ Making a Call
1Making a Call
You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or
redial.
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name,
or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.
Press the
button and say “Call” and the voice tag
name, “Call by name” and the phonebook name, or
“Call” and the phone number.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
Continued
Features
While there is an active connection with Apple
CarPlay, phone calls cannot be made with
HandsFreeLink® and are only made from Apple
CarPlay.
421
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
422 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ To make a call using the imported
phonebook
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate
to select Phonebook, then
press .
3. Rotate
to select a contact name, then
press .
u The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
4. Rotate
to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
You can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial
number, phonebook name, or number using voice
commands.
2 Speed Dial P. 413
Models with navigation system
You can use the keyboard on the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM for a partial match search.
Features
Models without navigation system
You can use the keyboard on the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM for an alphabetical search.
422
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
423 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate
to select Dial, then press .
3. Select a number.
u Use the keyboard on the On Demand
Multi-Use DisplayTM for entering
numbers.
4. Select
.
■ To make a call using redial
.
Continued
Features
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate
to select Redial, then press
u Dialing starts automatically.
423
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
424 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by All*1, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate
to select Call History, then
press .
3. Move
or
to select All*1, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
4. Rotate
to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
Features
On MID
Steering switches
1. Press the
button.
2. Move the left selector wheel right to select
Call History.
3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a
number.
4. Push the left selector wheel or the
button.
u Dialing starts automatically.
*1: This function may not be available depending on a cellular phone.
424
1To make a call using the call history
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)
These icons next to the number indicate the
following:
: Dialed calls.
: Received calls.
: Missed calls.
Steering switches
The call history displays the last 12 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
425 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate
to select Speed Dial, then press
.
3. Rotate
to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
On MID
Steering switches
Continued
Rotate
to select More Speed Dials to view
another paired phone’s speed dial list. You can make
a call from that list using the currently connected
phone.
When a voice tag is stored, press the
call the number using the voice tag.
2 Speed Dial P. 413
button to
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name
or number can be dialed by voice from any screen.
Press the
button and follow the prompts.
Steering switches
The speed dial displays the 20 speed dial entries.
Features
1. Press the
button.
2. Move the left selector wheel left to select
Speed Dial.
3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a
number.
4. Push the left selector wheel or the
button.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
425
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
426 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ Receiving a Call
Information Screen
1Receiving a Call
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming Call screen appears.
Press the
Press the
call.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Features
426
button to answer the call.
button to decline or end the
Call Waiting
Press the
button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the
button again to return to the current
call.
Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer
it.
Press the
button if you want to hang up the
current call.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
427 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
The following options are available during a call.
Information Screen
Information Screen
Phone Call Active - Transfer to Mobile:
Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Mute Icon
Features
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer to Mobile: Transfer a call from HFL
to your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call.
This is useful when you call a menu-driven
phone system.
The available options are shown on the On
Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
Select the option.
u The Mute icon is checked when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
Continued
427
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
428 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
Features
428
HFL can display newly received text and e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most
recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be
read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text or e-mail message.
2. Rotate
to select Read to listen to the
message, then press .
u The text or e-mail message is displayed.
The system automatically starts reading
out the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, press
.
1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text and e-mail messages.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/
e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail
message feature when conditions allow you to do so
safely.
When you receive a text or e-mail message for the
first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are
asked to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to
On.
2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail message
notice P. 406
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
429 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ Selecting a Mail Account
1Selecting a Mail Account
If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to
be active and receive notifications.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate
to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Select
Account.
3. Rotate
to select Text Messages or an
e-mail account you want, then press .
You can also select a mail account from the folder list
screen or the message list screen.
Rotate
to select Select Account, then press .
Features
You can only receive notifications from one text
message or mail account at a time.
Continued
429
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
430 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ Displaying Messages
Message List
Features
430
Text Message
1Displaying Messages
■ Displaying text messages
The
icon appears next to an unread message.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate
to select Text/Email, then press
.
u Select account if necessary.
3. Rotate
to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
4. Rotate
to select View Full Message.
5. Press
to displays the full text of the
message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message
will also be deleted from the system. If you send a
message from the system, the message goes to your
phone’s outbox.
To see the previous or next message, move
on the text message screen.
or
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
431 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Folder List
Message List
■ Displaying e-mail messages
1Displaying e-mail messages
Received text and e-mail messages may appear in the
message list screen at the same time. In this case, text
messages are titled No Subject.
Features
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate
to select Text/Email, then press
.
3. Rotate
to select a folder, then press .
4. Rotate
to select a message, then press
.
u The e-mail is displayed. The system
automatically starts reading the message
aloud.
5. Rotate
to select View Full Message.
6. Press
to displays the full text of the
message.
E-mail
Message
Continued
431
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
432 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ Read or stop reading a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 430
2. Rotate
to select Stop Reading
Messages.
3. Press
to stop reading.
Press
again to start reading the message
from the beginning.
■ Reply to a message
Features
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 430
2. Rotate
to select Reply, then press .
3. Rotate
to select the reply message, then
press .
u Message sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully
sent.
432
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
• Talk to you later, I’m driving.
• I’m on my way.
• I’m running late.
• OK
• Yes
• No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
Only certain phones receive and send messages when
paired and connected. For a list of compatible
phones:
• U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
433 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ Making a call to a sender
1. Go to the text message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying text messages P. 430
2. Rotate
to select Call, then press
.
Features
Continued
433
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
434 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
■ Roadside Assistance *
Provides a nationwide service for unexpected incidents. You can call for assistance
using a phone paired and connected to Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate
to select Roadside Assistance,
then press .
3. Rotate
to select a phone number, then
press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
Features
434
* Not available on all models
1Roadside Assistance *
If you are subscribed to a paid AcuraLink package,
you can call roadside assistance using the LINK
button instead of your phone.
2 AcuraLink® * P. 435
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
435 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
AcuraLink® *
Is a subscription-based service that provides convenient features such as voice
communication in case of emergency, online security, one-on-one operator
assistance, and the transmission of important messages regarding your vehicle’s
status.
Canadian models
For information on traffic rerouting and traffic information updates, provided by the
AcuraLink server, see the Navigation System Manual.
■ In Case of Emergency
To subscribe to AcuraLink, or to get more
information about all of its features, contact an Acura
dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or
www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada).
If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit
detects that the vehicle is severely impacted,
your vehicle will automatically attempt to
connect to the AcuraLink operator. Once
connected, information about your vehicle, its
positioning, and its condition will be sent to
the operator; you also can speak to the
operator when connected.
Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the operator
if the battery level is low, the line is disconnected, or you
do not have adequate cellular coverage.
You cannot use emergency services when:
• You travel outside the AcuraLink service coverage
areas.
• There is a problem with the connecting devices,
such as the ASSIST button, microphone, speakers,
or the unit itself.
• You are not subscribed to the service or your
subscription is no longer valid.
Features
Information screen
AcuraLink also provides services you can operate
from the Internet or your smartphone.
1In Case of Emergency
■ Automatic collision notification
When connected to the AcuraLink
operator:
1AcuraLink® *
You cannot operate other navigation or phone
related functions using the screens while talking to
the operator.
Only the operator can terminate the connection to
your vehicle.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
1Automatic collision notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
repeatedly tries until it succeeds.
* Not available on all models
Continued
435
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
436 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAcuraLink® * u
■ Manual operator connection
ASSIST Button
Features
436
1Manual operator connection
If you need to talk to the AcuraLink operator
in an emergency situation, you can manually
connect to them by pressing the ASSIST
button with the power mode in ACCESSORY
or ON.
1. Open the cover attached to the ceiling
console.
2. Press the ASSIST button.
u You are connected to the AcuraLink
operator.
Do not press the button while driving. When you
need to contact the operator, park the vehicle in a
safe place.
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
automatically cancels the action after three minutes.
In an emergency, the cover can be broken through to
press the ASSIST button.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
437 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAcuraLink® * u
■ Security Features
1Security Features
Your subscribed telematics service provider can track your vehicle’s location,
remotely lock or unlock doors, and help you find your vehicle.
To use these features, you need your user ID and personal identification number
(PIN).
■ Stolen vehicle tracking
This feature searches and tracks down your vehicle position even if it is on the move.
If you believe that your vehicle has been stolen, contact the police as well as the
provider.
The contact information of your provider, your user
ID and PIN will be given when you subscribe to
AcuraLink. If you forget any of the above, contact a
dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or
www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada).
You can also activate the remote door lock/unlock
and vehicle finder features from the Internet or using
your smartphone app. Ask a dealer, or visit
owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/
acuralink (Canada) for details.
The provider can remotely lock or unlock doors upon your request.
■ Vehicle finder
1Vehicle finder
This feature is convenient to use when trying to locate your vehicle in large areas,
such as a crowded parking lot. If you cannot locate your vehicle after using the
remote transmitter’s answerback function, you can contact the provider which can
then flash your vehicle’s exterior lights and sound the horn.
■ Security alarm notification
If the security system in your vehicle detects an abnormal condition, such as
someone tampering with the lock on your vehicle, the provider notifies you by your
preferred method.
Continued
Features
■ Remote door lock/unlock
The lights will stop flashing and horn will stop
sounding under the following conditions:
• When 30 seconds have elapsed.
• You unlock the doors using the remote transmitter.
• You unlock the doors using the keyless access
system.
• You unlock the doors using the built-in key.
• The power mode is set to ACCESSORY or ON.
437
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
438 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAcuraLink® * u
■ Operator Assistance
1Operator Assistance
Connect to the AcuraLink operator when trying to find a destination or for roadside
assistance.
1. Press the LINK button.
u Connection to the operator begins.
LINK Button
Features
438
2. Talk to the operator.
u To disconnect, select End Call or press
the
(Hang-up/back) button on the
steering wheel.
Remain attentive to road conditions and driving
during operator assistance.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
439 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAcuraLink® * u
■ AcuraLink Message
Message Icon
1AcuraLink Message
AcuraLink sends you messages on vehicle
features, safety and emissions recall
campaigns, maintenance reminders, and
diagnostic information.
When you receive a new message, an icon
appears on the information screen.
■ Message category
Messages may not appear immediately after your
vehicle purchase. It can take several days for your
dealer to register your vehicle’s ID.
If an icon includes an exclamation point, it indicates
that Acura gives high priority to this message
compared to the one without.
•
: An unread message with high priority
•
: An unread message
1Message category
Message categories can be added, edited, or deleted
through broadcast messages from Acura.
You can call your dealer, find the nearest dealer, or
schedule appointments from the message options in
Maintenance Minder, Recalls/Campaigns, and
Diagnostic Information.
2 Message Options P. 440
Features
There are six message categories.
• Feature Guide: Appears for the first 30 days of ownership, introducing vehicle
features each day.
• Quick Tips: Supplements your Owner’s Manual with updated vehicle
information.
• Diagnostic Information: Appears when a warning indicator or message comes
on.
Rotate
to select Check Later or Check Now.
u Selecting Check Now lets you know if you should see a dealer immediately or
later in accordance with the warning severity level.
• Scheduled Dealer Appointment: An appointment made through the Acura
server or Acura Owners website can be rescheduled or canceled from this option.
2 P. 441
• Maintenance Minder: Lets you know which maintenance item is due along with
a reminder message.
• Recalls/Campaigns: Reminds you of a recall or important safety information.
You should also be notified by mail.
Continued
439
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
440 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAcuraLink® * u
■ Reading a message
Features
440
1Reading a message
1. Press the INFO button or press , follow
the message on the information screen.
2. Rotate
to select AcuraLink/Messages,
then press .
u AcuraLink messages appears.
3. Rotate
to select a category, then press
.
u If there are unread messages in a
category, a message icon appears next to
that category.
4. Rotate
to select a message you want to
read, then press .
■ Message Options
While a message is displayed, you can use options to take immediate action to the
message.
Available options are:
• Read Messages Aloud: Reads the message aloud. Select Stop Reading
Messages to cancel it.
• View Full Message: Displays the entire message.
• Phone number: Dials a number displayed in the message via HFL.
• Delete: Deletes the displayed message.
• Call Your Dealer: Calls your Acura dealer using HFL.
• Find Acura Dealer: Searches for the nearest Acura dealer.
• Roadside Assistance: Makes a call to the number for the Roadside Assistance
service.
• Schedule Dealer Appoi…: Automatically sets an appointment date at your
dealer.
If there is no message listed on the menu, each
category items are grayed out and cannot be
selected.
The message icon disappears once you read the
message.
However, the exclamation mark that indicates that
the message has a high priority remains.
• : A read message with high priority.
1Message Options
The available options vary by message category.
You can delete all messages in a category at once.
2 Customized Features P. 358
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
441 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAcuraLink® * u
■ Dealer Appointments
1Dealer Appointments
You can confirm the scheduled appointment date when you receive a
Maintenance Minder, Recalls/Campaigns, or Diagnostic Information
message, or reschedule any existing appointments.
1. Select a Maintenance Minder, Recalls/Campaigns, Diagnostic Information,
or Scheduled Dealer Appointment message.
2. Rotate
to select Schedule Dealer Appoi… or Reschedule Appoint…
(depending on the screen). Press .
u A suggested time and date are displayed.
3. Rotate
to select Confirm Appointment. Press
to accept the time and
date.
4. Press
to select OK.
To set up an automated dealer appointment when a
regular maintenance is due, visit the Acura Owners
website at owners.acura.com (U.S.) or
www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada), and set
the required option. A reminder message will be sent
as the date for the dealer appointment approaches. A
reminder message will also be sent if you schedule an
appointment online using Schedule Service
Appointment function.
If you are not satisfied with the proposed
appointment date and time, call your dealer directly.
Continued
Features
To cancel the scheduled appointment, select Cancel
Appointment when a message is displayed.
441
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
442 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAcuraLink® * u
■ AcuraLink Subscription Status
You can confirm your AcuraLink subscription status.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
Signal Strength
2. Rotate
to select AcuraLink Settings,
then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
AcuraLink Subscription Status.
Features
Item
Current Contract
Service
Subscription
Status
442
Information
You can check the signal strength.
The AcuraLink subscription number and subscription level is
displayed.
You can confirm the type of service.
You can confirm the expiration date.
The following message can be displayed:
● Check Antenna: There is a problem with the AcuraLink
antenna. Contact a dealer.
● No Signal: Signal is not received.
● No data: The signal is received, but some error has occurred
in the system.
● OK: The system is receiving the signal or traffic data *.
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
443 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Compass *
When you set the power mode to ON, the compass self-calibrates, and the compass
display appears.
Compass Calibration
* Not available on all models
Compass operation can be affected under the
following conditions:
• Driving near power lines or stations
• Crossing a bridge
• Passing a large vehicle, or driving near a large
object that can cause a magnetic disturbance
• When accessories such as antennas and roof racks
are mounted by magnets
1Compass Calibration
Calibrate the compass in an open area.
While setting the compass, press the BACK button to
cancel the setting mode and return to the previous
screen.
Features
If the compass indicates the wrong direction, or the CAL indicator blinks, you need
to manually calibrate the system.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. On the top screen of any source, press and hold
for five seconds.
u The display switches to the Compass Settings screen.
3. Rotate
to select Calibration, then press .
4. When the display changes to Calibration Start, press .
5. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles.
u The compass starts to show a direction after the calibration. The CAL indicator
goes off.
1Compass *
Models with navigation system
Models with navigation self-calibrate using GPS. The
compass in the MID and the direction arrow on the
map screen (when Heading-Up view selected) may
not be in sync when first starting the vehicle, but
should correct themselves as you drive.
If the compass in the MID continues to indicate an
incorrect direction, please see your Acura dealer.
443
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
444 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCompass * uCompass Zone Selection
Compass Zone Selection
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. On the top screen of any source, press and hold
for five seconds.
u The display switches to the Compass Settings screen.
3. Rotate
to select Zone Adjust, then press .
u The display shows the current zone number the system is set to.
4. To change the zone, rotate
to select the zone number of your area (See Zone
Map), then press .
Zone Map
2
15
Features
14
3
13
4
12
5
6
Guam Island: Zone 8
Puerto Rico: Zone 11
444
7 8
9
10 11
1Compass Zone Selection
The zone selection is done to compensate the
variation between magnetic north and true north.
If the calibration starts while the audio system is in
use, the display returns to normal after the calibration
is completed.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
445 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Driving
This chapter discusses driving and refueling.
Before Driving................................... 446
Towing a Trailer................................ 452
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ..... 463
When Driving
Starting the Engine .......................... 465
Automatic Transmission ................... 471
Shifting ............................................ 472
Auto Idle Stop * ................................ 480
Integrated Dynamics System............. 486
Front Sensor Camera ....................... 487
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) ............................. 489
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)
System ........................................504
* Not available on all models
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .. 509
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System ............. 517
Agile Handling Assist ....................... 519
Blind spot information (BSI) System *....520
Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SHAWD®) * ......................................... 523
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
with Tire Fill Assist.......................... 524
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation ......... 526
Braking
Brake System ................................... 528
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 534
Brake Assist System ......................... 535
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) ....................................... 536
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped ................................ 545
Parking Sensor System * ................... 547
Cross Traffic Monitor * ..................... 551
Multi-View Rear Camera * ................ 556
Surround View Camera System * ..... 558
Refueling
Fuel Information .............................. 568
How to Refuel ................................. 569
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions.... 571
445
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
446 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.
■ Exterior Checks
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tires are in good condition.
u Check air pressure, and check for damage and excessive wear.
Driving
446
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 602
• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
u There are blind spots from the inside.
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE
When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
fire. If you’ve parked your vehicle for an extended
period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover
flammable materials after you or someone else has
performed maintenance on your vehicle.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
447 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
■ Interior Checks
1Interior Checks
• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 449
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 151
• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.
Driving
• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the tailgate.
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have
the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified
technician.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 192
2 Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 198
• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 188
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 189
Continued
447
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
448 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 36
• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 78
Driving
448
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
449 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Maximum Load Limit
Models with bench seat
1Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 1,173 lbs (532 kg).
3 WARNING
Models with captain seat
The maximum load for your vehicle is 1,005 lbs (456 kg).
See the Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s
doorjamb.
Label Example
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit (1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
Continued
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 672
Driving
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue
load.
2 Specifications P. 672
449
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
450 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs.
(1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
Driving
450
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
451 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load
1,173 lbs
(532 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
873 lbs
(396 kg)
Max Load
1,173 lbs
(532 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
423 lbs
(192 kg)
Example2
Driving
451
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
452 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Towing a Trailer
Towing Preparation
■ Towing Load Limits
1Towing Load Limits
Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper
equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving.
■ Total trailer weight
Do not exceed the maximum allowable
weight of the trailer, cargo, and everything in
or on it shown in the table.
Towing loads in excess of this can seriously
affect vehicle handling and performance and
can damage the engine and drivetrain.
Total Load
Driving
Number of
occupants
2
3
4
5
6
7
AWD models with
ATF cooler
5,000 lbs (2,268 kg)
4,750 lbs (2,155 kg)
4,500 lbs (2,041 kg)
4,250 lbs (1,928 kg)
4,000 lbs (1,814 kg)
AWD models
2WD models
without ATF cooler
3,500 lbs (1,588 kg) 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg)
3,250 lbs (1,474 kg) 3,250 lbs (1,474 kg)
3,000 lbs (1,361 kg) 3,000 lbs (1,361 kg)
2,750 lbs (1,247 kg) 2,750 lbs (1,247 kg)
2,500 lbs (1,134 kg) 2,500 lbs (1,134 kg)
Towing not recommended
Each weight limit is calculated based on the following conditions:
• Occupants fill seats from the front of the vehicle to the back
• Each occupant weights 150 lbs (68 kg)
• Each occupant has 15 lbs (7 kg) of cargo in the cargo area
Any additional weight, cargo or accessories reduce the maximum trailer weight and
maximum tongue load.
452
3 WARNING
Exceeding any load limit or improperly
loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a
crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Check the loading of your vehicle and
trailer carefully before starting to drive.
Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale.
If a public scale is not available, add the estimated
weight of your cargo load to the weight of your
trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and then
measure the tongue load with an appropriate scale or
tongue gauge or estimate it based on cargo
distribution.
Refer to the trailer owner’s manual for additional
information.
Break-in Period
Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicle’s first 600
miles (1,000 km).
Never exceed the gross weight ratings.
Gross weight information
2 Vehicle Specifications P. 672
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
453 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
■ Tongue load
The weight of the tongue with a fully loaded
trailer on the hitch should be approximately:
Boat trailers: 5 – 15% of the total trailer
weight
Other trailers: 10 – 15% of total trailer weight
Tongue Load
Load
Tongue
AWD models with or without
2WD models
ATF cooler
500 lbs (227 kg)
350 lbs (159 kg)
475 lbs (215 kg)
325 lbs (147 kg)
380 lbs (172 kg)
300 lbs (136 kg)
290 lbs (132 kg)
260 lbs (118 kg)
165 lbs (75 kg)
140 lbs (63 kg)
Towing not recommended
Driving
Number of
occupants
2
3
4
5
6
7
Continued
453
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
454 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
■ To estimate the tongue load
Excessive tongue load reduces front tire traction and steering control. Too little
tongue load can make the trailer unstable and cause it to sway.
You can estimate the tongue load by measuring the trailer hitch height from the
ground in the following steps:
1. Park the vehicle on level ground.
2. Measure the distance between the ground and the bottom of the trailer hitch.
3. Connect the fully loaded trailer to the hitch.
4. Measure the distance between the ground and the bottom of the trailer hitch
again.
5. Subtract the second measurement from the first measurement, then refer to the
following table.
Driving
If the difference is
1 inches (2.5 cm)
1 1/2 inches (3.8 cm)
2 inches (5.1 cm)
2 3/8 inches (6.0 cm)
2 5/8 inches (6.7 cm)
AWD models
2WD models
150 lbs (68 kg)
250 lbs (114 kg)
350 lbs (159 kg)
450 lbs (205 kg)
—
500 lbs (227 kg)
—
If the difference becomes more than indicated in the table, distribute the load or
remove cargo as needed.
454
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
455 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
■ How to weigh the trailer loads using the public scale
1How to weigh the trailer loads using the public scale
Check each weight in the order indicated as shown.
Refer to the table on the right for each weight’s limit except for the tongue load.
2 Tongue load P. 453
1. Front gross axle weight.
4. Gross combined weight.
2. Gross vehicle weight.
3. Rear gross axle weight.
5. Hitched trailer weight.
6. Unhitched trailer weight.
Continued
Weight limit for 2WD models
2,811 lbs
Front gross axle
(1,275 kg)
5,368 lbs
Gross vehicle
(2,435 kg)
2,734 lbs
Rear gross axle
(1,240 kg)
8,036 lbs
Gross combined
(3,645 kg)
AWD models
2,910 lbs
(1,320 kg)
5,677 lbs
(2,575 kg)
2,965 lbs
(1,345 kg)
9,833 lbs
(4,460 kg)
If a public scale is not available, add the estimated
weight of your cargo load to the weight of your
trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and then
measure the tongue load with an appropriate scale or
tongue gauge or estimate it based on cargo
distribution.
Driving
• If you cannot weigh the rear axle, subtract 1 from 2.
• The maximum gross combined weight (4) decreases by 2% for every 1,000 feet
(305 meters) of elevation.
• To calculate the tongue load, subtract 5 from 6.
• Refer to the trailer owner’s manual for additional information.
Fully load the vehicle and trailer. An attendant who
watches the scale is needed as all occupants should
stay in the vehicle.
455
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
456 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
■ Towing Equipment and Accessories
Towing generally requires a variety of supplemental equipment.
To ensure the best quality, we recommend that you purchase Acura equipment
whenever possible.
1Towing Equipment and Accessories
Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and
maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/
territory, and local regulations.
Consult your trailer maker for proper installation and
setup of the equipment.
Improper installation and setup can affect the
handling, stability, and braking performance of your
vehicle.
Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other
items are recommended or required for your towing
situation.
Driving
456
The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type
and brand. If a connector is required, it should only
be installed by a qualified technician.
Trailer packages and products:
• Ball mount, hitch plug, hitch pin etc.
• Wiring harness kit
• Trailer hitch kit (jumper harness included)
2 Trailer brakes P. 457
Are available at a dealer.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
457 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
■ Trailer brakes
1Trailer brakes
Recommended for any trailer with a total weight of 1,000 lbs (450 kg) or more:
There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are
common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet.
If you choose electric brakes, be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not
attempt to attach trailer brakes to your vehicle’s hydraulic system, as it will lower
braking effectiveness and create a potential hazard.
The 4-pin gray connector installed in your vehicle has all of the circuits required to
install most electric trailer brake controllers.
Have a qualified mechanic install your trailer
Trailer brake controller
connector’s terminals:
brake controller following the trailer brake
controller manufacturer’s instructions. Failure
Electric Brake
Brake
to properly install the trailer brake controller
(Light Green) (20A) (Green)
may increase the distance it takes for you to
stop your vehicle when towing a trailer.
Driving
Ground
(Brown)
The 4-pin gray connector is located under the left
side instrument panel.
Stop
(Violet)
Continued
457
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
458 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
■ Trailer light
1Trailer light
Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and
local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the
requirements in the area where you plan to tow.
Pins’ wiring color codes and their purposes:
+B Trailer Charge
+B Trailer Back Light
Right Turn Signal
+B Trailer Hazard Light
+B ELEC Brake
+B Trailer Hazard Light
Stop Light
Back Light
IG2 HAC
+B Trailer Small
Left Turn Signal
Driving
We recommend that you have a dealer install a Acura wiring harness and converter.
They are designed for your vehicle.
■ Hitches
Read the trailer manufacturer’s instructions, and select the appropriate draw bar for
the height of the trailer you will be towing.
■ Weight distribution hitches
Your vehicle is designed to tow without the need for a load distributing hitch. If you
wish to use one, please consult your trailer maker for proper installation and set-up.
Improper set-up could degrade the handling, stability, and braking performance of
your vehicle.
458
The trailer lighting connector is located behind the
left side panel in the cargo area.
Even if you are planning to use the non-Acura trailer
lighting harness and converter, ask a dealer for the
correct connector and pins.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
459 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
■ Safety chains
Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the
trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
■ Sway control
This device can be used if your trailer tends to sway. Your trailer maker can tell you
what kind of sway control you need and how to install it. Improper installation could
degrade the handling and stability of your vehicle.
■ Trailer mirrors
Many states, provinces and territories require special exterior mirrors when towing a
trailer. Install special mirrors whenever you cannot clearly see behind you, or if the
trailer creates a blind spot.
■ Automatic transmission cooler *
* Not available on all models
Driving
AWD models
An additional ATF (automatic transmission fluid) cooler is required to keep the
transmission from overheating when towing more than 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg). You
can get the additional ATF cooler at a dealer.
459
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
460 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuTowing a TraileruTrailer Stability Assist
Trailer Stability Assist
Helps to stabilize the vehicle and trailer when the trailer severely sways.
■ How trailer stability assist works
When the vehicle and trailer become unstable while driving, trailer stability assist
determines the cause. If the trailer oscillation is detected as the cause, and the
swaying increases, the system applies the brakes or controls engine output to reduce
vehicle speed.
Both the vehicle and trailer brake lights come on automatically if you brake to
reduce vehicle speed.
1Trailer Stability Assist
Trailer stability assist is not a function that prevents
the vehicle and trailer from swaying. Avoid high
speeds, abrupt steering, improper trailer load, and
sudden braking to keep the trailer from swaying.
When swayed too severely, the system becomes
ineffective, and you may lose control of your vehicle,
causing the trailer to roll over or get damaged.
2 Driving Safely with a Trailer P. 461
Trailer towing sway is caused by:
• Crosswinds
• Improper towbar down load
• Excessive Speed
Driving
460
The VSA® system indicator blinks during the trailer
stability assist operation.
2 VSA® Operation P. 517
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
461 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuTowing a TraileruDriving Safely with a Trailer
Driving Safely with a Trailer
■ Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer
1Driving Safely with a Trailer
• Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition.
• Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits.
Parking
In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel
chocks at each of the trailer’s tires.
2 Towing Load Limits P. 452
• When towing more than 3,500 lbs (1,590 kg), use of gasoline with a pump
octane number of 91 or higher is recommended.
u Towing performance can be affected by high altitude, high temperature, or
steep uphill.
• Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer.
• Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while
driving.
• Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly.
• Check the pressures of the trailer tires, including the spare.
Models with Auto Idle Stop
Driving
• Turn off Auto Idle Stop system using Auto Idle Stop OFF button. The trailer
weight can affect your vehicle’s brake effectiveness if Auto Idle Stop is activated
on a hill while towing a trailer.
■ Towing Speeds and Gears
1Towing Speeds and Gears
When towing a fixed-sided trailer (e.g., camper), do
not exceed 55 mph (88 km/h).
At higher speeds, the trailer may sway or affect
vehicle handling.
• Drive slower than normal.
• Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailers.
• Use the (D position when towing a trailer on level roads.
Continued
461
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
462 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle
■ Turning and Braking
• Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal.
• Allow more time and distance for braking.
• Do not brake or turn suddenly.
■ Driving in Hilly Terrain
• Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the red (Hot) mark, turn off the
climate control system and reduce speed. Pull to the side of the road safely to cool
down the engine if necessary.
• Change the gear position to (S position if the transmission shifts frequently.
■ Retrieving a Boat
Driving
If the vehicle tires slip when retrieving a boat from the water, keep the transmission
in (D and do not use the sequential shift mode in (S . This prevents damage to the
transmission.
Towing Your Vehicle
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 666
462
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
463 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
General Information
Your vehicle has been designed primarily for use on pavement, however, its higher
ground clearance allows you to occasionally travel on unpaved roads. It is not
designed for trail-blazing, or other challenging off-road activities.
If you decide to drive on unpaved roads, you will find that it requires somewhat
different driving skills and that your vehicle will handle somewhat differently than it
does on pavement. Pay attention to the precautions and tips in this section, and get
acquainted with your vehicle before leaving the pavement.
Important Safety Precautions
To avoid loss of control or rollover, be sure to follow all precautions and
recommendations:
• Be sure to store cargo properly and do not exceed your cargo load limits.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 449
3 WARNING
Improperly operating this vehicle on or off
pavement can cause a crash or rollover in
which you and your passengers could be
seriously injured or killed.
• Follow all instructions and guidelines in
this owner’s manual.
• Keep your speed low, and don’t drive
faster than conditions permit.
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 30
2 Precautions While Driving P. 470
Driving
• Whenever you drive, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.
• Keep your speed low, and never go faster than the conditions allow.
• It’s up to you to continually assess the situation and drive within the limits.
1Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
Spinning the tires can also damage the SH-AWD®
system.
463
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
464 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOff-Highway Driving GuidelinesuAvoiding Trouble
Avoiding Trouble
Driving
464
• Check Out Your Vehicle before you leave the pavement and make sure that all
scheduled maintenance has been completed. Pay special attention to the
condition of the tires, and check the tire pressures.
• Remember the route you choose presents limits (too steep or bumpy), you have
limits (driving skill and comfort), and your vehicle has limits (traction, stability, and
power). Failing to recognize these limits will likely put you and your passengers in
a hazardous situation.
• Accelerating and Braking should be done slowly and gradually. Trying to start
or stop too fast can cause a loss of traction and you could lose control.
• Avoiding Obstacles and Debris in the road reduces the likelihood of a rollover
or damage to your suspension or other components.
• Driving on Slopes increases your risk of a rollover, particularly if you attempt to
drive across a slope that is too steep. Going straight up or down a slope is usually
the safest. If you can’t clearly see all conditions or obstacles on a slope, walk it
before you drive it. If there is any doubt whether you can safely pass, don’t try it.
Find another route. If you get stuck when climbing, do not try to turn around.
Back down slowly following the same route you took up the hill.
• Crossing a Stream - Avoid driving through deep water. If you encounter water
in your route (a small stream or large puddle, for example), evaluate it carefully
before going ahead. Make sure it is shallow, flowing slowly, and has firm ground
underneath. If you are not sure of the depth or the ground, turn around and find
another route. Driving through deep water can also damage your vehicle. The
water can get into the transmission and differential, diluting the lubricant and
causing an eventual failure. It can also wash the grease out of the wheel bearings.
• If You Get Stuck, carefully go in the direction that you think will get you
unstuck. Do not spin the tires as this will only make things worse and could
damage the transmission. If you are unable to free yourself, your vehicle will need
to be towed. Front and rear tow hooks are provided for this purpose.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
465 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
When Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
u The electric parking brake indicator
comes on for 15 seconds when you press
the electric parking brake switch.
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, climate control
system, and rear defogger in order to reduce battery drain.
Electric Parking Brake Switch
2. Depress the brake pedal.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater and transmission clutch
actuator heater will improve starting and warming of
the engine. Consult a dealer for details.
Brake Pedal
3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
without depressing the accelerator pedal.
The engine will crank until it starts.
Continued
Driving
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
Bring the keyless access remote close to the ENGINE
START/STOP button if the battery in the keyless
access remote is weak.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak P. 647
The engine may not start if the keyless access remote
is subjected to strong radio waves.
Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to
start the engine.
If the engine does not start, wait at least 30 seconds
before trying again.
465
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
466 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
■ Stopping the Engine
You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped.
1. Put the transmission into (P .
2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button with your foot on the brake pedal.
Driving
466
1Starting the Engine
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft.
If an improperly coded device is used, the engine’s
fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 163
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
467 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
■ Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback *
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback *
You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote from
extended distances.
■ To start the engine
WARNING: Carbon monoxide gas is toxic and can
rapidly accumulate in closed or even partly enclosed
areas.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill
you.
Press the
button, then
press and hold the
button. Go within the range,
and try again.
Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Red LED: Blinks when the
remote is out of the keyless
access system range.
The engine runs for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle.
To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the
button, then press and hold the
button.
u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute
extension request was transmitted successfully.
After pressing the (lock) button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that
the all the doors and the tailgate are locked.
* Not available on all models
Continued
If there are buildings and obstacles between your
vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced.
This distance may vary by external electrical
interference.
The engine may not start by the remote engine start
if:
• You have disabled a remote engine start setting
using the multi-information display (MID).
• The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
• The transmission is in a position other than (P .
• The hood is open, or any door or the tailgate is
unlocked.
• You have already used the remote twice to start
the engine.
Driving
Remote Engine Start run timer extension
The engine runs for another 10 minutes from the
time of extension request. The max engine run time is
20 minutes, if the extension request is made after 10
minutes of first engine run.
Continues to blink
during a vehicle
self check until the
engine starts.
Green LED: Comes on while
the engine is running.
Never use the remote engine starter with the vehicle
parked in a garage or other areas with limited
ventilation.
467
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
468 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
■ To stop the engine
Press and hold the
for one second.
Amber LED: Blinks when any
button is pressed.
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback *
button
Red LED:
Comes on for one second to let you
know that the engine has stopped.
●
●
Blinks when the remote is out of
the keyless access system range.
The engine will not stop.
• Another registered keyless access remote is in the
vehicle.
• There is any antenna failure.
• Door is unlocked with the built-in key.
• The engine oil pressure is low.
• The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
• The telematics unit malfunctions.
• The security system alarm is not set.
Before starting the engine, make sure to check the
door lock status using the remote. When you press
the
button, wait for the green LED to blink. If
the red LED turns on, the doors and tailgate did not
lock, and the engine does not start.
While the engine is running, the vehicle will
automatically precondition inside the vehicle.
When it is warm outside:
• The air conditioning is activated in recirculation
mode.
• The seat ventilation is activated *.
When it is cold outside:
• The defroster is activated at a moderately warm
temperature.
• The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are
activated.
• The seat heaters and heated steering wheel are
activated *.
2 Heated Steering Wheel * P. 216
2 Front Seat Heaters and Seat
Ventilation * P. 217, 218
Driving
468
Go within the range,
and try again.
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
469 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
■ Starting to Drive
When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote *
1. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button
simultaneously.
When the engine was started in any case
2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, press the (D button. Select (R when
reversing.
3. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the
accelerator pedal.
u Make sure the electric parking brake indicator goes off.
2 Parking Brake P. 528
2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message
P. 657
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Change the gear position to (D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing
downhill, then release the brake pedal.
The brakes remain engaged briefly as you release the brake pedal.
* Not available on all models
When the engine was started using the two-way keyless
access remote *
The engine stops when the gear position is changed
from (P before the ENGINE START/STOP button is
pressed. Follow the step 1 when starting to drive.
You can also release the parking brake by pulling the
electric parking brake switch while depressing the
brake pedal.
When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle
more smoothly by manually releasing it with the
electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with
the accelerator pedal.
1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
will not operate on small inclines.
Driving
■ Hill start assist system
1Starting to Drive
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
Hill start assist will operate even when VSA® is
switched off.
469
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
470 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving
Precautions While Driving
■ Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
To prevent rollovers or loss of control:
• Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle.
• Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers whenever possible.
• Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity.
• Do not carry heavy cargo on the roof.
Never carry more than 165 lbs (75 kg) of cargo on the roof rack (Acura accessory).
■ In Rain
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or
driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
Driving
■ Other Precautions
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
Do not change the gear position while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.
NOTICE
If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in
the full left or right position for a while, the system
heats up. The system goes into a protective mode,
and limits its performance. The steering wheel
becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the
system cools down, the EPS system is restored.
Repeated operation under these conditions can
eventually damage the system.
If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while
driving, the engine will shut down and all steering
and brake power assist functions will stop, making it
difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not change the gear position to (N , as you will
lose engine braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as not to damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.
470
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
471 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAutomatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission
■ Creeping
The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
1Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 30
2 Precautions While Driving P. 470
■ Kickdown
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress
the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
Driving
471
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
472 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Shifting
Change the gear position in accordance with your driving needs.
1Shifting
3 WARNING
■ Shift button positions
Park
Used when parking, before turning off or
starting the engine
Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Transmission is not locked
Driving
Drive
Used for:
● Normal driving (gears change between 1st
and 9th automatically)
● Temporarily driving in the sequential
mode
Drive (S)
Used for:
● Automatically changing gears between 1st
and 7th (7th gear is used only at high
speed)
● Driving in the sequential mode
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that (P is shown
on the gear position Indicator.
To prevent malfunction and unintended
engagement:
• Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons.
• Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift
buttons.
• Do not let passengers or children operate the shift
buttons.
The beeper sounds and the message appears on the
MID when you depress the accelerator pedal with the
gear position in (N .
Change the gear position to (D or (R with the brake
pedal depressed.
When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures
(−22°F/−30°C), there may be a short delay before the
shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you
are in the correct gear before driving.
472
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
473 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
■ (P (parking) button
(P Button
The gear position changes to (P when you
press the (P button while the vehicle is
parked with the power mode in ON.
The indicators on the sides of the (P button
come on.
Driving
Continued
473
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
474 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
■ Shift Operation
1Shift Operation
NOTICE
M (sequential mode)
Indicator
When you change (D to (R and vice versa, come to
a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift button before the vehicle has
come to a complete standstill can damage the
transmission.
Sequential Mode Gear
Selection Indicator
Use the gear position indicator and the shift button
indicator to check the gear position before selecting
a shift button.
Gear Position Indicator
Tachometer’s red zone
Driving
Press the (P button.
Pull back the (R button.
Press the (N button.
Press the D/S button.
Shift Button
Indicator
474
Press the D/S button twice.
If the gear position is in (D ,
press the D/S button again.
If the indicator of the currently selected gear position,
or all the gear position indicators are blinking
simultaneously, there is a problem with the
transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer’s red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
When the engine speed is increased while the
transmission is in (N , (P or (R , the fuel supply may
be cut off even without the engine speed entering
the tachometer’s red zone.
The beeper sounds once when you change to (R .
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
475 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
In freezing or sub-freezing conditions, the gear selection response may be slow.
Always depress the brake pedal before changing the gear position to (P , and
confirm that (P is shown on the gear position indicator before releasing the brake.
■ When opening the driver’s door
1When opening the driver’s door
If you open the driver’s door under the following conditions, the gear position
automatically changes to (P .
• The vehicle is in stationary with the engine running, or moving at 1 mph (2 km/h)
or slower.
• The transmission is in other than (P .
• You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.
u If you manually change the gear position from (P with the brake pedal
depressed, the gear position will automatically return to (P once you release
the brake pedal.
If you turn the engine off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission is in
other than (P , the gear position automatically changes to (P .
Continued
If you want to drive the vehicle after the gear position
has automatically changed to (P under the described
conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt,
depress the brake pedal, then change the gear
position.
If you leave the vehicle, turn off the engine and lock
the doors.
Driving
■ When turning off the power mode
While the system is designed to automatically change
the gear position to (P under the described
conditions, in the interest of safety you should always
select (P before opening the driver’s door.
Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.
2 When Stopped P. 545
475
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
476 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
476
■ If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode]
With the engine running:
1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
2. Select (N , then release the button to display (N (Neutral) hold mode on the MID.
3. Press and hold (N again for two seconds.
u This puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle
is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an
attendant do not remain in the vehicle.
If the ENGINE STOP/START button is pressed
after car wash mode has been activated, the
power mode will change to ACCESSORY and
a message will be displayed on the multiinformation display.
u The gear position remains in (N with the
power mode in ACCESSORY for 15
minutes, then, it automatically changes
to (P and the power mode changes to
OFF.
u Manually changing to (P cancels
ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator
comes on and the power mode changes
to OFF. You must always shift to (P
when car wash mode is no longer
needed.
1If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash
mode]
The transmission may not stay in (N position while
the following indicators are on or when the message
below appears:
• Malfunction indicator lamp
• Transmission system indicator
• Charging system indicator
• The Charging System Problem message on the
MID.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
477 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
■ Restriction on selecting a gear position
You cannot select a gear position under certain circumstances that may lead to a crash.
When the
transmission is in:
1. Under the circumstances
of that:
2. You cannot select:
3. The gear position
How to change the
remains in/changes to: gear position
The brake pedal is not
depressed.
(P
(P
The accelerator pedal is
depressed.
The vehicle is moving at low
speed without the brake pedal
depressed.
Release the accelerator
pedal and depress the
brake pedal.
Other gear position
(N
(N
(N , (D or (S
The vehicle is moving forward.
(R
(R or (N
The vehicle is moving backward.
(D , (S
(R , (N , (D or (S
The vehicle is moving.
(P
Stop your vehicle in a
safe place, depress the
brake pedal, and select
the appropriate gear
position.
Continued
Driving
The vehicle is moving at low
speed with the accelerator
pedal depressed.
477
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
478 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
■ Sequential Mode
Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 9th gears without releasing your
hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential mode.
■ When the transmission is in (D :
The vehicle will go into the sequential mode momentarily, and the sequential mode
gear selection indicator will come on.
Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential mode will automatically
switch off, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will go off.
Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push the D/S button to return to
normal drive.
■ When the transmission is in (S
Driving
478
The vehicle will go into the sequential mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator
and sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on.
If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometer’s
red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear.
You can cancel this mode by holding the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push
the D/S button. When the sequential mode is canceled, the sequential mode
indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator will turn off.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
479 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
■ Sequential Mode Operation
Paddle Shifter
(Shift down)
1Sequential Mode Operation
Paddle Shifter
(Shift up)
Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear
change.
To change gears continuously, release the paddle
shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.
If the sequential mode gear selection indicator blinks
when you try to shift up or down, this means your
vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range.
Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift
down while the indicator is blinking.
Upshifting when pulling
the
paddle shifter.
(Changes to a higher gear)
Driving
Downshifting when pulling
the
paddle shifter.
(Changes to a lower gear)
479
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
480 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop *
Auto Idle Stop *
To help maximize fuel economy, the engine automatically stops when the vehicle
comes to a stop, depending on environmental and vehicle operating conditions. The
indicator (green) comes on.
The engine then restarts once the vehicle is
about to move again, or depending on
environmental and vehicle conditions, and the
indicator (green) goes off.
2 The Engine Automatically Restarts When:
P. 484
Auto Idle Stop
Indicator (Green)
A message associated with Auto Idle Stop
appears on the MID.
2 Indicators P. 92
2 Customized Features P. 130
Driving
480
If the driver’s door is opened while the
indicator (green) comes on, a buzzer sounds
to notify you that the Auto Idle Stop function
is in operation.
* Not available on all models
1Auto Idle Stop *
The 12-volt battery installed in this vehicle is
specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop.
Using a 12-volt battery other than this specified type
may shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle
Stop from activating. If you need to replace the
battery, make sure to select the specified type. Ask a
dealer for more details.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
481 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop *
■ Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF
Auto Idle Stop System
Indicator (Amber)
1Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF
To turn the Auto Idle Stop system off, press
this button. The Auto Idle Stop system stops.
u Auto Idle Stop system will stop and the
indicator (amber) in meter will come on.
Pressing the Auto Idle Stop OFF button restarts the
engine during the Auto Idle Stop activated.
The Auto Idle Stop system is turned on every
time you start the engine, even if you turned it
off the last time you drove the vehicle.
Driving
Continued
481
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
482 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop *
■ Auto Idle Stop Activates When:
The vehicle stops with the gear position in (D and the brake pedal depressed.
■ Auto Idle Stop does not activate when:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Driving
•
•
•
•
•
•
482
The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
The engine coolant temperature is low or high.
The transmission fluid temperature is low or high.
The vehicle comes to a stop again before the vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5
km/h) after the engine starts.
Stopped on a steep incline.
The transmission is in a position other than (D .
The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed.
The engine is started with the hood open.
u Turn off the engine. Close the hood before you restart the engine to activate
Auto Idle Stop.
The battery charge is low.
The internal temperature of the battery is 14°F (−10°C). or less.
The climate control system is in use, and the outside temperature is below −4°F
(−20°C) or over 104°F (40°C).
The climate control system temperature is set to the Hi or Lo.
is ON (indicator on).
When the rear fan is set to maximum speed.
u Auto Idle Stop may not activate under other conditions when the rear climate
control system is in use.
1Auto Idle Stop Activates When:
When ACC with LSF is in operation, the vehicle stops
without depressing the brake pedal and Auto Idle
Stop may activate.
Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop
function is activated. If the hood is opened, the
engine will not restart automatically.
In this case, restart the engine with the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
2 Starting the Engine P. 465
Pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button changes
the power mode to ACCESSORY even while Auto Idle
Stop is in operation. Once in ACCESSORY, the engine
no longer restarts automatically. Follow the standard
procedure to start the engine.
2 Starting the Engine P. 465
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
483 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop *
■ Auto Idle Stop may not activate when:
•
•
•
•
•
•
The vehicle is stopped by braking suddenly.
The steering wheel is operated.
The fan speed is high.
Altitude is high.
The vehicle is repeatedly accelerated and decelerated at a low speed.
The climate control system is in use, and there is a significant difference between
the set temperature and the actual interior temperature.
• Humidity in the interior is high.
• The rear fan is set to maximum speed.
u Auto Idle Stop may not activate under other conditions when the rear climate
control system is in use.
Driving
Continued
483
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
484 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop *
■ The Engine Automatically Restarts When:
• The brake pedal is released (without the automatic brake hold system activated).
• The accelerator pedal is depressed (with the automatic brake hold system
activated).
1The Engine Automatically Restarts When:
• If you are using an electronic device during Auto
Idle Stop, the device may temporarily be turned off
when the engine restarts.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532
■ The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed*1 when:
•
•
•
•
•
Driving
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
484
The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed.
The steering wheel is operated.
The transmission is change to (R or (S , or when it is change from (N to (D .
The pressure on the brake pedal is reduced and the vehicle starts moving while
stopped on an incline.
The pressure on the brake pedal is repeatedly applied and released slightly during
a stop.
The battery charge becomes low.
The accelerator pedal is depressed.
The driver’s seat belt is unlatched.
is ON (indicator on).
The climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set
temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant.
The climate control system is being used to dehumidify the interior.
The vehicle ahead of you starts again when your vehicle stops automatically with
ACC with LSF.
1The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed*1 when:
*1: With the automatic brake hold system activated,
you can release the brake pedal during Auto Idle Stop
is in operation.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
485 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop *
■ The engine restarts even if the automatic brake hold system is activated
when:
• The automatic brake hold system is canceled and the electric parking brake is
applied automatically.
The automatic brake hold system has a problem.
■ Starting Assist Brake Function
Briefly keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal to restart the engine.
This can keep your vehicle from unexpectedly moving while on an incline.
Driving
485
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
486 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguIntegrated Dynamics System
Integrated Dynamics System
Modifies the dynamic character of the vehicle. There are three modes to select from:
Comfort, Normal, and Sport.
Press the Dynamic Mode button to select a mode. The mode you have selected
appears on the MID.
You can customize the mode default setting using the MID.
2 Customized Features P. 126
Comfort
Maximizes driver comfort
through increased steering
assist.
Driving
Normal
Balanced driving
performance for most
driving situations.
Dynamic Mode
Button
486
* Not available on all models
Sport
Enhances vehicle response
feel through decreased
steering assist, heightened
throttle response, increased
SH-AWD * torque bias, and
modified active sound
control.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
487 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera
Front Sensor Camera
The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC with LSF, CMBSTM, and auto
high-beam, is designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to
operate its functions.
■ Camera Location and Handling Tips
Front Sensor
Camera
This camera is located behind the rearview
mirror.
Continued
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
windshield, hood, or front grill that could obstruct
the camera’s field of vision and cause the system to
operate abnormally.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the camera’s field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even
minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision or
installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the
camera is necessary for the system to operate
properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument
panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent
the system from detecting lane lines properly.
Driving
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing
system to shut off, when parking, find a shady
area or face the front of the vehicle away from
the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do
not allow it to cover the camera housing.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on
it.
1Front Sensor Camera
487
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
488 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera
1Front Sensor Camera
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed towards the camera.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
Driving
488
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
• Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
489 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate
and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
When ACC with LSF slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicle’s brake
lights will illuminate.
When to use
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
3 WARNING
Improper use of ACC with LSF can lead to a
crash.
Use ACC with LSF only when driving on
expressways or freeways and in good
weather conditions.
3 WARNING
The camera is
located behind the
rearview mirror.
Always be prepared to apply the brake
pedal if the conditions require.
The radar sensor is in
the front grille.
■ Vehicle speed for ACC with LSF: A vehicle is detected ahead within ACC with
LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h).
No vehicle is detected within ACC with LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at
the speed of about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.
■ Gear position for ACC with LSF: In (D or (S .
Continued
Driving
ACC with LSF has limited braking capability
and may not stop your vehicle in time to
avoid a collision with a vehicle that quickly
stops in front of you.
Important Reminder
As with any system, there are limits to ACC with LSF.
Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always
keep a safe interval between your vehicle and other
vehicles.
Be careful not to severely impact the radar sensor
cover.
489
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
490 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
■ How to activate the system
■ Press the MAIN button on
the steering wheel.
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
ACC (green) is on in the
instrument panel.
ACC with LSF is ready to
use.
When the MAIN button is pressed, both ACC with
LSF and the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are
either turned on or off.
ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain
conditions.
2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
P. 495
When not using ACC with LSF: Turn off adaptive
cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will
turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).
Driving
490
Do not use ACC with LSF under the following
conditions.
• On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in
continuous stop and go traffic.
• On roads with sharp turns.
• On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set
vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such
cases, ACC with LSF will not apply the brakes to
maintain the set speed.
• On roads with toll collection facilities or other
objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking
areas, or facilities with drive through access.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
491 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
■ To Set the Vehicle Speed
RES/+/SET/− Switch
On when ACC with LSF
begins
Press down and release
Driving
When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the
pedal and press down the RES/+/SET/– switch when you reach the desired speed.
The moment you release the switch, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with LSF begins.
When driving at slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving
and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the switch fixes the set speed to about
25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. While stationary and a vehicle
is ahead of you, the vehicle speed can be set, even with the brake pedal depressed.
When ACC with LSF starts operating, the
Set Vehicle Interval
vehicle icon, interval bars and set speed
appear on the MID.
Set Vehicle Speed
Continued
491
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
492 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
■ When in Operation
1When in Operation
■ There is a vehicle ahead
ACC with LSF monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with LSF range. If a
vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with LSF system maintains or decelerates your
vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the vehicle’s set following-interval from the
vehicle ahead.
2 To Set or Change Following-interval P. 498
If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down
abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in
front of you, the beeper sounds and a message
appears on the MID, and the head-up warning lights *
come on.
Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate
interval from the vehicle ahead.
Head-up Warning
Lights *
Beep
Driving
ACC with LSF Range: 394 ft. (120 m)
When a vehicle whose speed is slower than
your set speed is detected in front of you, your
vehicle starts to slow down.
A vehicle icon appears
on the MID.
492
* Not available on all models
Even if the interval between your vehicle and the
vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with LSF may
start accelerating your vehicle under the following
circumstances:
• The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle.
• A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval
between the vehicles.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
493 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
■ There is no vehicle ahead
A vehicle icon with dotted-line
contour appears on the MID.
1When in Operation
Your vehicle maintains the set speed without
having to keep your foot on the brake or
accelerator pedal.
If there previously was a vehicle detected
ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at
the set speed, ACC with LSF accelerates your
vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.
While stationary and no vehicle is detected,
ACC with LSF automatically cancels and a
beeper sounds.
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle
detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the
ACC with LSF detecting range. Change the ACC
Forward Vehicle Detect Beep setting.
2 Customized Features P. 126, 358
Limitations
You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe
interval when using ACC with LSF. Additionally, ACC
with LSF may not work properly under certain
conditions.
2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
P. 495
■ When you depress the accelerator pedal
Continued
Driving
You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or
visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with LSF range.
ACC with LSF stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal,
the system resumes the set speed.
There are times when the vehicle speed will decrease when the accelerator pedal is
lightly applied.
493
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
494 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
■ A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop
Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The
Stopped message appears on the MID.
When the vehicle ahead of you starts again,
the vehicle icon on the MID blinks. If you press
the RES/+/SET/– switch up or down, or
depress the accelerator pedal, ACC with LSF
operates again within the prior set speed.
1A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows
to a stop
3 WARNING
Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped
while the ACC with LSF system is operating
can result in the vehicle moving without
operator control.
A vehicle that moves without operator
control can cause a crash, resulting in
serious injury or death.
Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is
stopped by ACC with LSF.
Driving
494
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
495 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
■ ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.
The radar sensor for ACC with LSF is shared with the
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM).
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) P. 536
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487
■ Environmental conditions
Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
■ Roadway conditions
Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected
lights, road spray, high contrast).
■ Vehicle conditions
* Not available on all models
Continued
Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or
replace the radar sensor cover.
Driving
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.).
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• The parking brake is applied.
• When the front grille is dirty.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
mild detergent.
495
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
496 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
■ Detection limitations
Driving
496
• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly.
• When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.
• When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.
1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the MAIN
button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning
message appears too frequently).
If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the
following situations, the radar sensor may not work
properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer:
• The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock,
embankment, etc.
• You drive the vehicle where the water is deep.
• Your vehicle has a frontal collision.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
497 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/– switch on the steering
wheel.
If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower
than your increased set speed, ACC with LSF may not
accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set
interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the MID between mph and km/h.
2 Customized Features P. 126
To increase speed
To decrease speed
Continued
Driving
• Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you keep the switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
497
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
498 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
■ To Set or Change Following-interval
Press the (interval) button to change the
ACC with LSF following-interval.
Each time you press the button, the followinginterval (the interval behind a vehicle detected
ahead of you) setting cycles through short,
middle, long, and extra long followingintervals.
Interval Button
Driving
498
Determine the most appropriate followinginterval setting based on your specific driving
conditions. Be sure to adhere to any
following-interval requirements set by local
regulation.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
499 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
The higher your vehicle’s following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or
extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your
reference.
When the Set Speed is:
Following-interval
65 mph (104 km/h)
Short
83 feet
25 meters
1.1 sec
100 feet
31 meters
1.1 sec
Middle
110 feet
33 meters
1.5 sec
137 feet
42 meters
1.5 sec
Long
154 feet
47 meters
2.1 sec
200 feet
61 meters
2.1 sec
Extra
Long
204 feet
62 meters
2.8 sec
265 feet
81 meters
2.8 sec
Driving
50 mph (80 km/h)
When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has
stopped, the interval between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with LSF
interval setting.
Continued
499
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
500 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
■ To Cancel
MAIN
Button
CANCEL
Button
Driving
500
1To Cancel
To cancel ACC with LSF, do any of the
following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
u ACC with LSF indicator goes off.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u When the LSF function has stopped the
vehicle, you cannot cancel ACC with LSF
by depressing the brake pedal.
Resuming the prior set speed: After you have
canceled ACC with LSF, you can resume the prior set
speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/+/
SET/– switch up.
The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC
with LSF has been turned off using the MAIN button.
Press the MAIN button to activate the system, then
set the desired speed.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
501 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
■ Automatic cancellation
1Automatic cancellation
Even though ACC with LSF has been automatically
canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed.
Wait until the condition that caused ACC with LSF to
cancel improves, then press the RES/+/SET/– switch
up.
Driving
The beeper sounds and a message appears on the MID when ACC with LSF is
automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC with LSF to
automatically cancel:
• Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
• When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.
• The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.
• Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.
• Abrupt steering wheel movement.
• When the ABS, VSA® or CMBSTM is activated.
• When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.
• When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
• When you manually apply the parking brake.
• When the detected vehicle within the ACC with LSF range is too close to your
vehicle.
• When a detected vehicle goes out of the ACC with LSF range while your vehicle
is stationary.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
The ACC with LSF automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the following
causes. In these cases, the electric parking brake will be automatically applied.
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary.
• The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes.
• The engine is turned off.
• When trailer stability assist is activated.
2 Trailer Stability Assist P. 460
Continued
501
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
502 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
■ To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control
ACC with
LSF ON
Cruise
Control ON
Press and hold the (interval) button for one
second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on
the MID for two seconds, and then the mode
switches to Cruise.
To switch back to ACC with LSF, press and
hold the button again for one second. ACC
Mode Selected appears on the MID for two
seconds.
■ When to use
Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.
Driving
■ To Set the Vehicle Speed
Take your foot off the pedal and press the RES/+/SET/– switch down when you
reach the desired speed.
The moment you release the RES/+/SET/– switch, the set speed is fixed, and cruise
control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
Each time you press the RES/+/SET/– switch up or down, the vehicle speed is
increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
If you keep the RES/+/SET/– switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases
or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.
502
1To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control
Always be aware which mode you are in. When you
are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist
you to maintain a following-interval from a vehicle
ahead of you.
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the MID between mph and km/h.
2 Customized Features P. 126
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
503 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
■ To Cancel
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+/
SET/– switch up while driving at a speed of at least
25 mph (40 km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
• When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h).
• When the MAIN button is turned off.
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control canceled automatically.
Driving
503
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
504 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle
unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway
altogether.
■ How the System Works
The front camera behind the rearview mirror
monitors left and right lane markings (in white
or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close
to detected lane markings without a turn
signal activated, the system, in addition to a
visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts
you with rapid vibrations on the steering
wheel, to help you remain within the detected
lane.
Driving
As a visual alert, the Lane Departure
message appears on the MID.
If the system determines that its steering input
is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the
roadway, it may apply braking.
u Braking is applied only when the lane
markings are solid continuous lines.
The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid
crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system
beeps to alert you.
504
1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has
limitations.
Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a
collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the
vehicle within your driving lane.
The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is
detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM
system may not detect all lane markings or lane or
roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on
weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is
always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487
The RDM system may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 507
There are times when you may not notice RDM
functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or
road surface conditions.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
505 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
■ How the System Activates
1How the System Activates
The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the
following conditions are met:
• The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
• The vehicle is not accelerating or braking, and the steering wheel is not being
turned.
• The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,
braking or steering.
The RDM system may automatically shut off and the
indicator comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 94
RDM system function can be impacted when the
vehicle is:
• Not driven within a traffic lane.
• Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of
a lane.
• Driven in a narrow lane.
Driving
Continued
505
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
506 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
■ RDM On and Off
RDM Button
Indicator
Driving
506
1RDM On and Off
Press the RDM button to turn the system on
and off.
u The indicator in the button comes on and
the message appears on the MID when
the system is on.
When you have selected Warning Only from the
customized options using the MID, the system does
not operate the steering wheel and braking.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
507 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
■ RDM Conditions and Limitations
The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle
under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
■ Environmental conditions
Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
Continued
Driving
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
507
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
508 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.
Driving
508
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
509 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
■ Steering input assist
The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left and
right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets closer to
either of the lane lines.
■ Front Sensor
Camera
Monitors the lane
lines
■ Tactile and visual alerts
Rapid vibrations on the steering
wheel and a warning display alert
you that the vehicle is drifting out
of a detected lane.
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Important Safety Reminders
The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a
substitute for your vehicle control. The system does
not work if you take your hands off the steering
wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages P. 116
Do not place objects on the instrument panel.
Objects may reflect on the front windshield and
prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes.
Driving
The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect
all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will
vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker
condition. It is always your responsibility to safely
operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.
The LKAS may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 515
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and
resumes after the signals are off.
If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts
activate, and torque is applied to the steering.
The LKAS may not function as designed while driving
in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with
sharp curves.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487
Continued
509
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
510 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
■ Lane Keep Support Function
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane. When the vehicle
nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become
stronger.
Driving
■ Lane Departure Warning Function
When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering
wheel vibration as well as a warning display.
Warning Area
Warning Area
510
When it fails to detect lanes, the system will
temporarily be canceled. When lane is detected,
system will recover automatically.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
511 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
■ When the System can be Used
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
The system can be used when the following conditions are met.
• The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane.
• The vehicle speed is between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line
due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS
and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
■ How to activate the system
1. Press the MAIN button.
u The LKAS is on in the MID.
The system is ready to use.
LKAS Button
2. Press the LKAS button.
u Lane outlines appear on the MID.
The system is activated.
Driving
MAIN Button
Continued
511
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
512 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the
lane while driving.
u The dotted outer lines change to solid
ones once the system starts operating
after detecting the left and right lane
markings.
■ To Cancel
1To Cancel
To cancel the LKAS:
Press the MAIN or LKAS button.
Driving
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
512
The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the
engine, even if you turned it on the last time
you drove the vehicle.
Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with LSF
on and off.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
513 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
■ The system operation is suspended if
you:
• Set the wipers to continuous operation.
u Turning the wipers off resumes the
LKAS.
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
When the LKAS is suspended,
the lane lines on the MID
change to contour lines, and the
beeper sounds (if activated).
• Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the
wipers operate continuously.
u The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop
or operate intermittently.
All models
Continued
Driving
• Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40
mph (64 km/h) or less.
u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45
mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the
LKAS.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the
brake pedal.
513
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
514 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
■ The LKAS may automatically be suspended when:
•
•
•
•
•
The system fails to detect lane lines.
The steering wheel is quickly turned.
You fail to steer the vehicle.
Driving through a sharp curve.
Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.
■ The LKAS may automatically be canceled when:
• The camera temperature gets extremely high or low.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• The ABS or VSA® system engages.
Driving
514
The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
515 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
■ LKAS Conditions and Limitations
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in
the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:
■ Environmental conditions
Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
Continued
Driving
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
515
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
516 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.
Driving
516
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
517 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.
It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.
■ VSA® Operation
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine does not respond to the accelerator.
You may also notice some noise from the
hydraulic system. You will also see the
indicator blink.
The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.
Continued
Driving
VSA® System
Indicator
1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
517
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
518 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
■ VSA® On and Off
This button is on the driver side control panel.
To partially disable VSA® functionality/
features, press and hold it until you hear a
beep.
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off.
Your vehicle will have normal braking and
cornering ability, but traction control function
will be less effective.
When the
button is pressed, the traction control
function becomes less effective. This allows for the
wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should
only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if
you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on.
To restore VSA® functionality/features, press
the
(VSA® OFF) button until you hear a
beep.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® system switched off.
VSA® is turned on every time you start the
engine, even if you turned it off the last time
you drove the vehicle.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.
VSA® OFF Indicator
Driving
518
1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
519 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist
Agile Handling Assist
Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the
steering wheel, and helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during
cornering.
1Agile Handling Assist
The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in
all driving situations. You still need to drive and
corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and
always leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, the agile handling assist does not
activate.
You may hear a sound coming from the engine
compartment while the agile handling assist is
activated. This is normal.
Driving
519
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
520 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System *
Blind spot information (BSI) System *
Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle,
particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.”
When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the
appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you
change lanes.
■ How the system works
The transmission is in (D
or (S .
● Your vehicle speed is
between 20 mph (32 km/h) Radar Sensors:
underneath the
and 100 mph (160 km/h)
rear bumper
corners
Alert zone range
Driving
520
* Not available on all models
3 WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on the blind spot
information system when changing lanes.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.
●
A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m)
B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
1Blind spot information (BSI) System *
Alert Zone
A
B
C
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, BSI has limitations. Over
reliance on BSI may result in a collision.
The BSI alert indicator may not come on under the
following conditions:
• A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more
than two seconds.
• A vehicle is parked in a side lane.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and the
vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10
km/h).
• An object not detected by the radar sensors
approaches or passes your vehicle.
• A vehicle running in the adjacent lane is a
motorcycle or other small vehicle.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
521 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System *
■ When the system detects a vehicle
Comes On
Blinks
1Blind spot information (BSI) System *
BSI Alert Indicator: Located near the outside
rearview mirror on both sides.
Comes on when:
• A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind
to overtake you with a speed difference of
no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your
vehicle.
• You pass a vehicle with a speed difference
of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
You can turn off the audible alert, or all the BSI alert
using the information screen or MID.
2 Customized Features P. 126, 358
Turn the system off when towing a trailer.
The system may not work properly for the following
reasons:
• The added mass tilts the vehicle and changes the
radar coverage.
• The trailer itself can be detected by the radar
sensors, causing the BSI alert indicators to come
on.
Driving
Blinks and the beeper sounds when:
You move the turn signal lever in the direction
of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds
three times.
The system is for your convenience only. Even if an
object is within the alert zone, the following
situations may occur.
• The BSI alert indicator may not come on due to
obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the Blind
Spot Info Not Available MID appearing.
• The BSI alert indicator may come on even with the
message appearing.
The system does not operate when in (R .
* Not available on all models
Continued
521
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
522 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System *
1Blind spot information (BSI) System *
BSI may be adversely affected when:
• Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are
detected.
• An object that does not reflect radio waves well,
such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone.
• Driving on a curved road.
• A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent
lane.
• The system picks up external electrical interference.
• The rear bumper or the sensors have been
improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been
deformed.
• The orientation of the sensors has been changed.
• In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).
Driving
For proper BSI use:
• Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean.
• Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with
labels or stickers of any kind.
• Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear
bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be
repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly
impacted.
522
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
523 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguSuper Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD®) *
Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD®) *
The system controls and transfers varying amounts of engine torque to each wheel
in accordance with the driving conditions.
SH-AWD® helps to enhance driving stability, and lets you handle situations like
slippery surfaces, such as on wet, icy, or snowy roads, better than when driving with
two wheel drive. However, the system does not help to enhance braking. Be
precautious about the following:
• It is still your responsibility to drive safely when you steer, accelerate, and apply
brakes.
• Leave a sufficient margin when braking on slippery surfaces.
1Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD®) *
The SH-AWD® system may not function properly if
tire type and size are mixed.
Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and
the air pressures as specified.
2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 608
Do not continuously spin the front tires of your
vehicle. Continuously spinning the front tires can
cause damage to the transmission and SH-AWD®
unit.
* Not available on all models
Driving
If the SH-AWD indicator blinks while driving, it
indicates the differential temperature is too high. If
this happens, pull to the side of the road when it is
safe, change the gear position to (P , and idle the
engine until the indicator goes out.
523
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
524 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire
Fill Assist
Monitors the tire pressure while you are
driving. If your vehicle’s tire pressure becomes
significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS
indicator comes on and a message appears on
the MID.
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come
on.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks P. 657
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
• Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
• Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come
on as a result of over inflation.
Driving
The TPMS audibly and visually informs you of
changes in tire pressure of the individual tire that you
are adjusting using audible and visual indications.
If a change in tire pressure has been significant, the
system beeps and the hazard lights flash continuously
for five seconds when the specified tire pressure is
reached. Stop filling the tire.
524
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
525 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist
■ Tire Pressure Monitor
1Tire Pressure Monitor
To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power
mode to ON, and roll the multi-function
steering-wheel controls until you see the tire
pressure screen.
The pressure for each tire is displayed in psi
(U.S.) or kPa (Canada).
The pressure displayed on the MID can be slightly
different from the actual pressure as measured by a
gauge. If there is a significant difference between the
two values, or if the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
and the message on the MID do not go off after you
have inflated the tire to the specified pressure, have
the system checked by a dealer.
Tire Pressure Monitor Problem may appear if you
drive with the compact spare tire, or there is a
problem with the TPMS.
Tire Pressures Low is displayed when a tire
has significantly low pressure. The specific tire
is displayed on the screen.
Driving
525
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
526 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
Driving
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s
handling and stopping ability.
526
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
527 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Driving
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
527
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
528 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Braking
Brake System
■ Parking Brake
1Parking Brake
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the
parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it.
Electric Parking
Brake Switch
■ To apply
The electric parking brake can be applied any
time the vehicle has battery, no matter which
power mode the vehicle is in.
Press the electric parking brake switch gently
and securely.
u The electric parking brake indicator
comes on.
Driving
528
You may hear the electric parking brake system
motor operating from the rear wheel area when you
apply or release the parking brake, or set the power
mode to OFF. This is normal.
The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric
parking brake system operation when you apply or
release the parking brake. This is normal.
You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the
battery goes dead.
2 Jump Starting P. 649
If you press and hold the electric parking brake
switch while driving the brakes on all four
wheels are applied (by the VSA® system) until
the vehicle come to a stop (at which point the
electric parking brake is applied) or the switch is
released.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
529 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBrakinguBrake System
Electric Parking
Brake Switch
■ To release
1Parking Brake
The power mode must be in the ON position
to release the electric parking brake.
1. Depress the brake pedal fully.
2. Pull the electric parking brake switch up
gently and securely.
u The electric parking brake indicator goes
off.
Manually releasing the parking brake using
the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and
smoothly when facing downhill on steep hills.
Driving
Continued
In the following situations, the parking brake
automatically operates.
• When the vehicle stops more than 10 minutes
while ACC with LSF is activated.
• When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with
LSF.
• When the engine is turned off while ACC with LSF
is activated.
• When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake
hold system activated for more than 10 minutes.
• When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped and brake hold is applied.
• When the engine is turned off while brake hold
system is applied.
• When there is a problem with the Brake Hold
System.
529
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
530 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBrakinguBrake System
■ To release automatically
Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake.
Use the accelerator pedal to release the brake when you are starting the vehicle
facing uphill, or in a traffic jam.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
When on a hill, it may require more
accelerator input to release.
u The electric parking brake indicator goes
off.
Accelerator Pedal
Driving
530
You can release the parking brake automatically when:
• You are wearing the driver’s seat belt.
• The engine is running.
• The transmission is not in (P or (N .
1Parking Brake
If the parking brake cannot be released
automatically, release it manually.
The parking brake cannot be released automatically
while the following indicators are on:
• Malfunction indicator lamp
• Transmission system indicator
The parking brake may not be released automatically
while the following indicators are on:
• Electric parking brake system indicator
• VSA® system indicator
• ABS indicator
• Supplemental restraint system indicator
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
531 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBrakinguBrake System
■ Foot Brake
1Foot Brake
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist
helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases
the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency
situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when
braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 535
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 534
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear
indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates
that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an
occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply
the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by
high frequency vibration of the brake pads against
the rotating brake disc.
Driving
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your
foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a
lower gear.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
Continued
531
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
532 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBrakinguBrake System
■ Automatic Brake Hold
1Automatic Brake Hold
Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is
pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at
traffic lights and in heavy traffic.
■ Turning on the system
■ Activating the system
Comes
On
Automatic Brake
Hold Button
Driving
532
Fasten your seat belt
properly, then start the
engine. Press the
automatic brake hold
button.
● The automatic brake
hold system indicator
comes on. The system
is turned on.
Brake Pedal
■ Canceling the system
On
On
Comes
On
Goes
Off
U.S.
Comes
On
Accelerator Pedal
Canada
Depress the brake pedal
to come to a complete
stop. The transmission
must be in (D or (N .
● The automatic brake
hold indicator comes
on. Braking is kept for
up to 10 minutes.
● Release the brake
pedal after the
automatic brake hold
indicator comes on.
Depress the accelerator
pedal while the
transmission is in (D .
The system is canceled
and the vehicle starts to
move.
● The automatic brake
hold indicator goes
off. The system
continues to be on.
3 WARNING
Activating the automatic brake hold system
on steep hills or slippery roads may still
allow the vehicle to move if you remove
your foot from the brake pedal.
If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may
cause a crash resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never activate the automatic brake hold
system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from
moving when stopped on a steep hill or
slippery roads.
3 WARNING
Using the automatic brake hold system to
park the vehicle may result in the vehicle
unexpectedly moving.
If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may
cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never leave the vehicle when braking is
temporarily kept by automatic brake hold
and always park the vehicle by putting the
transmission in (P and applying the parking
brake.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
533 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBrakinguBrake System
■ The system automatically cancels when:
• You depress the brake pedal and change to (P or (R .
• You engage the parking brake.
■ The system automatically cancels and the parking brake is applied when:
•
•
•
•
Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes.
The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
The engine is turned off.
Brake Hold System Problem appears on the MID.
■ Turning off the automatic brake hold system
Goes
Off
If you want to turn off automatic brake hold
while the system is in operation, press the
automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.
While the system is activated, you can turn off the
engine or park the vehicle through the same
procedure as you normally do.
2 When Stopped P. 545
Whether the system is on, or the system is activated,
the automatic brake hold turns off once the engine is
off.
1Turning on the system
Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold
system before using an automated car wash.
You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves
while the automatic brake hold system is in
operation. The system generates sound while holding
the vehicle and it moves.
Driving
Automatic Brake
Hold Button
While the system is on, press the automatic
brake hold button again.
u The automatic brake hold system
indicator goes off.
1Automatic Brake Hold
533
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
534 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
■ ABS
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.”
■ ABS operation
Driving
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the
pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very
hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately
if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on:
• Wet or snow covered roads.
• Roads paved with stone.
• Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
534
1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE
The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tire of
the wrong size or type.
If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there
may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking will not be affected, there is a
possibility that the ABS will not operating. Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing
the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It is
designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to
skidding and loss of steering control.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS:
• You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces,
such as gravel or snow.
• The tires are equipped with snow chains.
The following may be observed with the ABS system:
• Motor sounds coming from the engine
compartment when the brakes are applied, or
when system checks are being performed after the
engine has been started and while vehicle is
accelerates.
• Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when
ABS activates.
These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS
systems and are no cause for concern.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
535 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System
Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
■ Brake assist system operation
Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.
Driving
535
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
536 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.
■ How the system works
When to use
The camera is
located behind the
rearview mirror.
1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
Important Safety Reminder
The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an
unavoidable collision. It does not prevent a collision
nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your
responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering
wheel appropriately according to the driving
conditions.
The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a
vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain
conditions:
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 540
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487
Driving
Be careful not to severely impact the radar sensor
cover.
The radar sensor is
in the front grille.
The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about
3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.
The CMBSTM activates when:
● The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian
detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance
of a collision.
● Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a
collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
536
1How the system works
Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel alert you
when your vehicle speed is between 19 and 62 mph
(30 and 100 km/h) with an oncoming vehicle
detected in front of you.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
537 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
■ When the system activates
1When the system activates
The system provides visual, audible and tactile alerts of a possible collision,
and stops if the collision is avoided.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change
lanes, etc.)
Head-up
Warning
Lights *
Visual Alerts
The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect
pedestrians.
However, this pedestrian detection feature may not
activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of
your vehicle under certain conditions.
Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection
limitations from the list.
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 540
The head-up warning * uses a lens located at the front
end of the dashboard.
Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it.
Lens
Beep
Driving
Audible Alert
Tactile Alert
At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/
Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through MID setting
options.
2 List of customizable options P. 129
■ Vibration alert on the steering wheel
1Vibration alert on the steering wheel
When a potential collision to an oncoming detected vehicle is determined, the
system alerts you with rapid vibration on the steering wheel, in addition to visual and
audible alerts.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, operate the
steering wheel, etc.).
* Not available on all models
Continued
Vibration alert function is disabled when the electric
power steering (EPS) system indicator comes on.
2 Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering
(EPS) System Indicator P. 88
537
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
538 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
■ Collision Alert Stages
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of
the stages before initiating the last stage.
CMBSTM
Distance between vehicles
Normal
Long Short
Stage one
Vehicle
Ahead
The sensors detect a
vehicle
There is a risk of a
collision with the
vehicle ahead of you.
Your Vehicle
Driving
Stage two
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Audible & Visual WARNINGS
Steering Wheel
Braking
When in Long, visual and audible
alerts come on at a longer
distance from a vehicle ahead
than in Normal setting, and in
Short, at a shorter distance than
in Normal.
In case of an
oncoming vehicle
detected, rapid
vibration is
provided.
—
The risk of a collision
has increased, time to
respond is reduced.
Lightly
applied
Visual and audible alerts.
Stage three
538
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
The CMBSTM
determines that a
collision is
unavoidable.
—
Forcefully
applied
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
539 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
■ CMBSTM On and Off
1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
Press and hold the button until the beeper
sounds to switch the system on or off.
The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the
CMBSTM indicator will come and stay on under certain
conditions:
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 540
When the CMBSTM is off:
• The CMBSTM indicator in the instrument
panel comes on.
• A message on the MID reminds you that the
system is off.
The CMBSTM is turned on every time you start
the engine, even if you turned it off the last
time you drove the vehicle.
Driving
Continued
539
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
540 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
■ CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations
The system may automatically shut off and the CMBSTM indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487
■ Environmental conditions
Driving
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
There is little contrast between objects and the background.
Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.
Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.
540
1CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations
Do not paint, or apply any coverings or paint to the
radar sensor area. This can impact CMBSTM operation.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning
message appears too frequently).
If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the
following situations, the radar sensor may not work
properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer:
• The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock,
embankment, etc.
• You drive the vehicle where the water is deep.
• Your vehicle has a frontal collision.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the
CMBSTM off button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
541 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
■ Vehicle conditions
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
The inside of the windshield is fogged.
An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.).
When tire chains are installed.
The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
The camera temperature gets too high.
Driving with the parking brake applied.
When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.
Driving
* Not available on all models
Continued
541
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
542 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
■ Detection limitations
Driving
542
• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
543 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only
• When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by
side.
• Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s
shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
• When the pedestrian is slouching or squatting.
• When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about 7
feet (2 meter) in height.
• When a pedestrian blends in with the background.
• When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or
they are running.
• When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group.
• When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an
unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).
The CMBSTM may automatically shut itself off and the CMBSTM indicator comes and
stays on when:
• The temperature inside the system is high.
• You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
Once the conditions that caused CMBSTM to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g.,
cleaning), the system comes back on.
Continued
Driving
■ Automatic shutoff
543
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
544 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
■ With Little Chance of a Collision
The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:
■ When Passing
Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.
■ At an intersection
Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.
■ On a curve
When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming
vehicle is right in front of you.
Driving
■ Through a low bridge at high speed
You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.
■ Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.
You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train
tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when
parking, stationary vehicles and walls.
544
1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
For the CMBSTM to work properly:
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
mild detergent.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
545 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly.
2. With the brake pedal depressed, press the electric parking brake switch slowly,
but fully.
3. Change the gear position to (P .
4. Turn off the engine.
The electric parking brake indicator goes off in about 15 seconds.
1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
1When Stopped
NOTICE
The following can damage the transmission:
• Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
• Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
• Changing into (P before the vehicle stops
completely.
Continued
Driving
In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake
may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are
expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if
parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so
they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the
slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from
moving. If you do not take either precaution, the
vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.
545
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
546 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped
Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, particularly if you are parked on an
incline.
1When Stopped
3 WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that (P is shown
on the gear position Indicator.
Driving
546
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
547 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System *
Parking Sensor System *
The corner and center sensors monitor obstacles near your vehicle. The beeper and
information screen let you know the approximate distance between your vehicle
and the obstacle.
■ The sensor location and range
Front Corner Sensors
Rear Corner Sensors
Rear Center Sensors
Front Center Sensors
1Parking Sensor System *
Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is
no obstacle near your vehicle before parking.
The system may not work properly when:
• The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud or
dirt, etc.
• The vehicle is on uneven surface, such as grass,
bumpy road, or a hill.
• The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather.
• The system is affected by devices that emit
ultrasonic waves.
• Driving in bad weather.
The system may not sense:
or sponge.
• Objects directly under the bumper.
Within about 28 in (70 cm) or less
* Not available on all models
Front: Within about 39 in (100 cm) or less
Rear: Within about 45 in (115 cm) or less
Continued
Driving
• Thin or low objects.
• Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton,
Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors.
547
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
548 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System *
■ Parking sensor system on and off
With the power mode in ON, press the
parking sensor system button to turn on or off
the system. The indicator in the button comes
on when the system is on.
The rear center and corner sensors start to
detect an obstacle when the transmission is in
(R , and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph
(8 km/h).
The front corner sensors start to detect an
obstacle when the transmission is not in (P ,
and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8
km/h).
Driving
548
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
549 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System *
■ When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles behind becomes shorter
Length of the
intermittent beep
Distance between the Bumper and Obstacle
Indicator
Corner Sensors
Center Sensors
Moderate
—
Rear: About 45-28 in
(115-70 cm)
Front: About 39-28 in
(100-70 cm)
Short
About 28-18 in
(70-45 cm)
About 28-18 in
(70-45 cm)
Very short
About 18-14 in
(45-35 cm)
About 18-14 in
(45-35 cm)
Blinks in Yellow*1
Information Screen
Models with multi-view rear camera
system
Blinks in Amber
Indicators light where the
sensor detects an obstacle.
Continuous
About 14 in
(35 cm) or less
About 14 in
(35 cm) or less
Driving
Models with surround view camera
system
Blinks in Red
Indicators light where the
sensor detects an obstacle.
*1: At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles.
Continued
549
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
550 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System *
■ Turning off All Rear Sensors
1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON.
3. Keep pressing the button for 10 seconds. Release the button when the indicator
in the button flashes.
4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off.
u The beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off.
To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds
three times when the rear sensors come back on.
Driving
550
1Turning off All Rear Sensors
When you set the gear position to (R , the indicator
in the parking sensor system button blinks as a
reminder that the rear sensors have been turned off.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
551 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor *
Cross Traffic Monitor *
Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts
you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.
The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.
1Cross Traffic Monitor *
3 CAUTION
Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all
approaching vehicles and may not detect
an approaching vehicle at all.
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
back up the vehicle before doing so may
result in a collision.
Do not solely rely on the system when
reversing; always also use your mirrors, and
look behind and to the sides of your vehicle
before reversing.
Driving
* Not available on all models
Continued
551
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
552 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor *
■ How the System Works
1Cross Traffic Monitor *
The system activates when:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The Cross Traffic Monitor is turned on.
2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 555
• The transmission is in (R .
• Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or
lower.
Radar sensors:
Underneath the rear bumper
corners
Driving
When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor
alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning.
The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your
vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly
behind your vehicle.
The system does not detect or provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from
your vehicle, and it may not detect or alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary
objects.
552
* Not available on all models
Cross Traffic Monitor may not detect or may delay
alerting an approaching vehicle, or may alert without
an approaching vehicle under the following
conditions:
• An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall,
near your vehicle’s rear bumper, is blocking the
radar sensor’s scope.
• Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph
(5 km/h) or higher.
• A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than
between about 6 mph (10 km/h) and 16 mph (25
km/h).
• The system picks up external interference such as
other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong
radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.
• Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with
snow, ice, mud or dirt.
• When there is bad weather.
• Your vehicle is on an incline.
• Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear.
• Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a
vehicle, and so on.
• The rear bumper or the sensors have been
improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been
deformed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper
corner area clean.
Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels
or stickers of any kind.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
553 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor *
1Cross Traffic Monitor *
Models with parking sensor system
The parking sensor system’s alerting buzzer overrides
the Cross Traffic Monitor buzzer when the sensors
are detecting obstacles at the closest range.
Driving
* Not available on all models
Continued
553
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
554 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor *
■ When the System Detects a Vehicle
1When the System Detects a Vehicle
If the
on the lower right changes to
in amber
when the transmission is in (R , mud snow or ice, etc.
may have accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor.
Check the bumper corners for any obstructions, and
thoroughly clean the area if necessary.
Models with multi-view rear camera system
Arrow Icon
If the
comes on when the transmission is in (R ,
there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic
Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
Normal View
Wide View
Top Down View
Models with surround view camera system
Arrow Icon
Driving
Rear Ground View
Rear Wide View
Rear Normal View
An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the information
screen.
554
If the display remains the same with the transmission
in (R , there may be a problem with the rear camera
system and the Cross Traffic Monitor system.
Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
555 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor *
■ Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off
You can switch on and off the system using
the information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 358
icon
Driving
555
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
556 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Multi-View Rear Camera *
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display
automatically changes to the rear view when the transmission is put into (R .
■ Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
Wide View Mode
Guidelines
Approx. 39 inches
(1 m)
Approx. 20 inches
(50 cm)
Tailgate Open Range
Normal View Mode
Driving
Camera
556
* Not available on all models
The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do
not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.
Bumper
Approx. 39 inches (1 m)
Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)
Tailgate Open Range
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
Top Down View Mode
You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic
Guideline settings.
2 Customized Features P. 358
Fixed Guideline
On: Guidelines appear when you put the
transmission into (R .
Off: Guidelines do not appear.
Dynamic Guideline
On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel
direction.
Off: Guidelines do not move.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
557 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuMulti-View Rear Camera * uAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera
You can view three different camera modes on the rearview display. Press the
selector knob to switch the mode.
: Wide view mode
: Normal view mode
: Top down view mode
• If the last used viewing mode was Wide or Normal view mode, the same mode is
selected the next time you put the transmission into (R .
• If Top down view mode was last used before you turned the power mode to OFF,
Wide View mode is selected next time you set the power mode to ON and put the
transmission into (R .
• If Top down view mode was last used more than 10 seconds after you change
from (R , Wide View mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into
(R .
Driving
557
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
558 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Surround View Camera System *
Is a four camera system that views areas commonly known as “blind spots” from
different angles, then displays the images on the information screen. This system
can be used to:
• Check the right and left sides of the vehicle while crossing at intersections with
poor visibility (fog, heavy rain, obstructed view, etc.).
2 Checking from the front wide view at intersections P. 566
• Check for obstacles in front of the vehicle when parking or maneuvering in
confined areas.
2 Checking the sides of your vehicle P. 566
• Check for obstacles when you are moving in (R .
2 Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle P. 562
• Assist you when backing into or parallel parking the vehicle in a lined parking
space.
2 Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines P. 563
2 Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines P. 564
1Surround View Camera System *
3 WARNING
Failure to visually assess the area around
the vehicle (directly or by use of the
mirrors) may result in a crash causing
serious injury or death.
The areas shown in the surround view
camera system display are limited. The
display may not show all pedestrians or
other objects around your vehicle.
Driving
Do not solely rely only on the surround
view camera system display to assess
whether it is safe to move your vehicle.
3 WARNING
Failure to pay proper attention to your
surroundings while driving may result in a
crash causing serious injury or death.
To help mitigate the chances of a collision,
only look at the surround view camera
system display when it is safe to do so.
558
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
559 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSurround View Camera System * uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
Displaying an Image From the Surround View
Cameras
CAMERA
Button
1Surround View Camera System *
■ For frontal views:
Press the CAMERA button when the vehicle is
stationary or moving at 7 mph (12 km/h) or
slower. Press the button again to switch
camera views.
■ For rear reviews:
Change the gear position to (R when the
vehicle is stationary. Press the CAMERA
button to switch to rear view mode.
The surround view camera system does not eliminate
all blind spots. The system is for your convenience
only.
Always keep the camera lenses clean and free from
debris.
The system is disabled when the gear position is in
(R .
You can customize the display setting.
2 Customized Features P. 358
Driving
* Not available on all models
Continued
559
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
560 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSurround View Camera System * uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
■ Camera Locations and Images
Ground View
An overhead view created by the
combination of images captured
by four cameras.
Front Ground View
CAMERA Button
CAMERA
Button
CAMERA Button
CAMERA Button
Driving
Right Side View
Sideview Camera
(Passenger side)
Sideview Camera
(Driver side)
CAMERA Button
Rear
Normal
View
Left and Right
Side View
Front-view Camera
560
CAMERA
Button
Rear
Wide
View
Front Wide View
Press and
hold
CAMERA
button.
Rear
Ground
View
The unique surround view camera lenses make distances appear
differently than they actually are - objects seen on the information screen
may appear closer or further away, and may be distorted. This becomes
more apparent the further away an object is from your vehicle.
Rearview Camera
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
561 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSurround View Camera System * uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
■ Reference Lines and Guides
Following can be displayed when the system is on.
Guide lines: Help you to get a sense of a distance between your vehicle and the
rear surroundings. The distance may appear differently than the actual distance.
Projection lines: Indicate vehicle direction while the steering wheel is in the current
position.
Operating the audio system while the surround view
camera system screen is displayed cancels the
surround view camera system screen and starts up
the audio system screen.
If you press the CAMERA button while the vehicle
speed is more than 9 mph (15 km/h), the standby
screen appears.
When Show Camera When Decelerating is on,
and the vehicle speed is reduced below 7 mph (12
km/h), the screen switches to a surround view camera
system image.
2 Customized Features P. 358
1Reference Lines and Guides
The positions/distances indicated by the guide lines
and camera views on the display may differ from the
actual positions/distances due to the changes in the
vehicle height, road conditions, and other factors.
The guide lines should be used as a reference only.
Driving
Depending on your parking situation, you can select Back-in Left Park Guidance,
Back-in Right Park Guidance, Left Parallel Park Guidance, or Right Parallel
Park Guidance from Camera Menu to display:
Initial position guide: Marks the point
where your vehicle is headed when reversing.
Steering position alignment guide:
Indicates when to change the steering wheel
position.
1Displaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
The guide lines can be turned on and off using the
information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 358
If you turn the guide lines off, they remain off until
you turn them back on.
561
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
562 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSurround View Camera System * uWhen Parking Your Vehicle
When Parking Your Vehicle
■ Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle
The display automatically changes to the rear view when the gear position is
changed to (R .
Rear Normal View
Rear Wide View
Not folded
Folded
Driving
1Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle
20 inches
(50 cm)
When changing the gear position from/to (R , you
may experience a delay in switching between the
information screen and a rear view image.
39 inches (1 m)
Approximate distances the
projection lines indicate
Blind spots
appear in
black.
39 inches
(1 m)
The projection lines
appear approx. 16
inches (40 cm) outside
the vehicle body.
Press the CAMERA
button.
562
The ground view can be displayed even with the door
mirrors folded. However, the viewable angle and
blind spot change.
Do not refer to the surround view camera system
when the door mirrors are folded.
Rear Ground View
When the
steering wheel
is turned more
than 90
degrees.
Approximate distances
the guide lines indicate
1When Parking Your Vehicle
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
563 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSurround View Camera System * uWhen Parking Your Vehicle
■ Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
Steering position alignment
guide enters the parking
space. (Step 4)
Initial
Positioning
Guide
C
B
1Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
If the steering position alignment guide does not fit in
the parking lines, the parking space is too small for
the vehicle.
Reference lines can be useful only when the parking
space is in a rectangular shape with straight parking
marks and when vehicles in the next parking spaces
are within the spaces.
Steering Position
Alignment Guide
Must be wider than approx. 8 feet (2.5 m)
A
The initial positioning
guide must come here.
Must be wider than approx. 20 feet (6 m)
Make sure the guides
are within the parking
space when reversing.
Continued
Driving
1. With your vehicle at a complete stop, press the CAMERA button, then press the
ENTER/MENU button. Rotate
to select Back-in Left Park Guidance or
Back-in Right Park Guidance. Press .
2. Move the vehicle forward perpendicular to the parking space and stop where the
initial positioning guide in the display is at the center of the parking space.
3. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left (if the parking space is on the passenger
side) at a stop.
u The steering position alignment guide is displayed.
4. Slowly move the vehicle forward.
u Stop the vehicle when the steering position alignment guide enters the parking space.
5. Turn the steering wheel fully to the right (if the parking space is on the passenger
side) at a stop. Start reversing the vehicle slowly.
6. Stop the vehicle when it is parallel to the parking lines.
7. Return the steering wheel to its center position, then reverse the vehicle slowly
until it is parked within the space.
563
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
564 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSurround View Camera System * uWhen Parking Your Vehicle
■ Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
B
A
Must be
wider than
approx. 8
feet (2.5 m)
C
Initial
positioning
guide
overlaps the
front corner
of the space.
(Step 2)
Initial
Positioning
Guide
Steering Position
Alignment Guide
Must be longer than approx. 21 feet (6.5 m)
Must be wider than approx. 20 feet (6 m)
Driving
564
1. Press the CAMERA button, then press the ENTER/MENU button. Rotate
to
select Left Parallel Park Guidance or Right Parallel Park Guidance. Press .
2. Move the vehicle forward parallel to the parking space and stop when the initial
positioning guide shown in the display overlaps the front corner of the space.
3. Turn the steering wheel fully to the right (if the parking space is on the passenger
side) at a stop.
u The steering position alignment guide is displayed.
4. Slowly reverse the vehicle.
u Stop the vehicle when the steering position alignment guide overlaps the
sideline of the parking space.
5. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left (if the parking space is on the passenger
side) at a stop. Reverse the vehicle slowly.
6. Stop the vehicle when it is parallel to the parking lines.
7. Return the steering wheel to its center position, then reverse the vehicle slowly
until it is parked within the space.
1 Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
Reference lines can be useful only when the parking
space is in a rectangular shape with straight parking
marks and when vehicles in the next parking spaces
are within the spaces.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
565 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSurround View Camera System * uWhen Parking Your Vehicle
■ Checking for the Sides of Your Vehicle
1Checking for the Sides of Your Vehicle
You can display the front ground view screen using all the four cameras for the
system. Pressing the CAMERA button when the vehicle speed is at below 7 mph (12
km/h) changes the image as follows.
A Combined Image of
Both Side Views
Front Wide View
Front Ground View
When the vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h),
the front or side view on the screen automatically
switches to the information screen. The front or side
view screen resumes when Show Camera When
Decelerating is on, and the vehicle speed is reduced
below 7 mph (12 km/h).
2 Customized Features P. 358
0 mph (0 km/h)
Camera
Screen
Press and hold the
CAMERA button.
Side
View
Camera
Screen*1
0 mph (0 km/h)
Down
Information
Screen
Information
Screen
7 mph (12 km/h)
Up
Driving
When the
steering wheel
is turned more
than 90
degrees.
9 mph (15 km/h)
*1 : When Show Camera When Decelerating is on.
Approximate distance
the reference line
indicates.
approx. 3 feet (1 m)
Blind spots
appear in black.
Projection lines
appear.
Press the CAMERA
button.
Continued
565
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
566 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSurround View Camera System * uWhen Parking Your Vehicle
■ Checking from the front wide view at intersections
1Checking from the front wide view at intersections
The front wide view screen is useful when you need to check for vehicles crossing
from either direction at an intersection with poor visibility.
The angle
provided by the
front wide view
screen is 180
degrees.
Front Wide View Screen
When the vehicle
speed is below 7
mph (12 km/h),
press the
CAMERA button
repeatedly until
the front wide
view comes on.
■ Checking the sides of your vehicle
1Checking the sides of your vehicle
The side view screens are convenient when you pull over at a curb or tollbooth, or
slowly pass by oncoming vehicles on a narrow road.
Driving
Side View Screen
Side Views
The images
from the side
cameras.
12 inches
(30 cm)
Press and hold the
CAMERA button.
12 inches
(30 cm)
566
12 inches
(30 cm)
The front wide view image is a wide-angled view. The
displayed image will be largely distorted, and objects
may appear closer or more distant than they actually
are.
Approximate distance
the projection lines
indicate is 12 inches
(30 cm) from the
vehicle.
When the door mirrors are folded, the side views
cannot be displayed.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
567 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSurround View Camera System * uWhen Parking Your Vehicle
■ Surround View Camera System Limitations
The system may not work properly under the following conditions.
Conditions
The images may not
appear clearly when:
●
●
●
●
●
●
You activate the system in bad weather (heavy rain, Do not use the surround view camera system but rely
snow, fog, etc.) or in the dark.
only on visual confirmation until the conditions allow
Camera temperatures are high.
the system to work properly.
A sudden change between light and dark such as an
entrance or exit of a tunnel.
You drive into the sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk.)
A camera lens is covered with dirt, moisture, or
debris.
A camera lens is scratched.
Clean camera lenses with a soft cloth moisturized with
water, mild detergent or glass cleaner.
The information screen is dirty.
Wipe off the screen using a soft dry cloth.
A camera or the area around the camera has been
severely impacted.
Do not use the surround view camera system and
contact a dealer.
Driving
A camera angle is
altered.
Solutions
An error message is displayed while the surround view camera system is in use.
567
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
568 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Refueling
Fuel Information
■ Fuel recommendation
Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher
Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the
engine and will result in decreased engine performance.
Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.
■ Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.
Driving
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com In
Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more
information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
■ Fuel tank capacity: 19.5 US gal (73.8 liters)
568
1Fuel Information
NOTICE
We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service. Some
gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such as
ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
569 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
How to Refuel
Your fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel filler cap. You can insert the filler nozzle
directly into the filler neck. The tank seals itself again when you pull out the filler
nozzle.
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear.
2. Turn off the engine.
3. Press the fuel fill door release button.
u The fuel fill door opens.
Press
1How to Refuel
3 WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Driving
The fuel filler opening is designed to accept only
service station filler nozzles for refueling. Use of
smaller diameter tubes (e.g., those used to siphon
fuel for other uses) or other non-service station
devices can damage the area in and around the filler
opening.
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
If the fuel filler nozzle keeps turning off when the
tank is not full, there may be a problem with the
pump’s fuel vapor recovery system. Try filling at
another pump. If this does not fix the problem,
consult a dealer.
Continued
569
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
570 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
4. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the
lower part of filler opening, then insert it
slowly and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the filler
nozzle goes down along with the filler
pipe.
u Keep the filler nozzle level.
u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will
click off automatically.
u After filling, wait about five seconds
before removing the filler nozzle.
5. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
Driving
570
1How to Refuel
Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.
If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
2 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
P. 669
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
571 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions
Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2
Emissions
Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO2 emissions is dependent on several
factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and
vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the
rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
■ Maintenance and Fuel Economy
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
Miles driven
Gallons of
fuel
Miles per
Gallon
100
Liter
Kilometers
L per 100 km
In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
information on how this test is performed, please visit
http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/
Driving
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
MID.
• Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal.
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle’s underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions
571
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
572
572 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
573 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 574
Safety When Performing Maintenance..575
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service...576
Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 577
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 581
Opening the Hood ........................... 582
Engine Compartment Cover............. 583
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 584
Oil Check ......................................... 585
Adding Engine Oil ............................ 586
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter...587
* Not available on all models
Engine Coolant ................................ 589
Transmission Fluid............................ 591
Brake Fluid....................................... 592
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 592
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 593
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades...598
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 602
Tire and Loading Information Label .. 603
Tire Labeling .................................... 603
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).. 605
Wear Indicators................................ 607
Tire Service Life ................................ 607
Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 608
Tire Rotation.................................... 609
Winter Tires ..................................... 610
Battery............................................... 611
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery ........... 613
Remote Control and Wireless
Headphone Care * ........................... 615
Climate Control System Maintenance ..617
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 618
Exterior Care.................................... 620
Accessories and Modifications ........ 623
573
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
574 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and
inspection information.
■ Types of Inspection and Maintenance
■ Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.
■ Periodic inspections
• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Checking the Brake Fluid P. 592
• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 602
Maintenance
574
• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
1Inspection and Maintenance
U.S. models
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the multi-information display (MID).
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 579
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 682
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 593
• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 598
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
575 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance
Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.
However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether you should perform a given
task.
■ Maintenance Safety
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or
compressed air.
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts.
u Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function * is activated.
* Not available on all models
3 WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner’s manual.
3 WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner’s manual.
Maintenance
■ Vehicle Safety
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
575
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
576 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same
high quality standards used in Acura vehicles.
Maintenance
576
1Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
damage the engine cover and component parts.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
577 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Maintenance MinderTM
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages
appear on the multi-information display (MID) every time you set the power mode
to ON. The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring
your vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.
To Use Maintenance MinderTM
■ Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the
engine oil, appear on the MID.
You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls until the engine oil life appears on
the MID.
Remaining Engine Oil Life
Multi-function
Steering-wheel
Controls
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
15
10
5
0
Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 to 91
90 to 81
80 to 71
70 to 61
60 to 51
50 to 41
40 to 31
30 to 21
20 to 16
15 to 11
10 to 6
5 to 1
0
Maintenance
Maintenance Service Items
Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you
can view on the MID.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 579
Continued
577
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
578 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
■ Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information
Display (MID)
Maintenance
Maintenance Message
Oil Life Display
Explanation
Information
Maintenance Due Soon
15%
The remaining engine oil life is 15 to
6 percent. Once you switch the
display by rolling the multi-function
steering-wheel controls, this
message will go off.
The engine oil is approaching the end
of its service life, and the maintenance
items should be inspected and serviced
soon.
Maintenance Due Now
5%
The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1
percent. Roll the multi-function
steering-wheel controls to switch to
another display.
The engine oil has almost reached the
end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be inspected
and serviced as soon as possible.
Maintenance Past Due
Negative Distance
U.S.
The system message indicator (
578
Canada
The remaining engine oil life has
The engine oil life has passed.
passed its service life, and a negative The maintenance items must be
inspected and serviced immediately.
distance appears after driving over
10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km
(Canadian models). Roll the multifunction steering wheel control to
switch to another display.
) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
579 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
■ Maintenance Service Items
System Message
Indicator
1Maintenance Service Items
• Independent of the Maintenance Minder
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Sub Items
Maintenance Main Items
Replace engine oil*1
Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter
Inspect front and rear brakes
Check expiration date for tire repair kit bottle *
Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
Inspect suspension components
Inspect driveshaft boots
Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA)
Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
Inspect exhaust system#
Inspect fuel lines and connections#
*1: If the message Maintenance Due Now does not appear more than 12 months after the display
is reset, change the engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
* Not available on all models
CODE
1
2
●
●
●
●
3
4
●
●
●
●
5
6
●
●
Maintenance Sub Items
Rotate tires
Replace air cleaner element*2
Replace dust and pollen filter*3
Inspect drive belt
Replace transmission and transfer * fluid*4
Replace spark plugs
Replace timing belt and inspect water pump*5
Inspect valve clearance
Replace engine coolant
Replace rear differential fluid *, *6
Maintenance
●
• Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.
Main
Item
CODE
A
B
information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.
Maintenance Minder Message
*4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher transmission
temperature. This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the
Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission
fluid changed at 30,000 miles (48,000 km).
*5: If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over 110°F, 43°C), in very low temperatures (under
-20°F, -29°C), replace every 60,000 miles/100,000 km.
*6: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher level of
mechanical (Shear) stress to fluid. This requires differential fluid changes more frequently than
recommended by the Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions,
have the differential fluid changed at 7,500 miles (12,000 km), then every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
Continued
579
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
580 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
■ Resetting the Display
1Resetting the Display
Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.
Maintenance Service Items
NOTICE
Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance
service results in the system showing incorrect
maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious
mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after
completing the required maintenance service. If
someone other than a dealer performs maintenance
service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.
Remaining Engine Oil Life
You can reset the engine oil life display using the
audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 358
Multi-function
Steering-wheel
Controls
Maintenance
580
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Go to the Maintenance Info. group.
2 Customized Features P. 126
3. Push the multi-function steering-wheel controls.
u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the MID.
4. Select Reset with the multi-function steering-wheel controls, then push the
multi-function steering wheel control.
u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display
returns to 100%.
u To cancel the oil life reset mode, select Cancel, then push the multi-function
steering-wheel controls.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
581 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange)
Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)
Washer Fluid
Battery
Maintenance
Engine Coolant
Reserve Tank
Radiator Cap
581
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
582 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood
Opening the Hood
Hood Release Handle
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
driver’s side lower corner of the dashboard.
u The hood will pop up slightly.
Pull
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE
Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised: The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in
possible damage to the hood and/or the wipers.
Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
damage the engine cover and component parts.
3. Push the hood latch lever (located under
the front edge of the hood to the center) to
the side and raise the hood.
Once you have raised the hood slightly, you
can release the lever.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
Models with Auto Idle Stop
Lever
Maintenance
582
Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop
function is activated.
4. Lift the hood up most of the way.
u The hydraulic supports will lift it up the
rest of the way and hold it up.
When closing, lower it to approximately 12
inches (30 cm), then press down firmly with
your hands.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
583 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Compartment Cover
Engine Compartment Cover
The component parts in the engine compartment are protected by a cover.
You may need to remove the cover when you perform certain maintenance work.
Pull up on the engine compartment cover carefully until all pins are removed from
their grommets.
Remove the Engine Compartment Cover
Maintenance
583
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
584 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil
Recommended Engine Oil
• Genuine Acura Motor Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
Oil is a major contributor to your engine’s
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.
This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving
and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Use a Genuine Acura Motor Oil or another
commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown.
Maintenance
Ambient Temperature
■ Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.
584
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
585 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the
oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil, being careful not to overfill.
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
Maintenance
Upper Mark
Lower Mark
585
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
586 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil
Adding Engine Oil
1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Maintenance
586
1Adding Engine Oil
NOTICE
Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and
engine damage.
If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil
may damage the engine compartment components.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
587 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine’s lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multiinformation display.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
Drain Bolt
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
Washer
oil into a suitable container.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE
You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.
Maintenance
Continued
587
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
588 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Oil Filter
Maintenance
588
4. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
5. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
6. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and
install a new oil filter.
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the filter gasket.
7. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
29 lbf∙ft (39 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
8. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter):
5.7 US qt (5.4 L)
9. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and
start the engine.
10. Run the engine for a few minutes, and
then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
11. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes,
and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
589 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
Engine Coolant
1Engine Coolant
Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
3 WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
■ Reserve Tank
MAX
MIN
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.
u If the coolant level is below the MIN
mark, add the specified coolant until it
reaches the MAX mark.
If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in
corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction
or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled
with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.
Maintenance
2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 583
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
NOTICE
Genuine Acura engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of
antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at
temperatures as low as about −31°F (−35°C). If your
vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures
below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the
coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for
details.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.
Continued
589
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
590 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
■ Radiator
1Radiator
Radiator Cap
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Remove the engine compartment cover.
2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 583
3. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn counterclockwise and relieve any pressure in the
cooling system.
4. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counterclockwise to remove it.
5. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
6. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
Maintenance
590
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
591 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid
Transmission Fluid
■ Automatic Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 3.1 or higher
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself.
1Automatic Transmission Fluid
NOTICE
Do not mix Acura ATF-TYPE 3.1 (or higher) with
other transmission fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-TYPE
3.1 (or higher) may adversely affect the operation
and durability of your vehicle’s transmission, and
damage the transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to Acura ATF-TYPE 3.1 (or higher) is
not covered by Acura’s new vehicle limited warranty.
Maintenance
591
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
592 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid
Brake Fluid
Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
NOTICE
■ Checking the Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reserve
tank.
Brake Reserve Tank
1Brake Fluid
MAX
MIN
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle’s braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn
brake pads as soon as possible.
Refilling Window Washer Fluid
Maintenance
If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the MID.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.
Use only commercially available windshield washer
fluid.
Avoid prolonged use of hard water to prevent lime
scale build up.
592
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
593 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlights
Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.
Front Turn Signal/Parking, Daytime Running and
Front Side Marker Lights
1Headlights
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have
the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified
technician.
Front turn signal/parking, daytime running and front side marker lights are LED type.
Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Fog Lights *
Fog lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights
* Not available on all models
Maintenance
Door mirror side turn lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect
and replace the light assembly.
593
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
594 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Light and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
Brake Light and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Brake Light: 21 W
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W
1. Remove the cover.
u Starting at the bottom, carefully pull the
cover straight out, working upward until
all pins are removed from their
grommets.
u The grommets should remain in the
body.
Bolts
Maintenance
594
2. Use a Phillip-head screwdriver to remove
the bolts.
3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
595 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuReplacing Light BulbsuTaillights/Rear Side Marker Lights
4. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it. Remove the old bulb.
5. Insert a new bulb.
6. Slide the light assembly onto the guide on
the body.
7. Align the pins with the body grommets,
then push in until they fully seat.
Bulb
Socket
Taillights/Rear Side Marker Lights
Taillights/rear side marker lights are the LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer
inspect and replace the light assembly.
Maintenance
595
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
596 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light Bulbs
Back-Up Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Back-Up Light: 21 W
1. Remove the cover by prying on the edge
using a flat-tip screwdriver.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
Bulb
2. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it. Remove the old bulb.
3. Insert a new bulb.
Maintenance
Socket
Taillights
Taillights are the LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.
596
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
597 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Lights
Rear License Plate Lights
Rear license plate lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
High-Mount Brake Light
High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
Puddle Lights *
Puddle lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.
Maintenance
* Not available on all models
597
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
598 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces
of the blade may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the
passenger side.
Lock Tab
Maintenance
598
2. Pry on the edge of the lock tab using a flattip screwdriver to push it up.
Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth to
prevent scratches.
3. Slide the holder off the wiper arm.
1Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it
may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
599 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
4. Slide the wiper blade out of the holder by
pulling the tabbed end out.
Blade
Blade
5. Remove the retainers from the wiper blade
that has been removed, and mount to a
new wiper blade.
u Correctly align the wiper blade
protrusion and the retainer grooves.
Retainer
Maintenance
6. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder
from the bottom end.
u The tab on the holder should fit in the
indent of the wiper blade.
7. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm, then
push down the lock tab.
8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
then the driver side.
599
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
600 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Raise the wiper arm off.
1Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm, it may damage the
rear window.
2. Slide the wiper blade out from the end with
the indent.
Blade
Maintenance
3. Remove the retainers from wiper blade and
mount to a new rubber blade.
Retainer
Rubber
600
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
601 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
4. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder.
u Make sure it is engaged correctly, then
install the wiper blade assembly onto the
wiper arm.
Maintenance
601
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
602 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
■ Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.
Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
Maintenance
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires, including the spare *. Even tires in good condition can lose 1–2 psi (10–20
kPa, 0.1–0.2 kgf/cm2) per month.
■ Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.
Look for:
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 607
• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
602
* Not available on all models
1Checking Tires
3 WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if
checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
603 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label
Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Label
Example
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare.
d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.
Tire Labeling
Example
Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)
The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described below.
Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size
■ Tire Sizes
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
Continued
Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
P235/60R18 102V
P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle).
235: Tire width in millimeters.
60: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
18: Rim diameter in inches.
102: Load index (a numerical code associated with
the maximum load the tire can carry).
V: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).
Maintenance
Maximum
Tire Load
1Tire Sizes
603
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
604 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling
■ Tire Identification Number (TIN)
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
■ Glossary of Tire Terminology
Maintenance
604
Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer’s identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
605 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.
■ Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
Continued
For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
Maintenance
■ Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
605
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
606 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Maintenance
606
■ Traction
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
1Traction
■ Temperature
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
1Temperature
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
607 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators
Wear Indicators
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark
The groove where the wear indicator is
located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.
Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
* Not available on all models
Maintenance
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare *, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
607
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
608 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement
Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) system to work incorrectly.
Maintenance
608
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3 WARNING
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle.
Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
609 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation
Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the MID helps to distribute
wear more evenly and increase tire life.
■ Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
Front
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
Front
Rotation Mark
■ Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
Maintenance
Front
609
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
610 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires
Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires,
or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when
driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.
1Winter Tires
3 WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
• Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
• Install them on the front tires only.
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
Maintenance
610
Cable-type: SCC Cable Chain Super Z LT - ZT735
• Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
• Drive slowly.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
NOTICE
Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer’s instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
driving conditions. For more information, contact a
dealer.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
611 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Battery
Checking the Battery
The condition of the battery is monitored by a
sensor located on the negative terminal of the
battery. If there is a problem with this sensor,
the multi-information display (MID) will
display a warning message. If this happens,
have you vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Battery
Check the battery terminals for corrosion
monthly.
If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Audio System Theft Protection P. 236
• The clock resets.
1Battery
3 WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.
2 Clock P. 138
• The navigation system * is disabled.
2 Refer to navigation system manual
Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle’s electrical system.
Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel
dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to
help prevent future corrosion.
Maintenance
Charging the Battery *
WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Consult a dealer for more information.
* Not available on all models
611
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
612 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuBatteryuCharging the AGM Battery *
Charging the AGM Battery *
AGM labeled batteries like those installed in your vehicle require a compatible
charger to be properly charged. Damage to the battery can result if the battery is
charged improperly or with the wrong equipment. For more information on how to
charge your vehicle’s AGM battery, consult a dealer.
Maintenance
612
* Not available on all models
1Battery
Models with Auto Idle Stop
The battery installed in this vehicle is specifically
designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop.
Using a battery other than this specified type may
shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop
from activating. If you need to replace the battery,
make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer
for more details.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
613 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery
Models without remote control engine start system
1Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
3 WARNING
Battery type: CR2032
1. Remove the built-in key.
Battery
Continued
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
Maintenance
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
u Remove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the transmitter.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD
The battery that powers the remote
transmitter can cause severe internal burns
and can even lead to death if swallowed.
Keep new and used batteries away from
children.
If you suspect that a child has swallowed
the battery, seek medical attention
immediately.
613
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
614 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery
Models with remote control engine start system
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
Battery type: CR2032
1. Remove the built-in key.
u As a convenience, lightly place masking
tape over the remote buttons to hold
them in place.
Battery
Maintenance
614
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the transmitter.
3. Press down on the center of the assembly
and remove the battery.
u When removing the button battery, be
careful not to touch parts around it.
4. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
1Replacing the Button Battery
Models with remote control engine start system
NOTICE
The Remote transmitter is equipped with two
batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin
button battery and an integral non-replaceable
rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage
to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032
battery every three to four years.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
615 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care *
Models with Rear Entertainment System
Replacing the Battery
1Replacing the Battery
■ Remote Control
3 WARNING
If it takes several pushes on the remote control buttons to operate the rear
entertainment system, replace the battery.
Battery type: BR3032
1. Remove the cover.
2. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD
The battery that powers the remote control
can cause severe internal burns and can
even lead to death if swallowed.
Keep new and used batteries away from
children.
If you suspect that a child has swallowed
the battery, seek medical attention
immediately.
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
* Not available on all models
Continued
Maintenance
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
615
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
616 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuRemote Control and Wireless Headphone Care * uReplacing the Battery
■ Wireless Headphone
If there is no sound coming from the wireless headphone, replace the battery.
Battery type: AAA
1. Remove the screw.
Cover
Maintenance
616
Battery
2. Open the cover.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
617 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Climate Control System Maintenance
Dust and Pollen Filter
The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects
pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let
you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the climate control system
deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up
easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please
contact a dealer for replacement.
Maintenance
617
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
618 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
■ Cleaning Seat Belts
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
Opening
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical
devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are
splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may
cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside
the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.
Maintenance
618
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
away using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
619 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCleaninguInterior Care
■ Cleaning the Window
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
■ Floor Mats
Unlock
Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mats.
■ Maintaining Genuine Leather
To properly clean leather:
1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust.
2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90%
water and 10% neutral soap.
3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth.
4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade.
* Not available on all models
1Floor Mats
If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the rear seat floor mat properly. If they are
not properly positioned, the floor mat can interfere
with the front seat functions.
1Maintaining Genuine Leather
Maintenance
Lock
The front and second row passenger’s floor
mats hook over floor anchors, which keep
them from sliding forward. To remove a mat
for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the
unlock position. When reinstalling the mat
after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock
position.
Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass
cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front
sensor camera and the rainfall/light sensor *.
2 Automatic Operation (automatic lighting
control) P. 174
2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers * P. 181
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487
It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as
soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting
in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the
leather. In addition, please note that some dark
colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats
resulting in discoloration or stains.
619
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
620 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive.
Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a
painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.
■ Washing the Vehicle
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can
cause a malfunction.
Air Intake Vents
Maintenance
620
Do not spray water onto the capless unit when the
fuel fill door is open. It can cause damage to the fuel
system or engine.
■ Using an Automated Car Wash
• Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.
• Fold in the door mirrors.
• For models equipped with automatic intermittent wipers, turn the wipers off.
1Using an Automated Car Wash
When using an automated car wash that pulls the
vehicle through with a conveyor, make sure vehicle is
in car wash mode.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 476
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
621 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCleaninguExterior Care
■ Using High Pressure Cleaners
• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.
■ Applying Wax
1Applying Wax
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.
■ Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.
NOTICE
Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe
away spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.
Maintenance
■ Cleaning the Window
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
Continued
621
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
622 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuCleaninguExterior Care
■ Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent
to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals
(including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish
on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish,
the wheels also may lose their luster or appear burnished. To avoid water stains,
wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet.
■ Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
Maintenance
622
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
623 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
• Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows.
Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the
vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags
deploy.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 658
• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
1Accessories and Modifications
3 WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
Maintenance
623
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
624 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications
Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or
reliability, or install non-genuine Acura parts or accessories that may have a similar
effect.
Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance.
Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not
make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle
to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.
The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle
is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other
devices that Acura has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely
affect the vehicle’s electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly
resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.
Do not modify or attempt to repair any of the electrical components.
Maintenance
624
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
625 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools
Types of Tools .................................. 626
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire * ....................... 627
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire * ..... 634
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine ........................ 646
If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak ............................................. 647
Emergency Engine Stop ................... 648
Jump Starting.................................... 649
* Not available on all models
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 651
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On... 653
If the Charging System Indicator Comes
On ................................................. 653
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks ................................... 654
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On ................................................... 655
If the Speed-Sensitive Electric Power Steering
(EPS) System Indicator Comes On........... 655
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks ....................... 657
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks
along with the Warning Message...... 657
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 658
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 665
Emergency Towing........................... 666
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door.. 667
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate ..668
Refueling........................................... 669
Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container.. 669
625
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
626 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Tools
Types of Tools
1Types of Tools
The tools are stored in the cargo area.
Towing Hook
Funnel
Models with a compact spare tire
Wheel Nut Wrench/Jack Handle
Tool Case
Handling the Unexpected
626
Jack Handle Bar
Funnel
Jack
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
627 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire *
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact
spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or
replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Change the gear position to (P .
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
1Changing a Flat Tire *
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full-size tire as soon as possible.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it
with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the
one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle (if
equipped). If a different agent is used, you may
permanently damage the tire pressure sensor.
* Not available on all models
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model. Do not use them with
another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact
spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.
627
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
628 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire *
■ Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
1. Push the rear edge of the handle on the
floor lid and open the lid.
1Changing a Flat Tire *
NOTICE
Do not use the jack if it doesn’t work properly. Call
your dealer or a professional towing service.
The wheel nut wrench supplied with your vehicle is
specially adapted to fit the holder shaft. Do not use
any other tool.
Handle
Handling the Unexpected
2. Take out the cargo floor box.
Cargo Floor Box
Tool Case
628
* Not available on all models
3. Take the jack, wheel nut wrench, and jack
handle bar out of the tool case.
The subwoofer is located on the rear right side. Do
not store anything in this area. Doing so may
compromise vehicle audio performance.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
629 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire *
4. Remove the cover on the cargo area lining
to access the shaft for the spare tire hoist.
Cover
Jack Handle Bar
Wheel Nut Wrench
Bracket
6. Keep turning the wheel nut wrench to
create slack in the cable.
7. Remove the bracket from the spare tire.
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
5. Put the wheel nut wrench with the jack
handle bar on the hoist shaft.
Turn the wrench to the left to lower the
spare tire to the ground.
629
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
630 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire *
8. Place a wheel block or rock in front and
rear of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.
The tire to be replaced.
Handling the Unexpected
630
Wheel
Blocks
9. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side
up) under the vehicle body, near the tire
that needs to be replaced.
10. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
631 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire *
■ How to Set Up the Jack
1How to Set Up the Jack
1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.
3 WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly, and no person should place any
portion of their body under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in
the image until the top of the jack contacts
the jacking point.
u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.
Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle.
Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or
may not fit the jacking point.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely:
• Do not use while the engine is running.
• Use only where the ground is firm and level.
• Use only at the jacking points.
• Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
• Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.
Handling the Unexpected
Jacking Points
Jack Handle Bar
Wheel Nut Wrench as Jack Handle
Continued
631
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
632 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire *
■ Replacing the Flat Tire
1Replacing the Flat Tire
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.
Handling the Unexpected
2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop
rotating.
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
94 lbf∙ft (127 N∙m, 13.0 kgf∙m)
632
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
633 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire *
■ Storing the Flat Tire
Center Cap
1. Remove the center cap.
2. Place the flat tire face up under the hoist.
3. Insert the hoist bracket into the center hole
of the flat tire.
4. Slowly turn the wheel nut wrench clockwise
to take up the hoist cable slack. Make sure
the bracket is seated in the center hole of
the flat tire.
3 WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the jack and tools securely before
driving.
Handling the Unexpected
Jack Handle Bar
1Storing the Flat Tire
5. Turn the wheel nut wrench with the jack
handle bar clockwise until the flat tire rests
against the underbody of the vehicle and
you hear the hoist click.
6. Securely store the jack and wheel nut
wrench and jack handle bar back in the tool
case. Store the case in the cargo area.
Wheel Nut Wrench
■ TPMS and the Spare Tire
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes
on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will
start blinking for a short time and then stay on. Tire Pressure Monitor Problem
appears on the multi-information display (MID), but this is normal.
If you replace the tire with a specified regular tire, the warning message on the MID
and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few miles (kilometers).
1TPMS and the Spare Tire
The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare
tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure
that it is correct.
Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with
a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind
the valve stem.
633
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
634 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire *
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire *
If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the
vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can
use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station
for a more permanent repair.
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place.
Handling the Unexpected
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking
brake.
2. Change the gear position to (P .
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire *
The kit should not be used in the following situations.
Instead, contact a dealer or roadside assistance to
have the vehicle towed.
• The tire sealant has expired.
• More than one tire is punctured.
• The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4mm).
• The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is
outside the contact area.
Contact
Area
When the puncture is:
Kit Use
Smaller than 3/16 inch
(4 mm)
Yes
Larger than 3/16 inch
(4 mm)
No
• Damage has been caused by driving with the tire
extremely under inflated.
• The tire bead is no longer seated.
• The rim is damaged.
Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the
tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be
able to repair the puncture using the kit.
NOTICE
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the
one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If
a different agent is used, you may permanently
damage the tire pressure sensor.
634
* Not available on all models
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
635 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire *
■ Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Repair notification label and speed restriction label
are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.
Power Plug
Instruction Manual
AIR
When making a temporary repair, carefully read the
instruction manual provided with the kit.
Sealant/Air Hose
REPAIR
Pressure Gauge
Inflator Switch
Repair Notification Label
Speed Restriction Label
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Pressure Relief Button
635
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
636 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire *
1. Pull the handle on the cargo area floor lid
and open the lid.
Handle
2. Take out the cargo floor box.
Handling the Unexpected
Cargo Floor Box
Case
636
Tire Repair Kit
3. Take the kit out of the case.
4. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
637 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire *
■ Injecting Sealant and Air
Valve Cap
1Injecting Sealant and Air
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve
stem.
3 WARNING
Tire sealant contains substances that are
harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.
If accidentally swallowed, do not induce
vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get
medical attention immediately.
Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
For skin or eye contact, flush with cool
water and get medical attention if
necessary.
In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily.
In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before
using.
The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other
materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away
any spills immediately.
Sealant/Air Hose
Handling the Unexpected
2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the
packaging.
3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
Valve Stem
Continued
637
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
638 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire *
4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory
power socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power
sockets.
1Injecting Sealant and Air
3 WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 213
Handling the Unexpected
5. Start the engine.
u Keep the engine running while injecting
sealant and air.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 74
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
6. Turn the selector switch to REPAIR.
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor
for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can
overheat and become permanently damaged.
REPAIR
There are three accessory power sockets:
• In the console compartment
• In the front of the center pocket
• In the left side panel in the cargo area
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 213
Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure
shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than
actual. After the sealant injection is complete the
pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the
tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately
measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air
compressor off only after the sealant injection is
complete.
638
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
639 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire *
Pressure Gauge
ON
OFF
Valve Stem
1Injecting Sealant and Air
If the required air pressure is not reached within 10
minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for
the kit to provide the necessary seal, and your vehicle
will need to be towed.
See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle
and proper disposal of an empty bottle.
Handling the Unexpected
Sealant/Air Hose
7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the
compressor.
u The compressor starts injecting sealant
and air into the tire.
u When the sealant injection is complete,
continue to add air.
8. After the air pressure reaches 35 psi (240
kPa), turn off the kit.
u To check the pressure, occasionally turn
off the compressor and read the gauge.
9. Unplug the power plug from the accessory
power socket.
10. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
11. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
Pressure Relief Button
Continued
639
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
640 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire *
12. Apply the speed restriction label to the
location as shown.
Speed Restriction Label
Repair Notification Label
Handling the Unexpected
13. Apply the repair notification label to the
flat surface of the wheel.
u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.
■ Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
1. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes.
u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
2. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
640
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
641 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire *
3. Recheck the air pressure using the sealant/
air hose on the compressor.
Sealant/Air Hose
AIR
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 643
ON
5. If the air pressure is
• Less than 25 psi (175 kPa):
Do not add air or continue driving. The leak
is too severe. Call for help and have your
vehicle towed.
2 Emergency Towing P. 666
• 35 psi (240 kPa) or more:
Continue driving for another 10 minutes or
until you reach the nearest service station,
whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph
(80 km/h). If you have not reached a service
station, stop and check the tire pressure.
u If the air pressure does not go down after
the 10 minute driving, you do not need
to check the pressure any more.
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
4. Turn the selector switch to AIR.
u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure.
641
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
642 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire *
• Greater than 25 psi (175 kPa), but less
than 35 psi (240 kPa):
Turn the air compressor on to inflate the
tire until the tire pressure reaches 35 psi
(240 kPa).
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 643
Handling the Unexpected
Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or
until you reach the nearest service station,
whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph
(80 km/h). If you have not reached a service
station, stop and check the tire pressure.
u You should repeat this procedure as long
as the air pressure is within this range.
6. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem.
Reinstall the valve cap.
7. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
8. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
642
1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
3 WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
643 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire *
■ Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
NOTICE
You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire.
1. Open the cargo area floor lid.
2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair
the Flat Tire P. 635
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
2. Remove the kit from the case.
3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
4. Remove the sealant/air hose from the kit.
Handling the Unexpected
Air Only Hose
5. Remove the valve cap.
Valve Cap
Air Only Hose
6. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
Valve Stem
Continued
643
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
644 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire *
7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power
socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power
sockets.
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
3 WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 213
Handling the Unexpected
644
8. Start the engine.
u Keep the engine running while injecting
air.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 74
9. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY.
10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts to inject air into
the tire.
11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.
AIR
ON
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
645 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire *
Pressure Relief Button
Handling the Unexpected
12. Turn off the kit.
u Check the pressure gauge on the air
compressor.
u If overinflated, press the pressure relief
button.
13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
14. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
15. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
645
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
646 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine
If the engine does not start, check the starter.
1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 649
Handling the Unexpected
Starter condition
Starter doesn’t turn or turns
over slowly.
The battery may be dead. Check
each of the items on the right and
respond accordingly.
Checklist
Check for a message on the MID.
● If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 647
uMake sure the keyless access remote is in its operating range.
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range P. 169
Check the brightness of the interior lights.
Turn on the interior lights and check the brightness.
● If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all
2 Battery P. 611
If the interior lights come on normally 2 Fuses P. 658
Review the engine start procedure.
Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 465
Check the immobilizer system indicator.
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started.
●
The starter turns over normally
but the engine doesn’t start.
There may be a problem with the
fuse. Check each of the items on
the right and respond accordingly.
2 Immobilizer System P. 163
Check the fuel level.
There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel Gauge P. 119
Check the fuse.
Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 665
If the problem continues:
2 Emergency Towing P. 666
646
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
647 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak
If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak
ENGINE
START
STOP
2. Depress the brake pedal and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button within 10
seconds after the beeper sounds while the
indicator stays on.
u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.
Handling the Unexpected
If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears on the multi-information display, and the indicator on the ENGINE START/
STOP button flashes, and the engine won’t start, start the engine as follows:
1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the A logo on the keyless
access remote while the indicator on the
ENGINE START/STOP button is flashing.
The buttons on the keyless access remote
should be facing you.
u The indicator flashes for about 30
seconds.
647
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
648 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop
Emergency Engine Stop
The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an
emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the
following operations:
• Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds.
• Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times.
Handling the Unexpected
648
The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables
the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will
require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use
both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a
safe place.
U.S. models
The gear position automatically changes to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete
stop. Then, the power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.
Canadian models
The gear position automatically changes to P after the vehicle comes to a complete
stop. Then press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice without depressing the
brake pedal to change the mode to VEHICLE OFF.
1Emergency Engine Stop
Do not press the button while driving unless it is
absolutely necessary for the engine to be turned off.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
649 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Jump Starting
■ Jump Starting Procedure
1Jump Starting
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine,
then open the hood.
1. Pull up on the engine cover, remove it from
the pins.
u Start on the passenger side and lift the
outermost edge of the cover.
u Move towards the driver side while
applying uniform upward pressure.
Booster Battery
Pin
2. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle’s battery + terminal.
3. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
u Use a 12-volt booster battery only.
u When using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery,
select a lower charging voltage than 15
volt. Check the charger manual for the
proper setting.
4. Connect the second jumper cable to the
booster battery - terminal.
Continued
A battery can explode if you do not follow
the correct procedure, seriously injuring
anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the battery.
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they
do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and
may prevent the engine from starting.
Handling the Unexpected
Engine Cover
3 WARNING
649
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
650 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuJump Startingu
5. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the engine hanger as
shown. Do not connect this jumper cable to
any other part.
6. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
7. Attempt to start your vehicle’s engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
Handling the Unexpected
■ What to Do After the Engine Starts
Once your vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
650
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
651 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
• The temperature gauge needle is at the H mark or the engine suddenly loses
power.
• The Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message appears
on the multi-information display (MID).
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.
1How to Handle Overheating
3 WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
■ First thing to do
Continued
NOTICE
Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge
needle at the H mark may damage the engine.
Handling the Unexpected
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then, open the hood.
651
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
652 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
■ Next thing to do
Reserve Tank
1How to Handle Overheating
MAX
MIN
Handling the Unexpected
1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature
gauge needle comes down.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.
■ Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge.
If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone
down, contact a dealer for repairs.
652
3 WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.
Continuing to drive with the Stop Driving When
Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message on
the multi-information display may damage the
engine.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
653 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
■ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for approximately three minutes.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE
Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
2 Oil Check P. 585
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the battery is not being charged.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical
systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.
1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge
the battery.
Handling the Unexpected
3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator.
u The indicator goes off: Start driving again.
u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Immediately stop
the engine and contact a dealer for repairs.
653
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
654 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink
Handling the Unexpected
654
• Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a
dealer.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
655 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
U.S.
Canada
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution
system is not working. This can result in vehicle
instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
Handling the Unexpected
If the Speed-Sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator Comes On
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
655
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
656 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On
If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes
On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when there is a problem with the electric parking brake
system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Avoid using the parking brake and immediately get your vehicle
inspected at a dealer.
■ What to do when the electric parking brake indicator comes on
or blinks at the same time
Release the parking brake.
Handling the Unexpected
656
2 Parking Brake P. 528
• If the electric parking brake indicator remains on or blinks even after
releasing the parking brake, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe
place and call a dealer.
u To prevent your vehicle from moving, change the gear position to
(P .
• If only the electric parking brake indicator goes off, immediately get
your vehicle inspected at a dealer.
1If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On
If you apply the parking brake, it may not release.
If the electric parking brake indicator also turns on,
the parking brake is still applied.
When the electric parking brake indicator blinks at
the same time as the electric parking brake system
indicator, the system must be checked. The parking
brake may not operate under these conditions.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
657 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along
with the Warning Message
■ Reasons for the indicator to blink
There is a problem with the transmission system.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
• Immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
• Select (N after starting the engine.
u Check if the (N position in the instrument panel and the indicator
on the (N button light/blink.
u The engine cannot be turned on unless the parking brake is set.
NOTICE
Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
TPMS Fill Assist provides visual and audible assistance
during tire pressure adjustment. With the power
mode in ON, while you adjust tire pressure up or
down, the system alerts you as follows:
Below recommended pressure: The beeper
sounds and exterior lights flash once every five
seconds.
At recommended pressure: The beeper sounds
and exterior lights flash rapidly for ~ five seconds.
Above recommended pressure: The beeper
sounds and lights flash twice every three seconds.
1If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the
Warning Message
You may not be able to start the engine.
Handling the Unexpected
A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS
with Tire Fill Assist or the compact spare tire * is installed, the indicator
blinks for about one minute, and then stays on.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire * causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire.
The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Make sure to set the parking brake when parking
your vehicle.
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow
your vehicle.
2 Emergency Towing P. 666
2 Starting the Engine P. 465
* Not available on all models
657
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
658 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working, set
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
and check to see if any applicable fuse is
blown.
■ Engine Compartment Fuse
Box Type A
Handling the Unexpected
658
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push
the tabs to open the box.
Tab
* Not available on all models
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Circuit Protected
STRLD*2
−
ACG FR
Washer
IG1 OP*1
ECU FR
VBSOL*1
Starter*2
FI Sub
DBW
FI Main
IG Coil
DRL R
DRL L
Injector
Radio*1
Amps
7.5 A
−
15 A
15 A
(7.5 A)
7.5 A
(10 A)
7.5 A
15 A
15 A
15 A
15 A
10 A
10 A
20 A
20 A
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Circuit Protected
Back Up
MG Clutch
FR Fog *
−
H/L HI R
−
Small*1
−
H/L HI L
SBW
H/L LO R
H/L LO L
Oil LVL
Main Fan
Sub Fan
Wiper Main
*1:Models without Auto Idle Stop
*2:Models with Auto Idle Stop
Amps
10 A
(7.5 A)
7.5 A
−
7.5 A
−
10 A
−
7.5 A
15 A
10 A
10 A
7.5 A
30 A
30 A
30 A
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
659 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuFusesuFuse Locations
■ Engine Compartment Fuse
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Box Type B
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
Located near the battery. Push the tabs to
open the box.
1
2
Amps
150 A
40 A
20 A
3
30 A
30 A
60 A
60 A
60 A
60 A
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
* Not available on all models
Circuit Protected
H/L Washer *
IG1B Main
R/B Main
DR F/B-1
AS F/B-1
RR F/B-1
IG1A Main
DR F/B-2
FI Main
FR Blower
RR DEF
IG1 Main ST
Stop & Horn *
Stop *
Hazard
BMS
Small LT *
Amps
(30 A)
30 A
60 A
50 A
50 A
60 A
30 A
50 A
40 A
40 A
40 A
30 A
20 A
10 A
10 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Tab
Circuit Protected
Main Fuse
VSA MTR
VSA FSR
Stop&Horn Hazard *
Hazard *
RR BLOWER&BMS
DC/DC 3 *
RR F/B-2
AS F/B-2
EPS
659
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
660 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuFusesuFuse Locations
■ Engine Compartment Fuse
Box Type C
Located near the + terminal on the battery.
Handling the Unexpected
660
Fuse
Positive Battery
Terminal Cover
Pull up the cover.
Replacement of this fuse should be done by
a dealer.
Fuse location is shown on the back of the
positive battery terminal cover.
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected
Fan Main
Amps
60 A
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
661 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuFusesuFuse Locations
■ Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Type A
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse Box
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the outer side of the side panel cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
* Not available on all models
11
12
13
14
15
16
Amps
10 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
10 A
7.5 A
(7.5 A)
20 A
−
20 A
15 A
7.5 A
20 A
7.5 A
−
20 A
20 A
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
Circuit Protected
RR DR P/W
Smart
FR DR P/W
−
Fuel Pump
IG1 AS
ABS/VSA*
Smart*
ACG AS
STRLD *
IG2 HAC
DRL
ACC Key Lock
DR P/Seat (LUM)
INT Lights
ETS TILT
DR P/Seat (REC)
−
−
Amps
20 A
10 A
20 A
−
20 A
15 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
20 A
20 A
−
−
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Fuse Label
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Circuit Protected
AS Door Lock
RR DR Door Lock
DR Door Lock
FR AS Door Unlock
RR DR Door Unlock
DR Door Unlock
D/L Main
−
ETS TELE
IG1 RR
Meter *
Shifter *
IG1 FR
ACC
−
DR P/Seat (SLI)
S/R
661
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
662 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuFusesuFuse Locations
■ Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Type B *
Located under the type A driver’s side
interior fuse box. Take off the cover to
open.
Fuse Box
Side Panel Cover
Handling the Unexpected
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the back side of the side panel cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
662
* Not available on all models
Fuse Label
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Circuit Protected
VST 1
Horn
VST 2
−
−
−
−
−
Meter
RES/CP/AA *
MICU
EPS/VSA
Audio/TCU
Back Up
Audio/ANC
Amps
30 A
10 A
30 A
−
−
−
−
−
10 A
10 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
10 A
20 A
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
663 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuFusesuFuse Locations
■ Passenger’s Side Interior Fuse
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Box
Located on the lower side panel. Take off
the cover to open.
Fuse Label
Fuse locations are shown on the cover.
* Not available on all models
Amps
(30 A)
20 A
20 A
(15 A)
20 A
20 A
20 A
20 A
(7.5 A)
5A
(10 A)
−
−
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Circuit Protected
RR ACC Socket
FR ACC Socket
−
−
AMP
SRS
AS ECU
Option
−
−
OPDS
ILLUMI (INT)
EPTL *
CTR ACC Socket
AC INVTR
Amps
20 A
20 A
−
−
30 A
10 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
−
−
7.5 A
5A
(30 A)
20 A
(30 A)
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Cover
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Circuit Protected
EPTR *
RR AS P/W
ACM
FR DEF *
AVS Heated Seat
FR AS P/W
AS P/Seat (SLI)
AS P/Seat (REC)
AS P/Seat (LUM)
Spare
Heated Steering *
−
−
663
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
664 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuFusesuFuse Locations
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
■ Rear Fuse Box
Located on the left side of cargo area.
Remove the cover by prying on the edge of
the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a
cloth to prevent scratches.
Fuse Box
Handling the Unexpected
664
Cover
Fuse Label
Fuse locations are shown on the cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and box cover number.
* Not available on all models
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Circuit Protected
PTG Closer
−
USB CHARGE
Fuel Lid
Seat Slide
−
RR Heat Seat *
−
−
−
−
Rear Wiper
Rear ECU
SH-AWD *
EPB-R
EPB-L
−
PTG MTR
Amps
20 A
−
15 A
7.5 A
20 A
−
(20 A)
−
−
−
−
10 A
7.5 A
(20 A)
30 A
30 A
−
40 A
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
665 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses
Inspecting and Changing Fuses
Blown Fuse
Combined
Fuse
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE
Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage
Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on
P. 658 to P. 664.
There is a fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse
box.
If the radio fuse is removed, the audio system will
disable itself.
Handling the Unexpected
Fuse Puller
1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories
off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover.
3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with
the fuse puller and replace it with a new
one.
Blown Fuse
665
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
666 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
All models
■ Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the best way to transport your vehicle.
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE
Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle’s weight.
NOTICE
2WD models
■ Wheel lift equipment
Handling the Unexpected
666
The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off
the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to
tow your vehicle.
Improper towing such as towing behind a
motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous, since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
667 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
■ What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
If you cannot unlock the fuel fill door, use the following procedure.
1. Open the tailgate.
Cover
2. Lift the cargo floor lid by the handle in the
center.
3. Remove the cargo floor box and set it aside.
4. Wrap a cloth around the flat-tip
screwdriver. Put it into the cover slot as
shown in the image, and remove the cover.
5. Pull the release lever toward you.
u The release lever unlocks the fuel fill door
when it is pulled.
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the
vehicle checked.
Handling the Unexpected
Release Lever
1What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
667
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
668 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
■ What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate
If you cannot open the tailgate, use the following procedure.
1. Wrap a cloth around the flat-tip
Cover
screwdriver. Put it into the cover as shown
in the image, and remove the cover.
Handling the Unexpected
668
Lever
2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate
while sliding the lever to the right.
1What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate
Following up:
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the
vehicle checked.
When you open the tailgate from inside, make sure
there is enough space around the tailgate, and it
does not hit anyone or any object.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
669 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Refueling
Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Press the fuel fill door release button.
u The fuel fill door opens.
Funnel
3. Take the funnel out of its clip in the cargo
area.
2 Types of Tools P. 626
3 WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
NOTICE
Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container
or any funnel other than the one provided with your
vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system.
Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel
tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel
system and its seal.
Handling the Unexpected
4. Place the end of the funnel on the lower
part of filler opening, then insert it slowly
and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the funnel
goes down along with the filler pipe.
5. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel
container.
u Pour fuel carefully so you do not spill any.
6. Remove the funnel from the filler neck.
u Wipe up any fuel from the funnel before
storing it.
7. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
Make sure the fuel in the portable fuel container is
gasoline before you refuel.
669
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
670
670 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
671 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Information
This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications .................................... 672
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, and Transmission
Number ......................................... 674
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 675
Reporting Safety Defects ................. 677
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 678
Warranty Coverages ........................ 680
Authorized Manuals......................... 682
Client Service Information ............... 683
671
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
672 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Specifications
■ Vehicle Specifications
■ Air Conditioning
■ Light Bulbs
Model
No. of Passengers:
Front
Refrigerant Type
Charge Quantity
Lubricant Type
Headlights (High/Low Beam)
Fog Lights *
Front Turn Signal/Side Marker/
Parking Lights
Daytime Running Lights
Side Turn Signal Lights (on Door
Mirrors)
Brake Lights
Rear Side Marker Lights
Taillights
Back-Up Lights
Rear Turn Signal Lights
High-Mount Brake Light
Rear License Plate Lights
Puddle Lights *
Interior Lights
Front, Second Row and Third
Row Lights
Front and Rear Ambient Lights
Vanity Mirror Lights
Door Courtesy Lights
Door Inner Handle Lights
Front and Rear * Console
Compartment Lights
Glove Box Light
Foot Lights
Cargo Area Lights
Acura MDX
2
2*1
3*2
2
6*1
7*2
Rear (2nd)
Rear (3rd)
Total
Weights:
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating
U.S.:
Canada:
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)
U.S.:
Canada:
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)
U.S.:
Canada:
Information
*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
5,368 lbs (2,435 kg)*3
5,677 lbs (2,575 kg)*4
2,435 kg*3
2,575 kg*4
2,811 lbs (1,275 kg)*3
2,910 lbs (1,320 kg)*4
1,275 kg*3
1,320 kg*4
2,734 lbs (1,240 kg)*3
2,965 lbs (1,345 kg)*4
1,240 kg*3
1,345 kg*4
Models with second row captain seat
Models with second row bench seat
2WD models
AWD models
HFC-134a (R-134a)
23.8 – 25.6 oz (675 – 725 g)
PAG RL897
7.75 – 9.33 cu-in (127 – 153 cm3)
(20% RATIO)
Quantity
■ Engine Specifications
Displacement
Spark Plugs
211.8 cu-in (3,471 cm3)
NGK
DILZKR7B11G
■ Fuel
Type
Fuel Tank Capacity
Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane
number of 91 or higher
19.5 US gal (73.8 L)
■ Washer Fluid
Tank Capacity
U.S.: 4 US qt (3.8 L)
Canada: 5.6 US qt (5.3 L)
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
21 W
LED
LED
21 W
21 W
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
1.4 W
3.4 W
LED
LED
1.4 W
5W
5W
■ Brake Fluid
Specified
672
* Not available on all models
Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
673 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuSpecificationsu
■ Automatic Transmission Fluid
Specified
Capacity
Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid
ATF-TYPE 3.1 or higher
Change
3.5 US qt (3.3 L)
■ Engine Oil
Recommended
Capacity
■ Rear Differential Fluid *
Specified
Capacity
Acura DPSF-II
Change
1.92 US qt (1.82 L)
■ Transfer Assembly Fluid *
Specified
Capacity
Acura Hypoid Gear Oil HGO-1
Change
0.45 US qt (0.43 L)
■ Tire
·Genuine Acura Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Change
5.4 US qt (5.1 L)
Change
including
5.7 US qt (5.4 L)
filter
■ Engine Coolant
Specified
Ratio
Capacity
Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
50/50 with distilled water
1.96 US gal (7.40 L)
(change including the remaining 0.22 US gal
(0.82 L) in the reserve tank)
Size
Regular
Compact
Spare *
Wheel Size
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
Size
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
Regular
Compact Spare *
245/60R18 105H*1
245/50R20 102H*2
35 (240 [2.4])
T165/80D17 104M
60 (420 [4.2])
18 x 8J*1
20 x 8J*2
17 x 4T
*1: Model with 18 inch wheel
*2: Model with 20 inch wheel
Information
* Not available on all models
673
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
674 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number,
and Transmission Number
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle.
The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number, and transmission number are
shown as follows.
1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and
Transmission Number
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is
located under the cover.
Vehicle Identification Number
Engine Number
Cover
Automatic Transmission
Number
Certification Label/Vehicle Identification Number
Information
674
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
675 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation.
AcuraLink *
Audio System
Blind Spot Information System *
Bluetooth® Audio
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
Immobilizer System
Remote Transmitter
Keyless Access System
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback *
Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission)
and Industry Canada Standard, described below:
Information
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1)
This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user’s authority to operate the equipment.
* Not available on all models
Continued
675
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
676 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuDevices that Emit Radio Wavesu
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this
device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
High-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz.
These radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices.
Information
676
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
677 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-4249153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
Information
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.
677
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
678 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle has readiness code as part of the onboard self diagnostic system.
Some states use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicle’s emissions
components are working properly.
The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has
gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without starting the engine. The
malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the
readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
Information
678
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds.
5. Keep the vehicle in (P . Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there
for about 3 minutes.
6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is
disconnected, and set again only after several days of
driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
679 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes
7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in
(D . Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without
moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you
cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for
at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.
Information
679
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
680 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Warranty Coverages
■ U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered against
rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.
Information
Accessory Limited Warranty – Acura accessories are covered under this warranty.
Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please
read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Acura replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.
680
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
681 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuWarranty Coveragesu
Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a
replacement battery purchased from your dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as
long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
■ Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.
■ EPA Contact Information
An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report
violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:
Information
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Transportation and Air Quality
Compliance Division, Light-Duty Vehicle Group
Attn: Warranty Complaints
2000 Traverwood Drive
Ann Arbor, MI 48105
Email: [email protected]
681
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
682 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Authorized Manuals
■ Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.
■ For U.S. Owners
Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
■ For Canadian Owners
Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.
Information
682
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
683 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Client Service Information
Acura dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal
with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced
with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Acura Client
Relations/Services.
U.S. Owners
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Acura Client Relations
Mail Stop 100-5E-8F
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: 1 (800) 382-2238
Canadian Owners
Honda Canada Inc.
Acura Client Services
180 Honda Boulevard
Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: [email protected]
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
• Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, and Transmission
Number P. 674
• Date of purchase
• Odometer reading of your vehicle
• Your name, address, and telephone number
• A detailed description of the problem
• Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
Information
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin
Islands
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: 1 (787) 620-7546
1Client Service Information
Continued
683
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
684 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuClient Service Informationu
■ Gracenote Music Recognition
Service (CDDB)
Information
684
*
Music recognition technology and related
data are provided by Gracenote®.
Gracenote is the industry standard in music
recognition technology and related content
delivery.
For more information, visit
www.gracenote.com.
When music is recorded to the HDD from a
CD, information such as the recording artist
and track name are retrieved from the
Gracenote Database and displayed (when
available).
Gracenote may not contain information for
all albums.
Gracenote is an internet-based music
recognition service that allows artist, album,
and track information from CDs to display
on the HDD.
Gracenote users are allowed 4 free updates
a year. More information about Gracenote,
its features, and downloads are available at
* Not available on all models
www.acura.com (in U.S.) or www.acura.ca
(in Canada).
CD and music-related data from Gracenote,
Inc., copyright © 2000 to present
Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright
© 2000 to present Gracenote.
One or more patents owned by Gracenote
apply to this product and service. See the
Gracenote website for a non-exhaustive list
of applicable Gracenote patents.
Gracenote, CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS,
the Gracenote logo and logotype, and the
“Powered by Gracenote” logo are either
registered trademarks or trademarks of
Gracenote in the United States and/or other
countries.
■ Gracenote® END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT *
This application or device contains software
from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville,
California (“Gracenote”). The software
from Gracenote (the “Gracenote
Software”) enables this application to
perform disc and/or file identification and
obtain music- related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
(“Gracenote Data”) from online servers or
embedded databases (collectively,
“Gracenote Servers”) and to perform other
functions. You may use Gracenote Data
only by means of the intended End-User
functions or this application or device.
You agree that you will use Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal noncommercial use only.
You agree not to assign, copy, transfer, or
transmit the Gracenote Software or any
Gracenote Data to any third party.
YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT
GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive license to
use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers will
terminate if you violate these restrictions. If
your license terminates, you agree to cease
any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the
Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
685 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuClient Service Informationu
Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and the
Gracenote Servers, including all ownership
rights. Under no circumstances will
Gracenote become liable for any payment
to you for any information that you provide.
You agree that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce
its rights under this Agreement against you
directly in its own name.
The Gracenote Software and each item of
Gracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.”
Gracenote makes no representations or
warranties, express or implied, regarding
the accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in
the Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves
the right to delete data from the Gracenote
Servers or to change data categories for any
Gracenote is not obligated to provide you
with new enhanced or additional data types
or categories that Gracenote may provide in
the future and is free to discontinue its
services at any time.
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES
NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE
OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR
LOST REVENUES.
© Gracenote 2009
Information
The Gracenote service uses a unique
identifier to track queries for statistical
purposes. The purpose of a randomly
assigned numeric identifier is to allow the
Gracenote service to count queries without
knowing anything about who you are. For
more information, see the web page for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote
service.
cause that Gracenote deems sufficient. No
warranty is made that the Gracenote
Software or Gracenote Servers are errorfree or that functioning of Gracenote
Software or Gracenote Servers will be
uninterrupted.
Continued
685
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
686 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
uuClient Service Informationu
■ Disclaimer of Pandora® *
Requirements to access Pandora®
• Latest version of the Pandora app
installed on your Android, Blackberry, or
iPhone.
• Registered Pandora account (you can
create a free account at
www.pandora.com <http://
www.pandora.com/> or on your
smartphone)
• Connection to the internet via Wi-Fi or
cellular data network.
Information
686
* Not available on all models
Limitations
• Access to Pandora requires an active
internet connection
• Ability to access Pandora through this
system is subject to change without
notice
• Certain functionality of Pandora service is
not available when accessing the service
through this system including, but not
limited to, creating new stations, deleting
stations, emailing current stations,
buying tracks, viewing additional text
information, logging in to Pandora, and
adjusting Cell Network Audio Quality.
Pandora internet radio is a music service
not affiliated with HONDA. More
information is available at http://
www.pandora.com <http://
www.pandora.com/>. Pandora, the
Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used
with permission.
• Mobile access requires a smartphone
with an active data plan. Standard data
rates may apply.
• Pandora is only available in the United
States.
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
687 ページ
2018年3月23日
金曜日
午後7時53分
Index
Index
A
iPhone............................................. 291, 318
iPod ........................................................ 284
MP3/WMA/AAC.............................. 268, 293
Reactivating ............................................ 236
Recommended CDs................................. 317
Recommended Devices............................ 318
Remote Controls ..................................... 237
Security Code.......................................... 236
Theft Protection ...................................... 236
USB Flash Drives ...................................... 318
USB Port.................................................. 233
Authorized Manuals ................................ 682
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 154
Customize....................................... 132, 374
Auto High-Beam....................................... 177
Indicator.................................................... 86
Auto Idle Stop .......................................... 480
OFF Button.............................................. 481
Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)............... 92
Auto Idle Stop System Indicator
(Amber) ..................................................... 92
Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 532
Indicator.................................................. 532
Automatic Brake Hold System
Indicator.................................................. 532
Automatic Folding Door Mirror .............. 191
Automatic Intermittent Wipers............... 181
Automatic Lighting .................................. 174
Index
AAC................................................... 268, 293
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System).................. 534
AC Power Outlet ...................................... 214
Accessories and Modifications ................ 623
Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 213
AcuraLink ................................................. 435
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) ................................. 489
Indicator ................................................... 95
Additives
Coolant .................................................. 589
Engine Oil ............................................... 584
Washer ................................................... 592
Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 584
Adjusting
Armrest .................................................. 204
Front Seats.............................................. 192
Head Restraints....................... 198, 200, 201
Headlights .............................................. 593
Mirrors.................................................... 189
Rear Seats............................................... 203
Steering Wheel ....................................... 188
Temperature ........................................... 122
Agile Handling Assist............................... 519
Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
System).................................................... 219
Changing the Mode................................ 222
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows .............................................. 225
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 617
Rear Climate Control System ................... 226
Sensors.................................................... 230
Synchronized Mode ................................. 223
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 219
Air Pressure ....................................... 603, 673
Airbags ........................................................ 41
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 47
After a Collision......................................... 45
Airbag Care ............................................... 55
Driver’s Knee Airbag .................................. 48
Event Data Recorder .................................... 0
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 44
Indicator .............................................. 53, 86
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator ......... 54
Sensors...................................................... 41
Side Airbags .............................................. 50
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 52
AM/FM Radio ............................................ 254
Android Auto............................................ 303
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 534
Indicator .................................................... 86
Apple CarPlay ........................................... 299
Armrest ..................................................... 204
Audio Remote Controls............................ 237
Audio System ............................................ 232
Adjusting the Sound ................................ 249
Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. 236
Error Messages ........................................ 308
General Information ................................ 316
HDD ........................................................ 271
Internet Radio.......................................... 291
687
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
688 ページ
2018年3月23日
Automatic Transmission ...........................
Creeping .................................................
Fluid ........................................................
Kickdown ................................................
Operating the Shift Button.......................
Shifting....................................................
Auxiliary Console Panel............................
Auxiliary Input Jack ..................................
Average Fuel Economy.............................
Average Speed..........................................
AWD ..........................................................
471
471
591
471
474
472
336
236
122
123
523
B
Index
688
Back-Up Light............................................ 596
Battery....................................................... 611
Charging System Indicator ................. 82, 653
Jump Starting .......................................... 649
Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ........ 611
Belts (Seat) .................................................. 33
Beverage Holders...................................... 211
Blind Spot Information (BSI) System........ 520
Indicator .................................................... 99
Bluetooth® Audio ..................................... 296
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® ..................... 393
Blu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
Operating the System .............................. 339
Overhead Screen ..................................... 338
Playing a DVD/Blu-rayTM ........................... 340
Booster Seats (For Children)....................... 73
金曜日
午後7時53分
Brake System ............................................ 528
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)................... 534
Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 532
Brake Assist System ................................. 535
Brake System Indicator .............................. 79
Fluid........................................................ 592
Foot Brake............................................... 531
Indicator...................................... 78, 79, 655
Parking Brake .......................................... 528
Brake System (Amber)
Indicator.................................................... 79
Brake System (Red)
Indicator............................................ 78, 655
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel).... 184
BSI (Blind Spot Information) System ....... 520
Built-in Key ............................................... 140
Bulb Replacement .................................... 593
Back-Up Light.......................................... 596
Brake Light and Rear Turn Signal Light .... 594
Fog Lights ............................................... 593
Front Turn Signal/Parking, Daytime
Running and Front Side Marker Lights ... 593
Headlights............................................... 593
High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 597
Puddle Lights........................................... 597
Rear License Plate Lights.......................... 597
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator
Lights .................................................... 593
Taillights.................................................. 596
Taillights/Rear Side Maker Lights.............. 595
Bulb Specifications ................................... 672
C
CAMERA Button....................................... 559
Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 74
Carrying Cargo ................................. 447, 449
CD Player .................................................. 268
Center Pocket........................................... 210
Certification Label ................................... 674
Changing Bulbs ........................................ 593
Charging System Indicator ................ 82, 653
Child Safety ................................................ 56
Childproof Door Locks ............................ 153
Child Seat ................................................... 56
Booster Seats ............................................ 73
Child Seat for Infants ................................ 58
Child Seat for Small Children .................... 59
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt ................................................. 66
Larger Children ......................................... 72
Rear-facing Child Seat............................... 58
Selecting a Child Seat ............................... 60
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 153
Cleaning the Exterior............................... 620
Cleaning the Interior ............................... 618
Client Service Information....................... 683
Climate Control System ........................... 219
Changing the Mode................................ 222
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows .............................................. 225
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 617
Rear Climate Control System................... 226
Sensors ................................................... 230
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
689 ページ
2018年3月23日
Synchronized Mode ................................ 223
Using Automatic Climate Control............ 219
Clock ......................................................... 138
CMBSTM (Collision Mitigation Braking
SystemTM) ................................................ 536
Coat Hook ................................................ 215
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) ................................................. 536
Compact Spare Tire.......................... 627, 673
Compass.................................................... 443
Console Compartment............................. 209
Controls .................................................... 137
Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 589
Adding to the Radiator ........................... 590
Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 589
Overheating............................................ 651
Creeping (Automatic Transmission)........ 471
Cross Traffic Monitor ............................... 551
Cup Holders.............................................. 211
Customized Features ....................... 126, 358
D
午後7時53分
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 189
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................. 585
Directional Signals (Turn Signal) ............. 172
Door Mirrors ............................................. 190
Doors ......................................................... 139
Auto Door Locking .................................. 154
Auto Door Unlocking............................... 154
Door Open Message .................................. 32
Keys ........................................................ 139
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside............................................... 13, 151
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside.................................................. 142
Lockout Prevention System ...................... 149
DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 605
Driver’s Knee Airbag .................................. 48
Driving....................................................... 445
Automatic Transmission........................... 471
Braking.................................................... 528
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............... 463
Shifting Gear ........................................... 472
Starting the Engine .................................. 465
Driving Position Memory System............. 186
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 617
Dynamic Mode button ............................. 486
E
Elapsed Time............................................. 123
Electric Parking Brake
Indicator .................................................... 80
Switch..................................................... 528
Electric Parking Brake System
Indicator.................................................... 80
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............. 517
Emergency ................................................ 666
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes)....... 678
Engine ....................................................... 674
Coolant................................................... 589
Jump Starting.......................................... 649
Oil........................................................... 584
Remote Engine Start................................ 467
Starting ................................................... 465
Engine Compartment Cover .................... 583
Engine Coolant......................................... 589
Adding to the Radiator............................ 590
Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 589
Overheating ............................................ 651
Temperature Gauge ................................ 119
Engine Oil ................................................. 584
Adding.................................................... 586
Checking................................................. 585
Displaying Oil Life.................................... 577
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 82, 653
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 584
ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 169
EPS (Electric Power Steering)
System ............................................... 88, 655
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) .. 74
Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 620
Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 190
Index
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 176
Dead Battery ............................................ 649
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows................................................. 225
Detachable Anchor .................................... 38
Devices that Emit Radio Waves............... 675
Dimming
Headlights .............................................. 173
金曜日
689
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
690 ページ
2018年3月23日
F
Index
690
Features..................................................... 231
Filters
Dust and Pollen ....................................... 617
Oil ........................................................... 587
Flat Tire ............................................. 627, 634
Floor Mats ................................................. 619
Fluids
Automatic Transmission........................... 591
Brake....................................................... 592
Engine Coolant........................................ 589
Windshield Washer.................................. 592
Fog Lights.................................................. 176
Folding Down the Second Row Seat ....... 197
Folding Down the Third Row Seat .......... 203
Foot Brake................................................. 531
Front Airbags (SRS) ..................................... 44
Front Seats ................................................ 192
Adjusting................................................. 192
Front Sensor Camera ................................ 487
Fuel ...................................................... 20, 568
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions............. 571
Gauge ..................................................... 119
Instant Fuel Economy............................... 123
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 85
Range...................................................... 123
Recommendation .................................... 568
Refueling ................................................. 568
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions ............ 571
Fuel Fill Cap................................................. 20
金曜日
午後7時53分
Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 20, 569
Unable to Unlock .................................... 667
Fuses.......................................................... 658
Inspecting and Changing......................... 665
Locations......................... 658, 661, 663, 664
G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy ................................................. 571
Gauge..................................................... 119
Information ............................................. 568
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 85
Refueling................................................. 568
Gauges ...................................................... 119
Gear Position Indicator ...................... 83, 474
Gear Shift Positions
Automatic Transmission .......................... 472
Glass (care)................................................ 621
Glove Box.................................................. 208
H
Handling the Unexpected........................
HandsFreeLink® (HFL)...............................
Auto Answer...........................................
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook
and Call History .....................................
Automatic Transferring............................
Displaying Messages................................
HFL Buttons.............................................
625
393
410
412
410
430
393
HFL Menus.............................................. 396
HFL Status Display ................................... 394
Limitations for Manual Operation............ 395
Making a Call ......................................... 421
Options During a Call.............................. 427
Phone Setup ........................................... 401
Phonebook Phonetic Modification........... 416
Receiving a Call....................................... 426
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message ............. 428
Ring Tone ............................................... 411
Roadside Assistance ................................ 434
Selecting a Mail Account......................... 429
Speed Dial .............................................. 413
To Create a Security PIN.......................... 408
To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message
Option .................................................. 406
Use Contact Photo.................................. 411
Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio .................. 271
Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4
HDMITM Port ............................................. 337
Head Restraints ........................ 198, 200, 201
Headlight Washers................................... 183
Headlights ................................................ 173
Aiming.................................................... 593
Auto High-Beam System ......................... 177
Automatic Operation .............................. 174
Dimming......................................... 173, 176
Operating ............................................... 173
Heated Door Mirrors ............................... 185
Heated Steering Wheel ........................... 216
Heated Windshield .................................. 185
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
691 ページ
2018年3月23日
Heater (Steering Wheel).......................... 216
Heaters (Seat)................................... 217, 218
HFL (HandsFreeLink®) .............................. 393
High Beam Indicator.................................. 88
Hill Start Assist System............................. 469
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ........... 390
Honda App License Agreement .............. 319
I
午後7時53分
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) ........................................... 97, 98
Electric Parking Brake ................................ 80
Electric Parking Brake System..................... 80
Fog Lights.................................................. 89
Gear Position ............................................. 83
High Beam ................................................ 88
Immobilizer System.................................... 89
Keyless Access System ............................... 91
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .... 93, 511
Lights On................................................... 89
Low Fuel.................................................... 85
Low Oil Pressure ................................ 82, 653
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ............................. 88
Malfunction Indicator Lamp ............... 82, 654
Parking Brake and Brake System ........ 78, 655
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).............. 94
Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 34, 85
Security System Alarm ............................... 90
Speed-sensitive Electric Power
Steering (EPS) System....................... 88, 655
Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM .............. 91
Supplemental Restraint System ............ 53, 86
System Message ........................................ 90
Transmission System .......................... 84, 657
Turn Signal ................................................ 88
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)
System............................................. 87, 517
VSA® OFF .......................................... 87, 518
Information............................................... 671
Information Screen................................... 244
Instrument Panel ........................................ 77
Brightness Control................................... 184
Integrated Dynamics System (IDS)........... 486
Dynamic Mode button ............................ 486
Interface Dial ............................................ 239
Interior Lights ........................................... 206
Interior Rearview Mirror.......................... 189
Internet Radio .......................................... 291
iPhone ............................................... 291, 318
iPod ................................................... 284, 318
J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 631
Jump Starting ........................................... 649
K
Key Number Tag.......................................
Keyless Access System ..............................
Keyless Lockout Prevention .....................
Keys ...........................................................
Lockout Prevention..................................
Number Tag ............................................
Rear Door Won’t Open............................
Remote Transmitter.................................
Types and Functions ................................
Kickdown (Automatic Transmission).......
141
142
149
139
149
141
153
147
139
471
Index
Identification Numbers............................ 674
Engine and Transmission......................... 674
Vehicle Identification............................... 674
IDS (Integrated Dynamics System) .......... 486
Illumination Control ................................ 184
Button .................................................... 184
Immobilizer System.................................. 163
Indicator ................................................... 89
Indicators.................................................... 78
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow (LSF) ................... 95, 489
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................... 86
Auto High-Beam ....................................... 86
Auto Idle Stop........................................... 92
Auto Idle Stop System............................... 92
Automatic Brake Hold....................... 81, 532
Automatic Brake Hold System ........... 81, 532
Blind Spot Information (BSI) .............. 99, 521
Brake System (Amber)............................... 79
Brake System (Red) ........................... 78, 655
Charging System............................... 82, 653
金曜日
691
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
692 ページ
2018年3月23日
L
Index
692
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ......... 509
Indicator .................................................... 93
Language (HFL)......................................... 394
LATCH (Child Seats) .............................. 61, 68
LED Puddle Light ...................................... 146
Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/
Android Auto .......................................... 331
License information.................................. 334
Lights ................................................. 173, 593
Automatic ............................................... 174
Bulb Replacement.................................... 593
Daytime Running Lights ........................... 176
High Beam Indicator .................................. 88
Interior .................................................... 206
Light Switches ......................................... 173
Lights On Indicator .................................... 89
Turn Signals............................................. 172
Load Limits ................................................ 449
Locking/Unlocking .................................... 139
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .................. 154
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 153
From Inside.............................................. 151
From Outside........................................... 142
Keys ........................................................ 139
Using a Key ............................................. 148
Lockout Prevention System...................... 149
Low Battery Charge.................................. 653
Low Fuel Indicator ...................................... 85
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 82, 653
Lower Anchors ...................................... 61, 68
金曜日
午後7時53分
Lubricant Specifications Chart................. 673
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 449
Lumbar Support ....................................... 192
M
Maintenance............................................. 573
Battery .................................................... 611
Brake Fluid .............................................. 592
Cleaning ................................................. 618
Climate Control System........................... 617
Coolant................................................... 589
Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 577
Oil........................................................... 585
Precautions ............................................. 574
Radiator .................................................. 590
Remote Control....................................... 615
Remote Transmitter......................... 613, 614
Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 593
Safety...................................................... 575
Service Items ........................................... 579
Tires ........................................................ 602
Transmission Fluid ................................... 591
Under the Hood ...................................... 581
Wireless Headphone................................ 616
Malfunction Indicator Lamp.............. 82, 654
Map Lights ................................................ 207
Maximum Load Limit ............................... 449
Meters, Gauges......................................... 119
MID (Multi-information Display)............. 120
Mirrors ...................................................... 189
Adjusting ................................................ 189
Door ....................................................... 190
Exterior ................................................... 190
Interior Rearview ..................................... 189
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 623
Moonroof ................................................. 168
MP3................................................... 268, 293
Multi-function Steering-wheel
Controls .................................................. 120
Multi-Information Display (MID) ............ 120
Multi-View Rear Camera ......................... 556
N
Numbers (Identification) ......................... 674
O
Odometer ................................................. 121
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............. 463
Oil (Engine) .............................................. 584
Adding ................................................... 586
Checking ................................................ 585
Displaying Oil Life ................................... 577
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 82, 653
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 584
Viscosity.................................................. 584
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ............. 240
Open Source Licenses .............................. 333
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
693 ページ
2018年3月23日
Opening/Closing
Hood ......................................................
Moonroof ...............................................
Power Windows......................................
Tailgate...................................................
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel.......................................
Outside Temperature Display .................
Overhead Screen......................................
Overheating .............................................
582
168
166
155
169
122
338
651
P
午後7時53分
R
Radiator .................................................... 590
Radio (AM/FM).......................................... 254
Radio (SiriusXM®) ..................................... 257
Radio Data System (RDS).......................... 255
Range ........................................................ 123
RDS (Radio Data System).......................... 255
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 678
Rear Climate Control System ................... 226
From the Front Panel ............................... 226
From the Rear Panel ................................ 229
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button ..................................................... 185
Rear Entertainment System (RES) ............ 335
Auxiliary Console Panel............................ 336
Front Control Panel Operation ................. 352
HDMITM Port ............................................ 337
Operating the System .............................. 339
Overhead Screen ..................................... 338
Playable Discs .......................................... 357
Rear Control Panel Operation .................. 340
Wireless Headphones .............................. 335
Rear Seats.................................................. 203
Second Row Seat............................. 196, 197
Third Row Seat ........................................ 203
Rearview Mirror........................................ 189
Refueling................................................... 568
Fuel Gauge .............................................. 119
Gasoline .......................................... 568, 672
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 85
Regulations ............................... 526, 605, 675
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback ................................................. 467
Checking Door Lock Status...................... 150
Remote Transmitter ................................. 147
Replacement
Battery ............................ 613, 614, 615, 616
Bulbs....................................................... 593
Front Wiper Blade Rubber ....................... 598
Fuses............................... 658, 661, 663, 664
Rear Wiper Blade Rubber......................... 600
Tires ........................................................ 608
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 677
Resetting a Trip Meter ............................. 122
Reverse Tilt Door Mirror .......................... 190
Right Selector Wheel ....................... 120, 126
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ......... 504
On and Off.............................................. 506
S
Safe Driving ................................................ 27
Safety Checklist .......................................... 32
Safety Labels............................................... 75
Safety Message............................................. 1
Index
Paddle Shifters (Sequential Mode) ......... 479
Panic Mode............................................... 165
Parking ..................................................... 545
Parking Brake........................................... 528
Parking Brake and Brake System
Indicator ........................................... 78, 655
Parking Sensor System............................. 547
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator....... 54
Passing Indicators..................................... 173
Power Tailgate ......................................... 157
Power Windows ....................................... 166
Precautions While Driving....................... 470
Driving Guidelines for Your Utility
Vehicle.................................................. 470
Rain ........................................................ 470
Pregnant Women....................................... 39
Puncture (Tire) ................................. 627, 634
金曜日
693
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
Index
694
694 ページ
2018年3月23日
Seat Belts..................................................... 33
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor .................. 37
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners.................. 35
Checking ................................................... 40
Detachable Anchor .................................... 38
Fastening................................................... 36
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt .................................................. 66
Pregnant Women ...................................... 39
Reminder................................................... 34
Warning Indicator................................ 34, 85
Seat Heaters ...................................... 217, 218
Seat Ventilation ........................................ 217
Seats .......................................................... 192
Adjusting................................................. 192
Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support................... 192
Front Seats .............................................. 192
Rear Seats................................................ 203
Seat Heaters .................................... 217, 218
Seat Ventilation ....................................... 217
Second Row Seat............................. 196, 197
Third Row Seat ........................................ 203
Second Row Outer Seats Heaters ............ 218
Second Row Seat (Folding Down) ........... 197
Security System ......................................... 163
Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 89
Security System Alarm Indicator ................. 90
Select Button............................................. 472
Operation ................................................ 474
Select Lever ................................................. 18
Operation .................................................. 18
金曜日
午後7時53分
Selecting a Child Seat................................. 60
Sequential Mode ...................................... 478
Sequential Mode Operation.................... 479
Setting the Clock ...................................... 138
SH-AWD® (Super Handling-All Wheel
DriveTM).................................................... 523
SH-AWD® Torque Distribution Monitor.. 124
Shift Button ........................................ 18, 472
Shifting (Transmission)....................... 18, 472
Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 37
Side Airbags................................................ 50
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 52
SiriusXM® Radio........................................ 257
Snow Tires................................................. 610
Spare Tire.......................................... 627, 673
Spark Plugs ............................................... 672
Specifications............................................ 672
Specified Fuel ................................... 568, 672
Speedometer ............................................ 119
Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System
Indicator............................................ 88, 655
SRS Airbags (Airbags)................................. 44
Starting Assist Brake Function................. 485
Starting the Engine .................................. 465
Does Not Start......................................... 646
Jump Starting.......................................... 649
Remote Engine Start................................ 467
Steering Wheel......................................... 188
Adjusting ................................................ 188
Heater..................................................... 216
Stopping ................................................... 545
Summer Tires............................................ 610
Sunglasses Holder .................................... 216
Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM
(SH-AWD®) .............................................. 523
Indicator ................................................... 91
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 44
Surround View Camera System ............... 558
Switches (Around the Steering
Wheel) ............................................ 4, 5, 169
Synchronized Mode ................................. 223
System Message Indicator ......................... 90
T
Tachometer .............................................. 119
Tailgate..................................................... 155
Unable to Open ...................................... 668
Temperature
Gauge .................................................... 119
Outside Temperature Display .................. 122
Temperature Gauge ................................ 119
Temperature Sensor ........................ 122, 230
Temporary Tire Repair Kit ....................... 635
Text Message.................................... 428, 430
Third Row Seat (Folding Down) .............. 203
Third Row Seat Access ............................. 196
Tie-down Anchors .................................... 215
Time (Setting)........................................... 138
Tire Fill Assist.................................... 524, 657
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
695 ページ
2018年3月23日
午後7時53分
Transmission ....................................... 18, 472
Automatic ......................................... 18, 472
Fluid ........................................................ 591
Gear Position Indicator ...................... 83, 474
Indicator ............................................ 84, 657
Number ................................................... 674
Sequential Mode ..................................... 478
TRIP Button ............................................... 121
Trip Meter ................................................. 122
Troubleshooting ....................................... 625
Blown Fuse ...................... 658, 661, 663, 664
Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 24
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door .......... 25
Emergency Towing .................................. 666
Engine Won’t Start .................................. 646
Noise When Braking .................................. 26
Overheating ............................................ 651
Puncture/Flat Tire............................. 627, 634
Rear Door Won’t Open ...................... 24, 153
Warning Indicators .................................... 78
Turn Signals .............................................. 172
Indicators (Instrument Panel)...................... 88
Turn-by-Turn Directions ........................... 124
U
Under-floor Storage Area ........................ 210
Unlocking the Doors ................................ 142
Unlocking the Front Doors from the
Inside ................................................. 13, 151
USB Flash Drives........................................ 318
USB Port .................................................... 233
V
Vanity Mirrors............................................... 7
Vehicle Identification Number ................ 674
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®).................. 517
Off Button............................................... 518
Off Indicator.............................................. 87
System Indicator................................ 87, 517
Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 584, 673
Voice Control Operation.......................... 251
Voice Portal Screen.................................. 252
Voice Recognition ................................... 251
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist).................. 517
W
Wallpaper ................................................. 247
Warning and Information Messages....... 100
Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 653
Warning Labels........................................... 75
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately) .............................................. 680
Watts......................................................... 672
Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 607
Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 631
Window Washers ..................................... 180
Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 592
Switch..................................................... 180
Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 166
Index
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)..................................................... 524
Indicator ........................................... 88, 657
Tire Fill Assist .................................. 524, 657
Tire Repair Kit .......................................... 634
Tires .......................................................... 602
Air Pressure..................................... 603, 673
Checking and Maintaining ...................... 602
Inspection ............................................... 602
Labeling.................................................. 603
Puncture (Flat Tire) .......................... 627, 634
Regulations............................................. 605
Rotation.................................................. 609
Spare Tire ....................................... 627, 673
Summer.................................................. 610
Temporary Tire Repair Kit........................ 635
Tire Chains.............................................. 610
Tire Repair Kit ......................................... 634
Wear Indicators....................................... 607
Winter .................................................... 610
Tools ......................................................... 626
Towing a Trailer....................................... 452
Equipment and Accessories..................... 456
Load Limits ............................................. 452
Towing Your Vehicle ............................... 462
Emergency.............................................. 666
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
System).................................................... 524
Indicator ........................................... 88, 657
Trailer Stability Assist............................... 460
金曜日
695
18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book
696 ページ
2018年3月23日
Windshield ................................................ 180
Cleaning.................................................. 621
Defrosting/Defogging .............................. 225
Washer Fluid............................................ 592
Wiper Blades ........................................... 598
Wipers and Washers ................................ 180
Winter Tires............................................... 610
Snow Tires............................................... 610
Tire Chains .............................................. 610
Wipers and Washers ................................. 180
Automatic Intermittent Wipers................. 181
Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 598
Front ....................................................... 180
Rear......................................................... 182
Wireless Headphones ............................... 335
WMA ................................................. 268, 293
Worn Tires................................................. 602
Index
696
金曜日
午後7時53分
31TZ5641
OM-08755
00X31-TZ5-6410
owners.acura.com
2018 Acura MDX Owner’s Manual
©2018 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. — All Rights Reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

advertisement

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement